Update automake scripts.

Minor doc changes.

13 files changed, 6601 insertions, 3721 deletions

diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index 64316bcb..a1d6901b 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2008-07-04  Werner Koch  <[email protected]>
+
+	* config.guess, config.sub: Update to 2007-11-19.  Also update
+	missing et al scripts. 
+
 2008-04-01  Werner Koch  <[email protected]>
 
 	* configure.ac (AC_INIT): Fix quoting.
diff --git a/INSTALL b/INSTALL
index 54caf7c1..d3c5b40a 100644
--- a/INSTALL
+++ b/INSTALL
@@ -1,13 +1,19 @@
-Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software
-Foundation, Inc.
+Installation Instructions
+*************************
 
-   This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2004, 2005,
+2006, 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is free documentation; the Free Software Foundation gives
 unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
 
 Basic Installation
 ==================
 
-   These are generic installation instructions.
+Briefly, the shell commands `./configure; make; make install' should
+configure, build, and install this package.  The following
+more-detailed instructions are generic; see the `README' file for
+instructions specific to this package.
 
    The `configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
 various system-dependent variables used during compilation.  It uses
@@ -20,9 +26,9 @@ debugging `configure').
 
    It can also use an optional file (typically called `config.cache'
 and enabled with `--cache-file=config.cache' or simply `-C') that saves
-the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  (Caching is
+the results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring.  Caching is
 disabled by default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale
-cache files.)
+cache files.
 
    If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
 to figure out how `configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
@@ -32,20 +38,17 @@ some point `config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
 may remove or edit it.
 
    The file `configure.ac' (or `configure.in') is used to create
-`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You only need
-`configure.ac' if you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using
-a newer version of `autoconf'.
+`configure' by a program called `autoconf'.  You need `configure.ac' if
+you want to change it or regenerate `configure' using a newer version
+of `autoconf'.
 
 The simplest way to compile this package is:
 
   1. `cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
-     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.  If you're
-     using `csh' on an old version of System V, you might need to type
-     `sh ./configure' instead to prevent `csh' from trying to execute
-     `configure' itself.
+     `./configure' to configure the package for your system.
 
-     Running `configure' takes awhile.  While running, it prints some
-     messages telling which features it is checking for.
+     Running `configure' might take a while.  While running, it prints
+     some messages telling which features it is checking for.
 
   2. Type `make' to compile the package.
 
@@ -64,54 +67,55 @@ The simplest way to compile this package is:
      all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
      with the distribution.
 
+  6. Often, you can also type `make uninstall' to remove the installed
+     files again.
+
 Compilers and Options
 =====================
 
-   Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
-the `configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help'
-for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
+Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that the
+`configure' script does not know about.  Run `./configure --help' for
+details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
 
    You can give `configure' initial values for configuration parameters
 by setting variables in the command line or in the environment.  Here
 is an example:
 
-     ./configure CC=c89 CFLAGS=-O2 LIBS=-lposix
+     ./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
 
    *Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
 
 Compiling For Multiple Architectures
 ====================================
 
-   You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
+You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
 same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
-own directory.  To do this, you must use a version of `make' that
-supports the `VPATH' variable, such as GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
+own directory.  To do this, you can use GNU `make'.  `cd' to the
 directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
 the `configure' script.  `configure' automatically checks for the
 source code in the directory that `configure' is in and in `..'.
 
-   If you have to use a `make' that does not support the `VPATH'
-variable, you have to compile the package for one architecture at a
-time in the source code directory.  After you have installed the
-package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before reconfiguring
-for another architecture.
+   With a non-GNU `make', it is safer to compile the package for one
+architecture at a time in the source code directory.  After you have
+installed the package for one architecture, use `make distclean' before
+reconfiguring for another architecture.
 
 Installation Names
 ==================
 
-   By default, `make install' will install the package's files in
-`/usr/local/bin', `/usr/local/man', etc.  You can specify an
-installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving `configure' the
-option `--prefix=PATH'.
+By default, `make install' installs the package's commands under
+`/usr/local/bin', include files under `/usr/local/include', etc.  You
+can specify an installation prefix other than `/usr/local' by giving
+`configure' the option `--prefix=PREFIX'.
 
    You can specify separate installation prefixes for
 architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files.  If you
-give `configure' the option `--exec-prefix=PATH', the package will use
-PATH as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
-Documentation and other data files will still use the regular prefix.
+pass the option `--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to `configure', the package uses
+PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
+Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
 
    In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
-options like `--bindir=PATH' to specify different values for particular
+options like `--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
 kinds of files.  Run `configure --help' for a list of the directories
 you can set and what kinds of files go in them.
 
@@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ option `--program-prefix=PREFIX' or `--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
 Optional Features
 =================
 
-   Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
+Some packages pay attention to `--enable-FEATURE' options to
 `configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
 They may also pay attention to `--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
 is something like `gnu-as' or `x' (for the X Window System).  The
@@ -137,11 +141,11 @@ you can use the `configure' options `--x-includes=DIR' and
 Specifying the System Type
 ==========================
 
-   There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out
-automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
-will run on.  Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
-_same_ architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
-a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
+There may be some features `configure' cannot figure out automatically,
+but needs to determine by the type of machine the package will run on.
+Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the _same_
+architectures, `configure' can figure that out, but if it prints a
+message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
 `--build=TYPE' option.  TYPE can either be a short name for the system
 type, such as `sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
 
@@ -156,7 +160,7 @@ where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
 need to know the machine type.
 
    If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
-use the `--target=TYPE' option to select the type of system they will
+use the option `--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
 produce code for.
 
    If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
@@ -167,9 +171,9 @@ eventually be run) with `--host=TYPE'.
 Sharing Defaults
 ================
 
-   If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share,
-you can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives
-default values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
+If you want to set default values for `configure' scripts to share, you
+can create a site shell script called `config.site' that gives default
+values for variables like `CC', `cache_file', and `prefix'.
 `configure' looks for `PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
 `PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists.  Or, you can set the
 `CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
@@ -178,7 +182,7 @@ A warning: not all `configure' scripts look for a site script.
 Defining Variables
 ==================
 
-   Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
+Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
 environment passed to `configure'.  However, some packages may run
 configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
 variables may be lost.  In order to avoid this problem, you should set
@@ -186,14 +190,18 @@ them in the `configure' command line, using `VAR=value'.  For example:
 
      ./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
 
-will cause the specified gcc to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
+causes the specified `gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
 overridden in the site shell script).
 
+Unfortunately, this technique does not work for `CONFIG_SHELL' due to
+an Autoconf bug.  Until the bug is fixed you can use this workaround:
+
+     CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash /bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
+
 `configure' Invocation
 ======================
 
-   `configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
-operates.
+`configure' recognizes the following options to control how it operates.
 
 `--help'
 `-h'
diff --git a/config.guess b/config.guess
index e8c6fc0c..7fef1a3e 100755
--- a/config.guess
+++ b/config.guess
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Attempt to guess a canonical system name.
 #   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
+#   Inc.
 
-timestamp='2004-01-05'
+timestamp='2007-11-19'
 
 # This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
 # under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -17,13 +18,15 @@ timestamp='2004-01-05'
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
 #
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
 # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
 
+
 # Originally written by Per Bothner <[email protected]>.
 # Please send patches to <[email protected]>.  Submit a context
 # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
@@ -53,7 +56,7 @@ version="\
 GNU config.guess ($timestamp)
 
 Originally written by Per Bothner.
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
@@ -66,11 +69,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information."
 while test $# -gt 0 ; do
   case $1 in
     --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
     --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
     --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
     -- )     # Stop option processing
        shift; break ;;
     - )	# Use stdin as input.
@@ -104,7 +107,7 @@ set_cc_for_build='
 trap "exitcode=\$?; (rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null) && exit \$exitcode" 0 ;
 trap "rm -f \$tmpfiles 2>/dev/null; rmdir \$tmp 2>/dev/null; exit 1" 1 2 13 15 ;
 : ${TMPDIR=/tmp} ;
- { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d -q "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
+ { tmp=`(umask 077 && mktemp -d "$TMPDIR/cgXXXXXX") 2>/dev/null` && test -n "$tmp" && test -d "$tmp" ; } ||
  { test -n "$RANDOM" && tmp=$TMPDIR/cg$$-$RANDOM && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) ; } ||
  { tmp=$TMPDIR/cg-$$ && (umask 077 && mkdir $tmp) && echo "Warning: creating insecure temp directory" >&2 ; } ||
  { echo "$me: cannot create a temporary directory in $TMPDIR" >&2 ; exit 1 ; } ;
@@ -123,7 +126,7 @@ case $CC_FOR_BUILD,$HOST_CC,$CC in
 	;;
  ,,*)   CC_FOR_BUILD=$CC ;;
  ,*,*)  CC_FOR_BUILD=$HOST_CC ;;
-esac ;'
+esac ; set_cc_for_build= ;'
 
 # This is needed to find uname on a Pyramid OSx when run in the BSD universe.
 # ([email protected] 1994-08-24)
@@ -158,6 +161,7 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	    arm*) machine=arm-unknown ;;
 	    sh3el) machine=shl-unknown ;;
 	    sh3eb) machine=sh-unknown ;;
+	    sh5el) machine=sh5le-unknown ;;
 	    *) machine=${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown ;;
 	esac
 	# The Operating System including object format, if it has switched
@@ -196,53 +200,32 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	# contains redundant information, the shorter form:
 	# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM is used.
 	echo "${machine}-${os}${release}"
-	exit 0 ;;
-    amiga:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    arc:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    hp300:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mac68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    macppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mvme68k:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mvme88k:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo m88k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    mvmeppc:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    pegasos:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo powerpc-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    pmax:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sgi:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo mipseb-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    sun3:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo m68k-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    wgrisc:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo mipsel-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:OpenBSD:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH=`arch | sed 's/OpenBSD.//'`
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE_ARCH}-unknown-openbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:ekkoBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-ekkobsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:SolidBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-solidbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    macppc:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo powerpc-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    *:MirBSD:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-mirbsd${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     alpha:OSF1:*:*)
-	if test $UNAME_RELEASE = "V4.0"; then
+	case $UNAME_RELEASE in
+	*4.0)
 		UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $3}'`
-	fi
+		;;
+	*5.*)
+	        UNAME_RELEASE=`/usr/sbin/sizer -v | awk '{print $4}'`
+		;;
+	esac
 	# According to Compaq, /usr/sbin/psrinfo has been available on
 	# OSF/1 and Tru64 systems produced since 1995.  I hope that
 	# covers most systems running today.  This code pipes the CPU
@@ -280,45 +263,49 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	    "EV7.9 (21364A)")
 		UNAME_MACHINE="alphaev79" ;;
 	esac
+	# A Pn.n version is a patched version.
 	# A Vn.n version is a released version.
 	# A Tn.n version is a released field test version.
 	# A Xn.n version is an unreleased experimental baselevel.
 	# 1.2 uses "1.2" for uname -r.
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[VTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    Alpha*:OpenVMS:*:*)
-	echo alpha-hp-vms
-	exit 0 ;;
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-osf`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/^[PVTX]//' | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
+	exit ;;
     Alpha\ *:Windows_NT*:*)
 	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
 	# Should we change UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead
 	# of the specific Alpha model?
 	echo alpha-pc-interix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     21064:Windows_NT:50:3)
 	echo alpha-dec-winnt3.5
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     Amiga*:UNIX_System_V:4.0:*)
 	echo m68k-unknown-sysv4
-	exit 0;;
+	exit ;;
     *:[Aa]miga[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-amigaos
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:[Mm]orph[Oo][Ss]:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-morphos
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:OS/390:*:*)
 	echo i370-ibm-openedition
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    *:z/VM:*:*)
+	echo s390-ibm-zvmoe
+	exit ;;
     *:OS400:*:*)
         echo powerpc-ibm-os400
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     arm:RISC*:1.[012]*:*|arm:riscix:1.[012]*:*)
 	echo arm-acorn-riscix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0;;
+	exit ;;
+    arm:riscos:*:*|arm:RISCOS:*:*)
+	echo arm-unknown-riscos
+	exit ;;
     SR2?01:HI-UX/MPP:*:* | SR8000:HI-UX/MPP:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.1-hitachi-hiuxmpp
-	exit 0;;
+	exit ;;
     Pyramid*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:OSx*:*:* | MIS*:SMP_DC-OSx*:*:*)
 	# [email protected] (Earle F. Ake) contributed MIS and NILE.
 	if test "`(/bin/universe) 2>/dev/null`" = att ; then
@@ -326,32 +313,32 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	else
 		echo pyramid-pyramid-bsd
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     NILE*:*:*:dcosx)
 	echo pyramid-pyramid-svr4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     DRS?6000:unix:4.0:6*)
 	echo sparc-icl-nx6
-	exit 0 ;;
-    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7*)
+	exit ;;
+    DRS?6000:UNIX_SV:4.2*:7* | DRS?6000:isis:4.2*:7*)
 	case `/usr/bin/uname -p` in
-	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7 && exit 0 ;;
+	    sparc) echo sparc-icl-nx7; exit ;;
 	esac ;;
     sun4H:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo sparc-hal-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sun4*:SunOS:5.*:* | tadpole*:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo sparc-sun-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:*)
+	exit ;;
+    i86pc:SunOS:5.*:* | i86xen:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo i386-pc-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sun4*:SunOS:6*:*)
 	# According to config.sub, this is the proper way to canonicalize
 	# SunOS6.  Hard to guess exactly what SunOS6 will be like, but
 	# it's likely to be more like Solaris than SunOS4.
 	echo sparc-sun-solaris3`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sun4*:SunOS:*:*)
 	case "`/usr/bin/arch -k`" in
 	    Series*|S4*)
@@ -360,10 +347,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	esac
 	# Japanese Language versions have a version number like `4.1.3-JL'.
 	echo sparc-sun-sunos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sun3*:SunOS:*:*)
 	echo m68k-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sun*:*:4.2BSD:*)
 	UNAME_RELEASE=`(sed 1q /etc/motd | awk '{print substr($5,1,3)}') 2>/dev/null`
 	test "x${UNAME_RELEASE}" = "x" && UNAME_RELEASE=3
@@ -375,10 +362,10 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 		echo sparc-sun-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
 		;;
 	esac
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     aushp:SunOS:*:*)
 	echo sparc-auspex-sunos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     # The situation for MiNT is a little confusing.  The machine name
     # can be virtually everything (everything which is not
     # "atarist" or "atariste" at least should have a processor
@@ -389,37 +376,40 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
     # be no problem.
     atarist[e]:*MiNT:*:* | atarist[e]:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
         echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     atari*:*MiNT:*:* | atari*:*mint:*:* | atarist[e]:*TOS:*:*)
 	echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     *falcon*:*MiNT:*:* | *falcon*:*mint:*:* | *falcon*:*TOS:*:*)
         echo m68k-atari-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     milan*:*MiNT:*:* | milan*:*mint:*:* | *milan*:*TOS:*:*)
         echo m68k-milan-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     hades*:*MiNT:*:* | hades*:*mint:*:* | *hades*:*TOS:*:*)
         echo m68k-hades-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     *:*MiNT:*:* | *:*mint:*:* | *:*TOS:*:*)
         echo m68k-unknown-mint${UNAME_RELEASE}
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
+    m68k:machten:*:*)
+	echo m68k-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     powerpc:machten:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-apple-machten${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     RISC*:Mach:*:*)
 	echo mips-dec-mach_bsd4.3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     RISC*:ULTRIX:*:*)
 	echo mips-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     VAX*:ULTRIX*:*:*)
 	echo vax-dec-ultrix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     2020:CLIX:*:* | 2430:CLIX:*:*)
 	echo clipper-intergraph-clix${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     mips:*:*:UMIPS | mips:*:*:RISCos)
 	eval $set_cc_for_build
 	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
@@ -443,32 +433,33 @@ case "${UNAME_MACHINE}:${UNAME_SYSTEM}:${UNAME_RELEASE}:${UNAME_VERSION}" in
 	  exit (-1);
 	}
 EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c \
-	  && $dummy `echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` \
-	  && exit 0
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c &&
+	  dummyarg=`echo "${UNAME_RELEASE}" | sed -n 's/\([0-9]*\).*/\1/p'` &&
+	  SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy $dummyarg` &&
+	    { echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
 	echo mips-mips-riscos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     Motorola:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-motorola-powermax
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     Motorola:*:4.3:PL8-*)
 	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     Night_Hawk:*:*:PowerMAX_OS | Synergy:PowerMAX_OS:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-harris-powermax
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     Night_Hawk:Power_UNIX:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-harris-powerunix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     m88k:CX/UX:7*:*)
 	echo m88k-harris-cxux7
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     m88k:*:4*:R4*)
 	echo m88k-motorola-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     m88k:*:3*:R3*)
 	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     AViiON:dgux:*:*)
         # DG/UX returns AViiON for all architectures
         UNAME_PROCESSOR=`/usr/bin/uname -p`
@@ -484,29 +475,29 @@ EOF
 	else
 	    echo i586-dg-dgux${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
- 	exit 0 ;;
+ 	exit ;;
     M88*:DolphinOS:*:*)	# DolphinOS (SVR3)
 	echo m88k-dolphin-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     M88*:*:R3*:*)
 	# Delta 88k system running SVR3
 	echo m88k-motorola-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     XD88*:*:*:*) # Tektronix XD88 system running UTekV (SVR3)
 	echo m88k-tektronix-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     Tek43[0-9][0-9]:UTek:*:*) # Tektronix 4300 system running UTek (BSD)
 	echo m68k-tektronix-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:IRIX*:*:*)
 	echo mips-sgi-irix`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/-/_/g'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     ????????:AIX?:[12].1:2)   # AIX 2.2.1 or AIX 2.1.1 is RT/PC AIX.
-	echo romp-ibm-aix      # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
-	exit 0 ;;              # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
+	echo romp-ibm-aix     # uname -m gives an 8 hex-code CPU id
+	exit ;;               # Note that: echo "'`uname -s`'" gives 'AIX '
     i*86:AIX:*:*)
 	echo i386-ibm-aix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     ia64:AIX:*:*)
 	if [ -x /usr/bin/oslevel ] ; then
 		IBM_REV=`/usr/bin/oslevel`
@@ -514,7 +505,7 @@ EOF
 		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:AIX:2:3)
 	if grep bos325 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 		eval $set_cc_for_build
@@ -529,14 +520,18 @@ EOF
 			exit(0);
 			}
 EOF
-		$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
-		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+		if $CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy`
+		then
+			echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"
+		else
+			echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.5
+		fi
 	elif grep bos324 /usr/include/stdio.h >/dev/null 2>&1; then
 		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2.4
 	else
 		echo rs6000-ibm-aix3.2
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:AIX:*:[45])
 	IBM_CPU_ID=`/usr/sbin/lsdev -C -c processor -S available | sed 1q | awk '{ print $1 }'`
 	if /usr/sbin/lsattr -El ${IBM_CPU_ID} | grep ' POWER' >/dev/null 2>&1; then
@@ -550,28 +545,28 @@ EOF
 		IBM_REV=${UNAME_VERSION}.${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
 	echo ${IBM_ARCH}-ibm-aix${IBM_REV}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:AIX:*:*)
 	echo rs6000-ibm-aix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     ibmrt:4.4BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)
 	echo romp-ibm-bsd4.4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     ibmrt:*BSD:*|romp-ibm:BSD:*)            # covers RT/PC BSD and
 	echo romp-ibm-bsd${UNAME_RELEASE}   # 4.3 with uname added to
-	exit 0 ;;                           # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
+	exit ;;                             # report: romp-ibm BSD 4.3
     *:BOSX:*:*)
 	echo rs6000-bull-bosx
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     DPX/2?00:B.O.S.:*:*)
 	echo m68k-bull-sysv3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:1.*:*)
 	echo m68k-hp-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     hp300:4.4BSD:*:* | 9000/[34]??:4.3bsd:2.*:*)
 	echo m68k-hp-bsd4.4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     9000/[34678]??:HP-UX:*:*)
 	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
 	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
@@ -633,9 +628,19 @@ EOF
 	esac
 	if [ ${HP_ARCH} = "hppa2.0w" ]
 	then
-	    # avoid double evaluation of $set_cc_for_build
-	    test -n "$CC_FOR_BUILD" || eval $set_cc_for_build
-	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E -) | grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
+	    eval $set_cc_for_build
+
+	    # hppa2.0w-hp-hpux* has a 64-bit kernel and a compiler generating
+	    # 32-bit code.  hppa64-hp-hpux* has the same kernel and a compiler
+	    # generating 64-bit code.  GNU and HP use different nomenclature:
+	    #
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD=cc ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa2.0w-hp-hpux11.23
+	    # $ CC_FOR_BUILD="cc +DA2.0w" ./config.guess
+	    # => hppa64-hp-hpux11.23
+
+	    if echo __LP64__ | (CCOPTS= $CC_FOR_BUILD -E - 2>/dev/null) |
+		grep __LP64__ >/dev/null
 	    then
 		HP_ARCH="hppa2.0w"
 	    else
@@ -643,11 +648,11 @@ EOF
 	    fi
 	fi
 	echo ${HP_ARCH}-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     ia64:HP-UX:*:*)
 	HPUX_REV=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*.[0B]*//'`
 	echo ia64-hp-hpux${HPUX_REV}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     3050*:HI-UX:*:*)
 	eval $set_cc_for_build
 	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
@@ -675,163 +680,182 @@ EOF
 	  exit (0);
 	}
 EOF
-	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && $dummy && exit 0
+	$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+		{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
 	echo unknown-hitachi-hiuxwe2
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     9000/7??:4.3bsd:*:* | 9000/8?[79]:4.3bsd:*:* )
 	echo hppa1.1-hp-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     9000/8??:4.3bsd:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.0-hp-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *9??*:MPE/iX:*:* | *3000*:MPE/iX:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.0-hp-mpeix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     hp7??:OSF1:*:* | hp8?[79]:OSF1:*:* )
 	echo hppa1.1-hp-osf
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     hp8??:OSF1:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.0-hp-osf
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:OSF1:*:*)
 	if [ -x /usr/sbin/sysversion ] ; then
 	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1mk
 	else
 	    echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-osf1
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     parisc*:Lites*:*:*)
 	echo hppa1.1-hp-lites
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     C1*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C1*:*)
 	echo c1-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     C2*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C2*:*)
 	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
 	then echo c32-convex-bsd
 	else echo c2-convex-bsd
 	fi
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     C34*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C34*:*)
 	echo c34-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     C38*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C38*:*)
 	echo c38-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     C4*:ConvexOS:*:* | convex:ConvexOS:C4*:*)
 	echo c4-convex-bsd
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     CRAY*Y-MP:*:*:*)
 	echo ymp-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     CRAY*[A-Z]90:*:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} \
 	| sed -e 's/CRAY.*\([A-Z]90\)/\1/' \
 	      -e y/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ \
 	      -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     CRAY*TS:*:*:*)
 	echo t90-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     CRAY*T3E:*:*:*)
 	echo alphaev5-cray-unicosmk${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     CRAY*SV1:*:*:*)
 	echo sv1-cray-unicos${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:UNICOS/mp:*:*)
-	echo nv1-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	echo craynv-cray-unicosmp${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/\.[^.]*$/.X/'
+	exit ;;
     F30[01]:UNIX_System_V:*:* | F700:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
 	FUJITSU_PROC=`uname -m | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz'`
         FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
         FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
         echo "${FUJITSU_PROC}-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     5000:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
         FUJITSU_SYS=`uname -p | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/\///'`
         FUJITSU_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | tr 'ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ' 'abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz' | sed -e 's/ /_/'`
         echo "sparc-fujitsu-${FUJITSU_SYS}${FUJITSU_REL}"
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:BSD/386:*:* | i*86:BSD/OS:*:* | *:Ascend\ Embedded/OS:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sparc*:BSD/OS:*:*)
 	echo sparc-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:BSD/OS:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-bsdi${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:FreeBSD:*:*)
-	# Determine whether the default compiler uses glibc.
-	eval $set_cc_for_build
-	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
-	#include <features.h>
-	#if __GLIBC__ >= 2
-	LIBC=gnu
-	#else
-	LIBC=
-	#endif
-EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
-	# GNU/KFreeBSD systems have a "k" prefix to indicate we are using
-	# FreeBSD's kernel, but not the complete OS.
-	case ${LIBC} in gnu) kernel_only='k' ;; esac
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-${kernel_only}freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`${LIBC:+-$LIBC}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    pc98)
+		echo i386-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    amd64)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	    *)
+		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-freebsd`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'` ;;
+	esac
+	exit ;;
     i*:CYGWIN*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-cygwin
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i*:MINGW*:*)
+	exit ;;
+    *:MINGW*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mingw32
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    i*:windows32*:*)
+    	# uname -m includes "-pc" on this system.
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-mingw32
+	exit ;;
     i*:PW*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-pw32
-	exit 0 ;;
-    x86:Interix*:[34]*)
-	echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/\..*//'
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    *:Interix*:[3456]*)
+    	case ${UNAME_MACHINE} in
+	    x86)
+		echo i586-pc-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	    EM64T | authenticamd)
+		echo x86_64-unknown-interix${UNAME_RELEASE}
+		exit ;;
+	esac ;;
     [345]86:Windows_95:* | [345]86:Windows_98:* | [345]86:Windows_NT:*)
 	echo i${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-mks
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*:Windows_NT*:* | Pentium*:Windows_NT*:*)
 	# How do we know it's Interix rather than the generic POSIX subsystem?
 	# It also conflicts with pre-2.0 versions of AT&T UWIN. Should we
 	# UNAME_MACHINE based on the output of uname instead of i386?
 	echo i586-pc-interix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*:UWIN*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-uwin
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    amd64:CYGWIN*:*:* | x86_64:CYGWIN*:*:*)
+	echo x86_64-unknown-cygwin
+	exit ;;
     p*:CYGWIN*:*)
 	echo powerpcle-unknown-cygwin
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     prep*:SunOS:5.*:*)
 	echo powerpcle-unknown-solaris2`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[^.]*//'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:GNU:*:*)
 	# the GNU system
 	echo `echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}|sed -e 's,[-/].*$,,'`-unknown-gnu`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's,/.*$,,'`
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:GNU/*:*:*)
 	# other systems with GNU libc and userland
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-`echo ${UNAME_SYSTEM} | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,' | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'``echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:Minix:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-minix
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     arm*:Linux:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    avr32*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
     cris:Linux:*:*)
 	echo cris-axis-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    crisv32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo crisv32-axis-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
+    frv:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo frv-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
     ia64:Linux:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    m32r*:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
     m68*:Linux:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     mips:Linux:*:*)
 	eval $set_cc_for_build
 	sed 's/^	//' << EOF >$dummy.c
@@ -848,8 +872,12 @@ EOF
 	#endif
 	#endif
 EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^CPU/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
 	;;
     mips64:Linux:*:*)
 	eval $set_cc_for_build
@@ -867,15 +895,22 @@ EOF
 	#endif
 	#endif
 EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^CPU=`
-	test x"${CPU}" != x && echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu" && exit 0
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^CPU/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${CPU}" != x && { echo "${CPU}-unknown-linux-gnu"; exit; }
 	;;
+    or32:Linux:*:*)
+	echo or32-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
     ppc:Linux:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     ppc64:Linux:*:*)
 	echo powerpc64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     alpha:Linux:*:*)
 	case `sed -n '/^cpu model/s/^.*: \(.*\)/\1/p' < /proc/cpuinfo` in
 	  EV5)   UNAME_MACHINE=alphaev5 ;;
@@ -889,7 +924,7 @@ EOF
 	objdump --private-headers /bin/sh | grep ld.so.1 >/dev/null
 	if test "$?" = 0 ; then LIBC="libc1" ; else LIBC="" ; fi
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu${LIBC}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     parisc:Linux:*:* | hppa:Linux:*:*)
 	# Look for CPU level
 	case `grep '^cpu[^a-z]*:' /proc/cpuinfo 2>/dev/null | cut -d' ' -f2` in
@@ -897,25 +932,31 @@ EOF
 	  PA8*) echo hppa2.0-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
 	  *)    echo hppa-unknown-linux-gnu ;;
 	esac
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     parisc64:Linux:*:* | hppa64:Linux:*:*)
 	echo hppa64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     s390:Linux:*:* | s390x:Linux:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-ibm-linux
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sh64*:Linux:*:*)
     	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sh*:Linux:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     sparc:Linux:*:* | sparc64:Linux:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    vax:Linux:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-dec-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
     x86_64:Linux:*:*)
 	echo x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    xtensa*:Linux:*:*)
+    	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-linux-gnu
+	exit ;;
     i*86:Linux:*:*)
 	# The BFD linker knows what the default object file format is, so
 	# first see if it will tell us. cd to the root directory to prevent
@@ -933,15 +974,15 @@ EOF
 		;;
 	  a.out-i386-linux)
 		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuaout"
-		exit 0 ;;
+		exit ;;
 	  coff-i386)
 		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnucoff"
-		exit 0 ;;
+		exit ;;
 	  "")
 		# Either a pre-BFD a.out linker (linux-gnuoldld) or
 		# one that does not give us useful --help.
 		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-gnuoldld"
-		exit 0 ;;
+		exit ;;
 	esac
 	# Determine whether the default compiler is a.out or elf
 	eval $set_cc_for_build
@@ -958,7 +999,7 @@ EOF
 	LIBC=gnulibc1
 	# endif
 	#else
-	#ifdef __INTEL_COMPILER
+	#if defined(__INTEL_COMPILER) || defined(__PGI) || defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
 	LIBC=gnu
 	#else
 	LIBC=gnuaout
@@ -968,16 +1009,23 @@ EOF
 	LIBC=dietlibc
 	#endif
 EOF
-	eval `$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | grep ^LIBC=`
-	test x"${LIBC}" != x && echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}" && exit 0
-	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && echo "${TENTATIVE}" && exit 0
+	eval "`$CC_FOR_BUILD -E $dummy.c 2>/dev/null | sed -n '
+	    /^LIBC/{
+		s: ::g
+		p
+	    }'`"
+	test x"${LIBC}" != x && {
+		echo "${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-linux-${LIBC}"
+		exit
+	}
+	test x"${TENTATIVE}" != x && { echo "${TENTATIVE}"; exit; }
 	;;
     i*86:DYNIX/ptx:4*:*)
 	# ptx 4.0 does uname -s correctly, with DYNIX/ptx in there.
 	# earlier versions are messed up and put the nodename in both
 	# sysname and nodename.
 	echo i386-sequent-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:UNIX_SV:4.2MP:2.*)
         # Unixware is an offshoot of SVR4, but it has its own version
         # number series starting with 2...
@@ -985,27 +1033,27 @@ EOF
 	# I just have to hope.  -- rms.
         # Use sysv4.2uw... so that sysv4* matches it.
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv4.2uw${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:OS/2:*:*)
 	# If we were able to find `uname', then EMX Unix compatibility
 	# is probably installed.
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-os2-emx
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:XTS-300:*:STOP)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-stop
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:atheos:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-atheos
-	exit 0 ;;
-	i*86:syllable:*:*)
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:syllable:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-syllable
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:LynxOS:2.*:* | i*86:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | i*86:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
 	echo i386-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:*DOS:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-msdosdjgpp
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:*:4.*:* | i*86:SYSTEM_V:4.*:*)
 	UNAME_REL=`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE} | sed 's/\/MP$//'`
 	if grep Novell /usr/include/link.h >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
@@ -1013,15 +1061,16 @@ EOF
 	else
 		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv${UNAME_REL}
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
-    i*86:*:5:[78]*)
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:*:5:[678]*)
+    	# UnixWare 7.x, OpenUNIX and OpenServer 6.
 	case `/bin/uname -X | grep "^Machine"` in
 	    *486*)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i486 ;;
 	    *Pentium)	     UNAME_MACHINE=i586 ;;
 	    *Pent*|*Celeron) UNAME_MACHINE=i686 ;;
 	esac
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}${UNAME_SYSTEM}${UNAME_VERSION}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i*86:*:3.2:*)
 	if test -f /usr/options/cb.name; then
 		UNAME_REL=`sed -n 's/.*Version //p' </usr/options/cb.name`
@@ -1039,73 +1088,73 @@ EOF
 	else
 		echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-sysv32
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     pc:*:*:*)
 	# Left here for compatibility:
         # uname -m prints for DJGPP always 'pc', but it prints nothing about
         # the processor, so we play safe by assuming i386.
 	echo i386-pc-msdosdjgpp
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     Intel:Mach:3*:*)
 	echo i386-pc-mach3
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     paragon:*:*:*)
 	echo i860-intel-osf1
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     i860:*:4.*:*) # i860-SVR4
 	if grep Stardent /usr/include/sys/uadmin.h >/dev/null 2>&1 ; then
 	  echo i860-stardent-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE} # Stardent Vistra i860-SVR4
 	else # Add other i860-SVR4 vendors below as they are discovered.
 	  echo i860-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}  # Unknown i860-SVR4
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     mini*:CTIX:SYS*5:*)
 	# "miniframe"
 	echo m68010-convergent-sysv
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     mc68k:UNIX:SYSTEM5:3.51m)
 	echo m68k-convergent-sysv
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     M680?0:D-NIX:5.3:*)
 	echo m68k-diab-dnix
-	exit 0 ;;
-    M68*:*:R3V[567]*:*)
-	test -r /sysV68 && echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv' && exit 0 ;;
-    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0)
+	exit ;;
+    M68*:*:R3V[5678]*:*)
+	test -r /sysV68 && { echo 'm68k-motorola-sysv'; exit; } ;;
+    3[345]??:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??A:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:3.0 | 3[34]??/*:*:4.0:3.0 | 4400:*:4.0:3.0 | 4850:*:4.0:3.0 | SKA40:*:4.0:3.0 | SDS2:*:4.0:3.0 | SHG2:*:4.0:3.0 | S7501*:*:4.0:3.0)
 	OS_REL=''
 	test -r /etc/.relid \
 	&& OS_REL=.`sed -n 's/[^ ]* [^ ]* \([0-9][0-9]\).*/\1/p' < /etc/.relid`
 	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-	  && echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0
+	  && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; }
 	/bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | /bin/grep entium >/dev/null \
-	  && echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL} && exit 0 ;;
+	  && { echo i586-ncr-sysv4.3${OS_REL}; exit; } ;;
     3[34]??:*:4.0:* | 3[34]??,*:*:4.0:*)
         /bin/uname -p 2>/dev/null | grep 86 >/dev/null \
-          && echo i486-ncr-sysv4 && exit 0 ;;
+          && { echo i486-ncr-sysv4; exit; } ;;
     m68*:LynxOS:2.*:* | m68*:LynxOS:3.0*:*)
 	echo m68k-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     mc68030:UNIX_System_V:4.*:*)
 	echo m68k-atari-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     TSUNAMI:LynxOS:2.*:*)
 	echo sparc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     rs6000:LynxOS:2.*:*)
 	echo rs6000-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     PowerPC:LynxOS:2.*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:3.[01]*:* | PowerPC:LynxOS:4.0*:*)
 	echo powerpc-unknown-lynxos${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     SM[BE]S:UNIX_SV:*:*)
 	echo mips-dde-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     RM*:ReliantUNIX-*:*:*)
 	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     RM*:SINIX-*:*:*)
 	echo mips-sni-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:SINIX-*:*:*)
 	if uname -p 2>/dev/null >/dev/null ; then
 		UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
@@ -1113,68 +1162,81 @@ EOF
 	else
 		echo ns32k-sni-sysv
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     PENTIUM:*:4.0*:*) # Unisys `ClearPath HMP IX 4000' SVR4/MP effort
                       # says <[email protected]>
         echo i586-unisys-sysv4
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     *:UNIX_System_V:4*:FTX*)
 	# From Gerald Hewes <[email protected]>.
 	# How about differentiating between stratus architectures? -djm
 	echo hppa1.1-stratus-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:*:*:FTX*)
 	# From [email protected].
 	echo i860-stratus-sysv4
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:VOS:*:*)
+	# From [email protected].
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-stratus-vos
+	exit ;;
     *:VOS:*:*)
 	# From [email protected].
 	echo hppa1.1-stratus-vos
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     mc68*:A/UX:*:*)
 	echo m68k-apple-aux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     news*:NEWS-OS:6*:*)
 	echo mips-sony-newsos6
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     R[34]000:*System_V*:*:* | R4000:UNIX_SYSV:*:* | R*000:UNIX_SV:*:*)
 	if [ -d /usr/nec ]; then
 	        echo mips-nec-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	else
 	        echo mips-unknown-sysv${UNAME_RELEASE}
 	fi
-        exit 0 ;;
+        exit ;;
     BeBox:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on hardware made by Be, PPC only.
 	echo powerpc-be-beos
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     BeMac:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Mac or Mac clone, PPC only.
 	echo powerpc-apple-beos
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     BePC:BeOS:*:*)	# BeOS running on Intel PC compatible.
 	echo i586-pc-beos
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     SX-4:SUPER-UX:*:*)
 	echo sx4-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     SX-5:SUPER-UX:*:*)
 	echo sx5-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     SX-6:SUPER-UX:*:*)
 	echo sx6-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    SX-7:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx7-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
+    SX-8R:SUPER-UX:*:*)
+	echo sx8r-nec-superux${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     Power*:Rhapsody:*:*)
 	echo powerpc-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:Rhapsody:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-apple-rhapsody${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:Darwin:*:*)
-	case `uname -p` in
-	    *86) UNAME_PROCESSOR=i686 ;;
-	    powerpc) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
+	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p` || UNAME_PROCESSOR=unknown
+	case $UNAME_PROCESSOR in
+	    unknown) UNAME_PROCESSOR=powerpc ;;
 	esac
 	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-apple-darwin${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:procnto*:*:* | *:QNX:[0123456789]*:*)
 	UNAME_PROCESSOR=`uname -p`
 	if test "$UNAME_PROCESSOR" = "x86"; then
@@ -1182,22 +1244,25 @@ EOF
 		UNAME_MACHINE=pc
 	fi
 	echo ${UNAME_PROCESSOR}-${UNAME_MACHINE}-nto-qnx${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:QNX:*:4*)
 	echo i386-pc-qnx
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    NSE-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
+	echo nse-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
+	exit ;;
     NSR-?:NONSTOP_KERNEL:*:*)
 	echo nsr-tandem-nsk${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:NonStop-UX:*:*)
 	echo mips-compaq-nonstopux
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     BS2000:POSIX*:*:*)
 	echo bs2000-siemens-sysv
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     DS/*:UNIX_System_V:*:*)
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-${UNAME_SYSTEM}-${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:Plan9:*:*)
 	# "uname -m" is not consistent, so use $cputype instead. 386
 	# is converted to i386 for consistency with other x86
@@ -1208,31 +1273,47 @@ EOF
 	    UNAME_MACHINE="$cputype"
 	fi
 	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-plan9
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:TOPS-10:*:*)
 	echo pdp10-unknown-tops10
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:TENEX:*:*)
 	echo pdp10-unknown-tenex
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     KS10:TOPS-20:*:* | KL10:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE4:TOPS-20:*:*)
 	echo pdp10-dec-tops20
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     XKL-1:TOPS-20:*:* | TYPE5:TOPS-20:*:*)
 	echo pdp10-xkl-tops20
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:TOPS-20:*:*)
 	echo pdp10-unknown-tops20
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     *:ITS:*:*)
 	echo pdp10-unknown-its
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     SEI:*:*:SEIUX)
         echo mips-sei-seiux${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
-    *:DRAGONFLY:*:*)
-	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly${UNAME_RELEASE}
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
+    *:DragonFly:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-unknown-dragonfly`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}|sed -e 's/[-(].*//'`
+	exit ;;
+    *:*VMS:*:*)
+    	UNAME_MACHINE=`(uname -p) 2>/dev/null`
+	case "${UNAME_MACHINE}" in
+	    A*) echo alpha-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    I*) echo ia64-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	    V*) echo vax-dec-vms ; exit ;;
+	esac ;;
+    *:XENIX:*:SysV)
+	echo i386-pc-xenix
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:skyos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-skyos`echo ${UNAME_RELEASE}` | sed -e 's/ .*$//'
+	exit ;;
+    i*86:rdos:*:*)
+	echo ${UNAME_MACHINE}-pc-rdos
+	exit ;;
 esac
 
 #echo '(No uname command or uname output not recognized.)' 1>&2
@@ -1264,7 +1345,7 @@ main ()
 #endif
 
 #if defined (__arm) && defined (__acorn) && defined (__unix)
-  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix"); exit (0);
+  printf ("arm-acorn-riscix\n"); exit (0);
 #endif
 
 #if defined (hp300) && !defined (hpux)
@@ -1353,11 +1434,12 @@ main ()
 }
 EOF
 
-$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && $dummy && exit 0
+$CC_FOR_BUILD -o $dummy $dummy.c 2>/dev/null && SYSTEM_NAME=`$dummy` &&
+	{ echo "$SYSTEM_NAME"; exit; }
 
 # Apollos put the system type in the environment.
 
-test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit 0; }
+test -d /usr/apollo && { echo ${ISP}-apollo-${SYSTYPE}; exit; }
 
 # Convex versions that predate uname can use getsysinfo(1)
 
@@ -1366,22 +1448,22 @@ then
     case `getsysinfo -f cpu_type` in
     c1*)
 	echo c1-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     c2*)
 	if getsysinfo -f scalar_acc
 	then echo c32-convex-bsd
 	else echo c2-convex-bsd
 	fi
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     c34*)
 	echo c34-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     c38*)
 	echo c38-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     c4*)
 	echo c4-convex-bsd
-	exit 0 ;;
+	exit ;;
     esac
 fi
 
@@ -1392,7 +1474,9 @@ This script, last modified $timestamp, has failed to recognize
 the operating system you are using. It is advised that you
 download the most up to date version of the config scripts from
 
-    ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/config/
+  http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.guess
+and
+  http://savannah.gnu.org/cgi-bin/viewcvs/*checkout*/config/config/config.sub
 
 If the version you run ($0) is already up to date, please
 send the following data and any information you think might be
diff --git a/config.sub b/config.sub
index 463186db..51904615 100755
--- a/config.sub
+++ b/config.sub
@@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Configuration validation subroutine script.
 #   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999,
-#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+#   2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation,
+#   Inc.
 
-timestamp='2004-01-05'
+timestamp='2007-11-19'
 
 # This file is (in principle) common to ALL GNU software.
 # The presence of a machine in this file suggests that SOME GNU software
@@ -21,14 +22,15 @@ timestamp='2004-01-05'
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-# Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
+#
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
 # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
 
+
 # Please send patches to <[email protected]>.  Submit a context
 # diff and a properly formatted ChangeLog entry.
 #
@@ -70,7 +72,7 @@ Report bugs and patches to <[email protected]>."
 version="\
 GNU config.sub ($timestamp)
 
-Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
+Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005
 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This is free software; see the source for copying conditions.  There is NO
@@ -83,11 +85,11 @@ Try \`$me --help' for more information."
 while test $# -gt 0 ; do
   case $1 in
     --time-stamp | --time* | -t )
-       echo "$timestamp" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$timestamp" ; exit ;;
     --version | -v )
-       echo "$version" ; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$version" ; exit ;;
     --help | --h* | -h )
-       echo "$usage"; exit 0 ;;
+       echo "$usage"; exit ;;
     -- )     # Stop option processing
        shift; break ;;
     - )	# Use stdin as input.
@@ -99,7 +101,7 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do
     *local*)
        # First pass through any local machine types.
        echo $1
-       exit 0;;
+       exit ;;
 
     * )
        break ;;
@@ -118,8 +120,9 @@ esac
 # Here we must recognize all the valid KERNEL-OS combinations.
 maybe_os=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\2/'`
 case $maybe_os in
-  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-uclibc* | uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | \
-  kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
+  nto-qnx* | linux-gnu* | linux-dietlibc | linux-newlib* | linux-uclibc* | \
+  uclinux-uclibc* | uclinux-gnu* | kfreebsd*-gnu* | knetbsd*-gnu* | netbsd*-gnu* | \
+  storm-chaos* | os2-emx* | rtmk-nova*)
     os=-$maybe_os
     basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed 's/^\(.*\)-\([^-]*-[^-]*\)$/\1/'`
     ;;
@@ -145,7 +148,7 @@ case $os in
 	-convergent* | -ncr* | -news | -32* | -3600* | -3100* | -hitachi* |\
 	-c[123]* | -convex* | -sun | -crds | -omron* | -dg | -ultra | -tti* | \
 	-harris | -dolphin | -highlevel | -gould | -cbm | -ns | -masscomp | \
-	-apple | -axis)
+	-apple | -axis | -knuth | -cray)
 		os=
 		basic_machine=$1
 		;;
@@ -170,6 +173,10 @@ case $os in
 	-hiux*)
 		os=-hiuxwe2
 		;;
+	-sco6)
+		os=-sco5v6
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-sco5)
 		os=-sco3.2v5
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -186,6 +193,10 @@ case $os in
 		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
 		;;
+	-sco5v6*)
+		# Don't forget version if it is 3.2v4 or newer.
+		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
+		;;
 	-sco*)
 		os=-sco3.2v2
 		basic_machine=`echo $1 | sed -e 's/86-.*/86-pc/'`
@@ -230,14 +241,16 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| alpha | alphaev[4-8] | alphaev56 | alphaev6[78] | alphapca5[67] \
 	| alpha64 | alpha64ev[4-8] | alpha64ev56 | alpha64ev6[78] | alpha64pca5[67] \
 	| am33_2.0 \
-	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr \
+	| arc | arm | arm[bl]e | arme[lb] | armv[2345] | armv[345][lb] | avr | avr32 \
+	| bfin \
 	| c4x | clipper \
 	| d10v | d30v | dlx | dsp16xx \
-	| fr30 | frv \
+	| fido | fr30 | frv \
 	| h8300 | h8500 | hppa | hppa1.[01] | hppa2.0 | hppa2.0[nw] | hppa64 \
 	| i370 | i860 | i960 | ia64 \
 	| ip2k | iq2000 \
-	| m32r | m68000 | m68k | m88k | mcore \
+	| m32c | m32r | m32rle | m68000 | m68k | m88k \
+	| maxq | mb | microblaze | mcore | mep \
 	| mips | mipsbe | mipseb | mipsel | mipsle \
 	| mips16 \
 	| mips64 | mips64el \
@@ -246,6 +259,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mips64vr4100 | mips64vr4100el \
 	| mips64vr4300 | mips64vr4300el \
 	| mips64vr5000 | mips64vr5000el \
+	| mips64vr5900 | mips64vr5900el \
 	| mipsisa32 | mipsisa32el \
 	| mipsisa32r2 | mipsisa32r2el \
 	| mipsisa64 | mipsisa64el \
@@ -254,20 +268,24 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mipsisa64sr71k | mipsisa64sr71kel \
 	| mipstx39 | mipstx39el \
 	| mn10200 | mn10300 \
+	| mt \
 	| msp430 \
+	| nios | nios2 \
 	| ns16k | ns32k \
-	| openrisc | or32 \
+	| or32 \
 	| pdp10 | pdp11 | pj | pjl \
 	| powerpc | powerpc64 | powerpc64le | powerpcle | ppcbe \
 	| pyramid \
-	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
+	| score \
+	| sh | sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[23]e | sh[34]eb | sheb | shbe | shle | sh[1234]le | sh3ele \
 	| sh64 | sh64le \
-	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite | sparcv9 | sparcv9b \
-	| strongarm \
+	| sparc | sparc64 | sparc64b | sparc64v | sparc86x | sparclet | sparclite \
+	| sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v \
+	| spu | strongarm \
 	| tahoe | thumb | tic4x | tic80 | tron \
 	| v850 | v850e \
 	| we32k \
-	| x86 | xscale | xstormy16 | xtensa \
+	| x86 | xc16x | xscale | xscalee[bl] | xstormy16 | xtensa \
 	| z8k)
 		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
 		;;
@@ -278,6 +296,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		;;
 	m88110 | m680[12346]0 | m683?2 | m68360 | m5200 | v70 | w65 | z8k)
 		;;
+	ms1)
+		basic_machine=mt-unknown
+		;;
 
 	# We use `pc' rather than `unknown'
 	# because (1) that's what they normally are, and
@@ -297,20 +318,20 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| alpha64-* | alpha64ev[4-8]-* | alpha64ev56-* | alpha64ev6[78]-* \
 	| alphapca5[67]-* | alpha64pca5[67]-* | arc-* \
 	| arm-*  | armbe-* | armle-* | armeb-* | armv*-* \
-	| avr-* \
-	| bs2000-* \
+	| avr-* | avr32-* \
+	| bfin-* | bs2000-* \
 	| c[123]* | c30-* | [cjt]90-* | c4x-* | c54x-* | c55x-* | c6x-* \
-	| clipper-* | cydra-* \
+	| clipper-* | craynv-* | cydra-* \
 	| d10v-* | d30v-* | dlx-* \
 	| elxsi-* \
-	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
+	| f30[01]-* | f700-* | fido-* | fr30-* | frv-* | fx80-* \
 	| h8300-* | h8500-* \
 	| hppa-* | hppa1.[01]-* | hppa2.0-* | hppa2.0[nw]-* | hppa64-* \
 	| i*86-* | i860-* | i960-* | ia64-* \
 	| ip2k-* | iq2000-* \
-	| m32r-* \
+	| m32c-* | m32r-* | m32rle-* \
 	| m68000-* | m680[012346]0-* | m68360-* | m683?2-* | m68k-* \
-	| m88110-* | m88k-* | mcore-* \
+	| m88110-* | m88k-* | maxq-* | mcore-* \
 	| mips-* | mipsbe-* | mipseb-* | mipsel-* | mipsle-* \
 	| mips16-* \
 	| mips64-* | mips64el-* \
@@ -319,6 +340,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mips64vr4100-* | mips64vr4100el-* \
 	| mips64vr4300-* | mips64vr4300el-* \
 	| mips64vr5000-* | mips64vr5000el-* \
+	| mips64vr5900-* | mips64vr5900el-* \
 	| mipsisa32-* | mipsisa32el-* \
 	| mipsisa32r2-* | mipsisa32r2el-* \
 	| mipsisa64-* | mipsisa64el-* \
@@ -326,27 +348,35 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	| mipsisa64sb1-* | mipsisa64sb1el-* \
 	| mipsisa64sr71k-* | mipsisa64sr71kel-* \
 	| mipstx39-* | mipstx39el-* \
+	| mmix-* \
+	| mt-* \
 	| msp430-* \
-	| none-* | np1-* | nv1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
+	| nios-* | nios2-* \
+	| none-* | np1-* | ns16k-* | ns32k-* \
 	| orion-* \
 	| pdp10-* | pdp11-* | pj-* | pjl-* | pn-* | power-* \
 	| powerpc-* | powerpc64-* | powerpc64le-* | powerpcle-* | ppcbe-* \
 	| pyramid-* \
 	| romp-* | rs6000-* \
-	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | shbe-* \
+	| sh-* | sh[1234]-* | sh[24]a-* | sh[23]e-* | sh[34]eb-* | sheb-* | shbe-* \
 	| shle-* | sh[1234]le-* | sh3ele-* | sh64-* | sh64le-* \
-	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* | sparclite-* \
-	| sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
+	| sparc-* | sparc64-* | sparc64b-* | sparc64v-* | sparc86x-* | sparclet-* \
+	| sparclite-* \
+	| sparcv8-* | sparcv9-* | sparcv9b-* | sparcv9v-* | strongarm-* | sv1-* | sx?-* \
 	| tahoe-* | thumb-* \
 	| tic30-* | tic4x-* | tic54x-* | tic55x-* | tic6x-* | tic80-* \
 	| tron-* \
 	| v850-* | v850e-* | vax-* \
 	| we32k-* \
-	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xstormy16-* \
-	| xtensa-* \
+	| x86-* | x86_64-* | xc16x-* | xps100-* | xscale-* | xscalee[bl]-* \
+	| xstormy16-* | xtensa*-* \
 	| ymp-* \
 	| z8k-*)
 		;;
+	# Recognize the basic CPU types without company name, with glob match.
+	xtensa*)
+		basic_machine=$basic_machine-unknown
+		;;
 	# Recognize the various machine names and aliases which stand
 	# for a CPU type and a company and sometimes even an OS.
 	386bsd)
@@ -363,6 +393,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=a29k-amd
 		os=-udi
 		;;
+    	abacus)
+		basic_machine=abacus-unknown
+		;;
 	adobe68k)
 		basic_machine=m68010-adobe
 		os=-scout
@@ -442,12 +475,27 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=j90-cray
 		os=-unicos
 		;;
+	craynv)
+		basic_machine=craynv-cray
+		os=-unicosmp
+		;;
+	cr16)
+		basic_machine=cr16-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	crds | unos)
 		basic_machine=m68k-crds
 		;;
+	crisv32 | crisv32-* | etraxfs*)
+		basic_machine=crisv32-axis
+		;;
 	cris | cris-* | etrax*)
 		basic_machine=cris-axis
 		;;
+	crx)
+		basic_machine=crx-unknown
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	da30 | da30-*)
 		basic_machine=m68k-da30
 		;;
@@ -470,6 +518,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=m88k-motorola
 		os=-sysv3
 		;;
+	djgpp)
+		basic_machine=i586-pc
+		os=-msdosdjgpp
+		;;
 	dpx20 | dpx20-*)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-bull
 		os=-bosx
@@ -635,6 +687,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-mingw32
 		;;
+	mingw32ce)
+		basic_machine=arm-unknown
+		os=-mingw32ce
+		;;
 	miniframe)
 		basic_machine=m68000-convergent
 		;;
@@ -648,10 +704,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	mips3*)
 		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/mips3/mips64/'`-unknown
 		;;
-	mmix*)
-		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
-		os=-mmixware
-		;;
 	monitor)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -664,6 +716,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i386-pc
 		os=-msdos
 		;;
+	ms1-*)
+		basic_machine=`echo $basic_machine | sed -e 's/ms1-/mt-/'`
+		;;
 	mvs)
 		basic_machine=i370-ibm
 		os=-mvs
@@ -732,10 +787,6 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	np1)
 		basic_machine=np1-gould
 		;;
-	nv1)
-		basic_machine=nv1-cray
-		os=-unicosmp
-		;;
 	nsr-tandem)
 		basic_machine=nsr-tandem
 		;;
@@ -743,9 +794,8 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-oki
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
-	or32 | or32-*)
+	openrisc | openrisc-*)
 		basic_machine=or32-unknown
-		os=-coff
 		;;
 	os400)
 		basic_machine=powerpc-ibm
@@ -776,6 +826,12 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	pc532 | pc532-*)
 		basic_machine=ns32k-pc532
 		;;
+	pc98)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		;;
+	pc98-*)
+		basic_machine=i386-`echo $basic_machine | sed 's/^[^-]*-//'`
+		;;
 	pentium | p5 | k5 | k6 | nexgen | viac3)
 		basic_machine=i586-pc
 		;;
@@ -832,6 +888,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=i586-unknown
 		os=-pw32
 		;;
+	rdos)
+		basic_machine=i386-pc
+		os=-rdos
+		;;
 	rom68k)
 		basic_machine=m68k-rom68k
 		os=-coff
@@ -858,6 +918,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	sb1el)
 		basic_machine=mipsisa64sb1el-unknown
 		;;
+	sde)
+		basic_machine=mipsisa32-sde
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	sei)
 		basic_machine=mips-sei
 		os=-seiux
@@ -869,6 +933,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=sh-hitachi
 		os=-hms
 		;;
+	sh5el)
+		basic_machine=sh5le-unknown
+		;;
 	sh64)
 		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
 		;;
@@ -1018,6 +1085,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 		basic_machine=hppa1.1-winbond
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
+	xbox)
+		basic_machine=i686-pc
+		os=-mingw32
+		;;
 	xps | xps100)
 		basic_machine=xps100-honeywell
 		;;
@@ -1048,6 +1119,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	romp)
 		basic_machine=romp-ibm
 		;;
+	mmix)
+		basic_machine=mmix-knuth
+		;;
 	rs6000)
 		basic_machine=rs6000-ibm
 		;;
@@ -1064,13 +1138,10 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	we32k)
 		basic_machine=we32k-att
 		;;
-	sh3 | sh4 | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
+	sh[1234] | sh[24]a | sh[34]eb | sh[1234]le | sh[23]ele)
 		basic_machine=sh-unknown
 		;;
-	sh64)
-		basic_machine=sh64-unknown
-		;;
-	sparc | sparcv9 | sparcv9b)
+	sparc | sparcv8 | sparcv9 | sparcv9b | sparcv9v)
 		basic_machine=sparc-sun
 		;;
 	cydra)
@@ -1143,19 +1214,23 @@ case $os in
 	      | -aos* \
 	      | -nindy* | -vxsim* | -vxworks* | -ebmon* | -hms* | -mvs* \
 	      | -clix* | -riscos* | -uniplus* | -iris* | -rtu* | -xenix* \
-	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -netbsd* | -openbsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* \
-	      | -lynxos* | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
+	      | -hiux* | -386bsd* | -knetbsd* | -mirbsd* | -netbsd* \
+	      | -openbsd* | -solidbsd* \
+	      | -ekkobsd* | -kfreebsd* | -freebsd* | -riscix* | -lynxos* \
+	      | -bosx* | -nextstep* | -cxux* | -aout* | -elf* | -oabi* \
 	      | -ptx* | -coff* | -ecoff* | -winnt* | -domain* | -vsta* \
 	      | -udi* | -eabi* | -lites* | -ieee* | -go32* | -aux* \
 	      | -chorusos* | -chorusrdb* \
 	      | -cygwin* | -pe* | -psos* | -moss* | -proelf* | -rtems* \
-	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-uclibc* | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
+	      | -mingw32* | -linux-gnu* | -linux-newlib* | -linux-uclibc* \
+	      | -uxpv* | -beos* | -mpeix* | -udk* \
 	      | -interix* | -uwin* | -mks* | -rhapsody* | -darwin* | -opened* \
 	      | -openstep* | -oskit* | -conix* | -pw32* | -nonstopux* \
 	      | -storm-chaos* | -tops10* | -tenex* | -tops20* | -its* \
 	      | -os2* | -vos* | -palmos* | -uclinux* | -nucleus* \
 	      | -morphos* | -superux* | -rtmk* | -rtmk-nova* | -windiss* \
-	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly*)
+	      | -powermax* | -dnix* | -nx6 | -nx7 | -sei* | -dragonfly* \
+	      | -skyos* | -haiku* | -rdos* | -toppers* | -drops*)
 	# Remember, each alternative MUST END IN *, to match a version number.
 		;;
 	-qnx*)
@@ -1173,7 +1248,7 @@ case $os in
 		os=`echo $os | sed -e 's|nto|nto-qnx|'`
 		;;
 	-sim | -es1800* | -hms* | -xray | -os68k* | -none* | -v88r* \
-	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* \
+	      | -windows* | -osx | -abug | -netware* | -os9* | -beos* | -haiku* \
 	      | -macos* | -mpw* | -magic* | -mmixware* | -mon960* | -lnews*)
 		;;
 	-mac*)
@@ -1282,6 +1357,9 @@ case $os in
 	-kaos*)
 		os=-kaos
 		;;
+	-zvmoe)
+		os=-zvmoe
+		;;
 	-none)
 		;;
 	*)
@@ -1304,6 +1382,12 @@ else
 # system, and we'll never get to this point.
 
 case $basic_machine in
+        score-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
+        spu-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	*-acorn)
 		os=-riscix1.2
 		;;
@@ -1313,9 +1397,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	arm*-semi)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
-    c4x-* | tic4x-*)
-        os=-coff
-        ;;
+        c4x-* | tic4x-*)
+        	os=-coff
+		;;
 	# This must come before the *-dec entry.
 	pdp10-*)
 		os=-tops20
@@ -1341,6 +1425,9 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	m68*-cisco)
 		os=-aout
 		;;
+        mep-*)
+		os=-elf
+		;;
 	mips*-cisco)
 		os=-elf
 		;;
@@ -1359,9 +1446,15 @@ case $basic_machine in
 	*-be)
 		os=-beos
 		;;
+	*-haiku)
+		os=-haiku
+		;;
 	*-ibm)
 		os=-aix
 		;;
+    	*-knuth)
+		os=-mmixware
+		;;
 	*-wec)
 		os=-proelf
 		;;
@@ -1527,7 +1620,7 @@ case $basic_machine in
 esac
 
 echo $basic_machine$os
-exit 0
+exit
 
 # Local variables:
 # eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
diff --git a/depcomp b/depcomp
index aea3d007..e5f9736c 100755
--- a/depcomp
+++ b/depcomp
@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 #! /bin/sh
-
 # depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
-# Copyright 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+scriptversion=2007-03-29.01
+
+# Copyright (C) 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -15,8 +18,8 @@
 
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
 
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
@@ -25,22 +28,45 @@
 
 # Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <[email protected]>.
 
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No command.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
+
+Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
+as side-effects.
+
+Environment variables:
+  depmode     Dependency tracking mode.
+  source      Source file read by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  object      Object file output by `PROGRAMS ARGS'.
+  DEPDIR      directory where to store dependencies.
+  depfile     Dependency file to output.
+  tmpdepfile  Temporary file to use when outputing dependencies.
+  libtool     Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
+
+Report bugs to <[email protected]>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
 if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
   echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
   exit 1
 fi
-# `libtool' can also be set to `yes' or `no'.
-
-if test -z "$depfile"; then
-   base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's,\.\([^.]*\)$,.P\1,'`
-   dir=`echo "$object" | sed 's,/.*$,/,'`
-   if test "$dir" = "$object"; then
-      dir=
-   fi
-   # FIXME: should be _deps on DOS.
-   depfile="$dir.deps/$base"
-fi
 
+# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
+depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
+  sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
 tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
 
 rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
@@ -66,7 +92,20 @@ gcc3)
 ## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
 ## we want.  Yay!  Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
 ## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff.  Hmm.
-  "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile"
+## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
+## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
+## appear in depend2.am.  Note that the slowdown incurred here
+## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
+  for arg
+  do
+    case $arg in
+    -c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
+    *)  set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
+    esac
+    shift # fnord
+    shift # $arg
+  done
+  "$@"
   stat=$?
   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
   else
@@ -172,31 +211,43 @@ sgi)
 
 aix)
   # The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
-  # in a .u file.  This file always lives in the current directory.
-  # Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the start of each line;
-  # $object doesn't have directory information.
-  stripped=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's,^.*/,,' -e 's/\(.*\)\..*$/\1/'`
-  tmpdepfile="$stripped.u"
-  outname="$stripped.o"
+  # in a .u file.  In older versions, this file always lives in the
+  # current directory.  Also, the AIX compiler puts `$object:' at the
+  # start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
+  # Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
+  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
   if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
     "$@" -Wc,-M
   else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
+    tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
     "$@" -M
   fi
-
   stat=$?
+
   if test $stat -eq 0; then :
   else
-    rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
+    rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
     exit $stat
   fi
 
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
   if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
     # Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h'.
     # Do two passes, one to just change these to
     # `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
-    sed -e "s,^$outname:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-    sed -e "s,^$outname: \(.*\)$,\1:," < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+    sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
   else
     # The sourcefile does not contain any dependencies, so just
     # store a dummy comment line, to avoid errors with the Makefile
@@ -244,6 +295,46 @@ icc)
   rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
   ;;
 
+hp2)
+  # The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
+  # compilers, which have integrated preprocessors.  The correct option
+  # to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
+  # 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
+  # happens to be.
+  # Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
+  dir=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`
+  test "x$dir" = "x$object" && dir=
+  base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
+  if test "$libtool" = yes; then
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
+    "$@" -Wc,+Maked
+  else
+    tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
+    tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+    "$@" +Maked
+  fi
+  stat=$?
+  if test $stat -eq 0; then :
+  else
+     rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+     exit $stat
+  fi
+
+  for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  do
+    test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+  done
+  if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
+    sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
+    # Add `dependent.h:' lines.
+    sed -ne '2,${; s/^ *//; s/ \\*$//; s/$/:/; p;}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+  else
+    echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
+  fi
+  rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
+  ;;
+
 tru64)
    # The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
    # effect.  `cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into `foo.o.d'.
@@ -255,31 +346,47 @@ tru64)
    base=`echo "$object" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.o$//' -e 's/\.lo$//'`
 
    if test "$libtool" = yes; then
-      tmpdepfile1="$dir.libs/$base.lo.d"
-      tmpdepfile2="$dir.libs/$base.d"
+      # With Tru64 cc, shared objects can also be used to make a
+      # static library.  This mechanism is used in libtool 1.4 series to
+      # handle both shared and static libraries in a single compilation.
+      # With libtool 1.4, dependencies were output in $dir.libs/$base.lo.d.
+      #
+      # With libtool 1.5 this exception was removed, and libtool now
+      # generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries.  These two
+      # compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
+      # in $dir$base.o.d.  We have to check for both files, because
+      # one of the two compilations can be disabled.  We should prefer
+      # $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
+      # automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
+      # the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
+      tmpdepfile1=$dir.libs/$base.lo.d   # libtool 1.4
+      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.o.d          # libtool 1.5
+      tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.o.d    # libtool 1.5
+      tmpdepfile4=$dir.libs/$base.d      # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
       "$@" -Wc,-MD
    else
-      tmpdepfile1="$dir$base.o.d"
-      tmpdepfile2="$dir$base.d"
+      tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d
+      tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
+      tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
+      tmpdepfile4=$dir$base.d
       "$@" -MD
    fi
 
    stat=$?
    if test $stat -eq 0; then :
    else
-      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
+      rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
       exit $stat
    fi
 
-   if test -f "$tmpdepfile1"; then
-      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile1"
-   else
-      tmpdepfile="$tmpdepfile2"
-   fi
+   for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3" "$tmpdepfile4"
+   do
+     test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
+   done
    if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
       sed -e "s,^.*\.[a-z]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
-      # That's a space and a tab in the [].
-      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[ 	]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
+      # That's a tab and a space in the [].
+      sed -e 's,^.*\.[a-z]*:[	 ]*,,' -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
    else
       echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
    fi
@@ -292,7 +399,7 @@ tru64)
 
 dashmstdout)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
   "$@" || exit $?
 
   # Remove the call to Libtool.
@@ -388,7 +495,7 @@ makedepend)
 
 cpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout.
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
   "$@" || exit $?
 
   # Remove the call to Libtool.
@@ -419,7 +526,8 @@ cpp)
   done
 
   "$@" -E |
-    sed -n '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
+    sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
+       -e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' |
     sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
   rm -f "$depfile"
   echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
@@ -430,7 +538,7 @@ cpp)
 
 msvisualcpp)
   # Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
-  # always write the proprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
+  # always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o,
   # because we must use -o when running libtool.
   "$@" || exit $?
   IFS=" "
@@ -470,3 +578,12 @@ none)
 esac
 
 exit 0
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/doc/ChangeLog b/doc/ChangeLog
index 8f5502a7..9487a2bc 100644
--- a/doc/ChangeLog
+++ b/doc/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,7 @@
+2008-07-04  Werner Koch  <[email protected]>
+
+	* gpgme.texi (Algorithms): Add a hint on symmetric only encryption.
+
 2008-06-27  Marcus Brinkmann  <[email protected]>
 
 	* gpgme.texi (Cancellation): Document gpgme_cancel_async.
diff --git a/doc/gpgme.texi b/doc/gpgme.texi
index 50b82e23..680cd506 100644
--- a/doc/gpgme.texi
+++ b/doc/gpgme.texi
@@ -954,8 +954,10 @@ The @acronym{CMS} protocol is specified by @code{GPGME_PROTOCOL_CMS}.
 @cindex algorithms
 
 The crypto backends support a variety of algorithms used in public key
-cryptography.  The following sections list the identifiers used to
-denote such an algorithm.
+cryptography.@footnote{Some engines also provide symmetric only
+encryption; see the description of the encryption function on how to use
+this.}  The following sections list the identifiers used to denote such
+an algorithm.
 
 @menu
 * Public Key Algorithms::         A list of all public key algorithms.
diff --git a/doc/mdate-sh b/doc/mdate-sh
index b610b47a..83d27009 100755
--- a/doc/mdate-sh
+++ b/doc/mdate-sh
@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
 #!/bin/sh
 # Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003  Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+scriptversion=2007-03-30.02
+
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007 Free Software
+# Foundation, Inc.
 # written by Ulrich Drepper <[email protected]>, June 1995
 #
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,13 +19,38 @@
 #
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
 
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
 # configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
 # the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
 
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <[email protected]> or send patches to
+# <[email protected]>.
+
+case $1 in
+  '')
+     echo "$0: No file.  Try \`$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
+     exit 1;
+     ;;
+  -h | --h*)
+    cat <<\EOF
+Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
+
+Pretty-print the modification time of FILE.
+
+Report bugs to <[email protected]>.
+EOF
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+  -v | --v*)
+    echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
+    exit $?
+    ;;
+esac
+
 # Prevent date giving response in another language.
 LANG=C
 export LANG
@@ -30,7 +59,15 @@ export LC_ALL
 LC_TIME=C
 export LC_TIME
 
-save_arg1="$1"
+# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
+# variable.  Since we cannot assume `unset' works, revert this
+# variable to its documented default.
+if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
+  TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
+  export TIME_STYLE
+fi
+
+save_arg1=$1
 
 # Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
 if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
@@ -38,6 +75,10 @@ if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
 else
   ls_command='ls -l -d'
 fi
+# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
+if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
+  ls_command="$ls_command -n"
+fi
 
 # A `ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
 #  drwxrwx---        0 Aug 11  2001 foo
@@ -52,7 +93,7 @@ fi
 # words should be skipped to get the date.
 
 # On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
-set - x`$ls_command /`
+set x`$ls_command /`
 
 # Find which argument is the month.
 month=
@@ -79,13 +120,32 @@ do
 done
 
 # Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
-set - x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
+set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\$save_arg1\""`
 
 # Remove all preceding arguments
 eval $command
 
-# Get the month.  Next argument is day, followed by the year or time.
-case $1 in
+# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
+#
+# On a POSIX system, we should have
+#
+# $# = 5
+# $1 = file size
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = day
+# $4 = year or time
+# $5 = filename
+#
+# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
+#
+# $# = 4
+# $1 = day
+# $2 = month
+# $3 = year or time
+# $4 = filename
+
+# Get the month.
+case $2 in
   Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
   Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
   Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
@@ -100,7 +160,10 @@ case $1 in
   Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
 esac
 
-day=$2
+case $3 in
+  ???*) day=$1;;
+  *) day=$3; shift;;
+esac
 
 # Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
 # the time of day or the year.
@@ -131,3 +194,12 @@ esac
 
 # The result.
 echo $day $month $year
+
+# Local Variables:
+# mode: shell-script
+# sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/doc/texinfo.tex b/doc/texinfo.tex
index e9293f3b..d2b264dd 100644
--- a/doc/texinfo.tex
+++ b/doc/texinfo.tex
@@ -3,15 +3,16 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2003-05-04.08}
+\def\texinfoversion{2007-12-02.17}
 %
-% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
-% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+% Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1988, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 2007,
+% 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006,
+% 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 %
-% This texinfo.tex file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+% This texinfo.tex file is free software: you can redistribute it and/or
 % modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
-% published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at
-% your option) any later version.
+% published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the
+% License, or (at your option) any later version.
 %
 % This texinfo.tex file is distributed in the hope that it will be
 % useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty
@@ -19,25 +20,18 @@
 % General Public License for more details.
 %
 % You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-% along with this texinfo.tex file; see the file COPYING.  If not, write
-% to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-% Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+% along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 %
-% In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
-% You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
-% what you give them.   Help stamp out software-hoarding!
+% As a special exception, when this file is read by TeX when processing
+% a Texinfo source document, you may use the result without
+% restriction.  (This has been our intent since Texinfo was invented.)
 %
 % Please try the latest version of texinfo.tex before submitting bug
 % reports; you can get the latest version from:
-%   ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/texinfo/texinfo.tex
-%     (and all GNU mirrors, see http://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html)
+%   http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/ (the Texinfo home page), or
 %   ftp://tug.org/tex/texinfo.tex
-%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org),
-%   and /home/gd/gnu/doc/texinfo.tex on the GNU machines.
-%
-% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
-%
-% The texinfo.tex in any given Texinfo distribution could well be out
+%     (and all CTAN mirrors, see http://www.ctan.org).
+% The texinfo.tex in any given distribution could well be out
 % of date, so if that's what you're using, please check.
 %
 % Send bug reports to [email protected].  Please include including a
@@ -59,6 +53,9 @@
 % It is possible to adapt texinfo.tex for other languages, to some
 % extent.  You can get the existing language-specific files from the
 % full Texinfo distribution.
+%
+% The GNU Texinfo home page is http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.
+
 
 \message{Loading texinfo [version \texinfoversion]:}
 
@@ -68,7 +65,7 @@
 \everyjob{\message{[Texinfo version \texinfoversion]}%
   \catcode`+=\active \catcode`\_=\active}
 
-\message{Basics,}
+
 \chardef\other=12
 
 % We never want plain's \outer definition of \+ in Texinfo.
@@ -85,12 +82,16 @@
 \let\ptexend=\end
 \let\ptexequiv=\equiv
 \let\ptexexclam=\!
+\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
 \let\ptexgtr=>
 \let\ptexhat=^
 \let\ptexi=\i
 \let\ptexindent=\indent
+\let\ptexinsert=\insert
 \let\ptexlbrace=\{
 \let\ptexless=<
+\let\ptexnewwrite\newwrite
+\let\ptexnoindent=\noindent
 \let\ptexplus=+
 \let\ptexrbrace=\}
 \let\ptexslash=\/
@@ -101,6 +102,15 @@
 % starts a new line in the output.
 \newlinechar = `^^J
 
+% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
+% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
+%
+\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
+  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
+\else
+  \def\linenumber{l.\the\inputlineno:\space}
+\fi
+
 % Set up fixed words for English if not already set.
 \ifx\putwordAppendix\undefined  \gdef\putwordAppendix{Appendix}\fi
 \ifx\putwordChapter\undefined   \gdef\putwordChapter{Chapter}\fi
@@ -139,43 +149,83 @@
 \ifx\putwordDefspec\undefined   \gdef\putwordDefspec{Special Form}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDefvar\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefvar{Variable}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDefopt\undefined    \gdef\putwordDefopt{User Option}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeftypevar\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypevar{Variable}\fi
 \ifx\putwordDeffunc\undefined   \gdef\putwordDeffunc{Function}\fi
-\ifx\putwordDeftypefun\undefined\gdef\putwordDeftypefun{Function}\fi
 
-% In some macros, we cannot use the `\? notation---the left quote is
-% in some cases the escape char.
+% Since the category of space is not known, we have to be careful.
+\chardef\spacecat = 10
+\def\spaceisspace{\catcode`\ =\spacecat}
+
+% sometimes characters are active, so we need control sequences.
 \chardef\colonChar = `\:
 \chardef\commaChar = `\,
+\chardef\dashChar  = `\-
 \chardef\dotChar   = `\.
-\chardef\equalChar = `\=
 \chardef\exclamChar= `\!
+\chardef\lquoteChar= `\`
 \chardef\questChar = `\?
+\chardef\rquoteChar= `\'
 \chardef\semiChar  = `\;
-\chardef\spaceChar = `\ %
 \chardef\underChar = `\_
 
 % Ignore a token.
 %
 \def\gobble#1{}
 
-% True if #1 is the empty string, i.e., called like `\ifempty{}'.
-%
-\def\ifempty#1{\ifemptyx #1\emptymarkA\emptymarkB}%
-\def\ifemptyx#1#2\emptymarkB{\ifx #1\emptymarkA}%
+% The following is used inside several \edef's.
+\def\makecsname#1{\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname}
 
 % Hyphenation fixes.
-\hyphenation{ap-pen-dix}
-\hyphenation{eshell}
-\hyphenation{mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers}
-\hyphenation{time-stamp}
-\hyphenation{white-space}
+\hyphenation{
+  Flor-i-da Ghost-script Ghost-view Mac-OS Post-Script
+  ap-pen-dix bit-map bit-maps
+  data-base data-bases eshell fall-ing half-way long-est man-u-script
+  man-u-scripts mini-buf-fer mini-buf-fers over-view par-a-digm
+  par-a-digms rath-er rec-tan-gu-lar ro-bot-ics se-vere-ly set-up spa-ces
+  spell-ing spell-ings
+  stand-alone strong-est time-stamp time-stamps which-ever white-space
+  wide-spread wrap-around
+}
 
 % Margin to add to right of even pages, to left of odd pages.
 \newdimen\bindingoffset
 \newdimen\normaloffset
 \newdimen\pagewidth \newdimen\pageheight
 
+% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
+% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
+% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+%
+\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+
+% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
+% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
+% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
+% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
+% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+%
+\def\|{%
+  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
+  \leavevmode
+  %
+  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
+  \vadjust{%
+    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
+    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
+    \vskip-\baselineskip
+    %
+    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
+    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
+    \llap{%
+      %
+      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
+      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
+      %
+      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
+      \hskip 12pt
+    }%
+  }%
+}
+
 % Sometimes it is convenient to have everything in the transcript file
 % and nothing on the terminal.  We don't just call \tracingall here,
 % since that produces some useless output on the terminal.  We also make
@@ -200,7 +250,7 @@
     \tracingassigns1
   \fi
   \tracingcommands3  % 3 gives us more in etex
-  \errorcontextlines\maxdimen
+  \errorcontextlines16
 }%
 
 % add check for \lastpenalty to plain's definitions.  If the last thing
@@ -227,6 +277,50 @@
 \newdimen\cornerthick \cornerthick=.3pt
 \newdimen\topandbottommargin \topandbottommargin=.75in
 
+% Output a mark which sets \thischapter, \thissection and \thiscolor.
+% We dump everything together because we only have one kind of mark.
+% This works because we only use \botmark / \topmark, not \firstmark.
+%
+% A mark contains a subexpression of the \ifcase ... \fi construct.
+% \get*marks macros below extract the needed part using \ifcase.
+%
+% Another complication is to let the user choose whether \thischapter
+% (\thissection) refers to the chapter (section) in effect at the top
+% of a page, or that at the bottom of a page.  The solution is
+% described on page 260 of The TeXbook.  It involves outputting two
+% marks for the sectioning macros, one before the section break, and
+% one after.  I won't pretend I can describe this better than DEK...
+\def\domark{%
+  \toks0=\expandafter{\lastchapterdefs}%
+  \toks2=\expandafter{\lastsectiondefs}%
+  \toks4=\expandafter{\prevchapterdefs}%
+  \toks6=\expandafter{\prevsectiondefs}%
+  \toks8=\expandafter{\lastcolordefs}%
+  \mark{%
+                   \the\toks0 \the\toks2
+      \noexpand\or \the\toks4 \the\toks6
+    \noexpand\else \the\toks8
+  }%
+}
+% \topmark doesn't work for the very first chapter (after the title
+% page or the contents), so we use \firstmark there -- this gets us
+% the mark with the chapter defs, unless the user sneaks in, e.g.,
+% @setcolor (or @url, or @link, etc.) between @contents and the very
+% first @chapter.
+\def\gettopheadingmarks{%
+  \ifcase0\topmark\fi
+  \ifx\thischapter\empty \ifcase0\firstmark\fi \fi
+}
+\def\getbottomheadingmarks{\ifcase1\botmark\fi}
+\def\getcolormarks{\ifcase2\topmark\fi}
+
+% Avoid "undefined control sequence" errors.
+\def\lastchapterdefs{}
+\def\lastsectiondefs{}
+\def\prevchapterdefs{}
+\def\prevsectiondefs{}
+\def\lastcolordefs{}
+
 % Main output routine.
 \chardef\PAGE = 255
 \output = {\onepageout{\pagecontents\PAGE}}
@@ -244,7 +338,9 @@
   %
   % Do this outside of the \shipout so @code etc. will be expanded in
   % the headline as they should be, not taken literally (outputting ''code).
+  \ifodd\pageno \getoddheadingmarks \else \getevenheadingmarks \fi
   \setbox\headlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makeheadline}%
+  \ifodd\pageno \getoddfootingmarks \else \getevenfootingmarks \fi
   \setbox\footlinebox = \vbox{\let\hsize=\pagewidth \makefootline}%
   %
   {%
@@ -252,13 +348,17 @@
     % take effect in \write's, yet the group defined by the \vbox ends
     % before the \shipout runs.
     %
-    \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
     \indexdummies         % don't expand commands in the output.
     \normalturnoffactive  % \ in index entries must not stay \, e.g., if
-                   % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+               % the page break happens to be in the middle of an example.
+               % We don't want .vr (or whatever) entries like this:
+               % \entry{{\tt \indexbackslash }acronym}{32}{\code {\acronym}}
+               % "\acronym" won't work when it's read back in;
+               % it needs to be 
+               % {\code {{\tt \backslashcurfont }acronym}
     \shipout\vbox{%
       % Do this early so pdf references go to the beginning of the page.
-      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfmkdest{\the\pageno} \fi
+      \ifpdfmakepagedest \pdfdest name{\the\pageno} xyz\fi
       %
       \ifcropmarks \vbox to \outervsize\bgroup
         \hsize = \outerhsize
@@ -283,9 +383,9 @@
       \pagebody{#1}%
       \ifdim\ht\footlinebox > 0pt
         % Only leave this space if the footline is nonempty.
-        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingxxx.)
+        % (We lessened \vsize for it in \oddfootingyyy.)
         % The \baselineskip=24pt in plain's \makefootline has no effect.
-        \vskip 2\baselineskip
+        \vskip 24pt
         \unvbox\footlinebox
       \fi
       %
@@ -306,7 +406,7 @@
       \egroup % \vbox from first cropmarks clause
       \fi
     }% end of \shipout\vbox
-  }% end of group with \normalturnoffactive
+  }% end of group with \indexdummies
   \advancepageno
   \ifnum\outputpenalty>-20000 \else\dosupereject\fi
 }
@@ -319,7 +419,7 @@
 % marginal hacks, [email protected] (Juha Takala)
 \ifvoid\margin\else % marginal info is present
   \rlap{\kern\hsize\vbox to\z@{\kern1pt\box\margin \vss}}\fi
-\dimen@=\dp#1 \unvbox#1
+\dimen@=\dp#1\relax \unvbox#1\relax
 \ifvoid\footins\else\vskip\skip\footins\footnoterule \unvbox\footins\fi
 \ifr@ggedbottom \kern-\dimen@ \vfil \fi}
 }
@@ -339,132 +439,161 @@
 % the input line (except we remove a trailing comment).  #1 should be a
 % macro which expects an ordinary undelimited TeX argument.
 %
-\def\parsearg#1{%
-  \let\next = #1%
+\def\parsearg{\parseargusing{}}
+\def\parseargusing#1#2{%
+  \def\argtorun{#2}%
   \begingroup
     \obeylines
-    \futurelet\temp\parseargx
-}
-
-% If the next token is an obeyed space (from an @example environment or
-% the like), remove it and recurse.  Otherwise, we're done.
-\def\parseargx{%
-  % \obeyedspace is defined far below, after the definition of \sepspaces.
-  \ifx\obeyedspace\temp
-    \expandafter\parseargdiscardspace
-  \else
-    \expandafter\parseargline
-  \fi
+    \spaceisspace
+    #1%
+    \parseargline\empty% Insert the \empty token, see \finishparsearg below.
 }
 
-% Remove a single space (as the delimiter token to the macro call).
-{\obeyspaces %
- \gdef\parseargdiscardspace {\futurelet\temp\parseargx}}
-
 {\obeylines %
   \gdef\parseargline#1^^M{%
     \endgroup % End of the group started in \parsearg.
-    %
-    % First remove any @c comment, then any @comment.
-    % Result of each macro is put in \toks0.
-    \argremovec #1\c\relax %
-    \expandafter\argremovecomment \the\toks0 \comment\relax %
-    %
-    % Call the caller's macro, saved as \next in \parsearg.
-    \expandafter\next\expandafter{\the\toks0}%
+    \argremovecomment #1\comment\ArgTerm%
   }%
 }
 
-% Since all \c{,omment} does is throw away the argument, we can let TeX
-% do that for us.  The \relax here is matched by the \relax in the call
-% in \parseargline; it could be more or less anything, its purpose is
-% just to delimit the argument to the \c.
-\def\argremovec#1\c#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
-\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\relax{\toks0 = {#1}}
+% First remove any @comment, then any @c comment.
+\def\argremovecomment#1\comment#2\ArgTerm{\argremovec #1\c\ArgTerm}
+\def\argremovec#1\c#2\ArgTerm{\argcheckspaces#1\^^M\ArgTerm}
 
-% \argremovec{,omment} might leave us with trailing spaces, though; e.g.,
+% Each occurence of `\^^M' or `<space>\^^M' is replaced by a single space.
+%
+% \argremovec might leave us with trailing space, e.g.,
 %    @end itemize  @c foo
-% will have two active spaces as part of the argument with the
-% `itemize'.  Here we remove all active spaces from #1, and assign the
-% result to \toks0.
-%
-% This loses if there are any *other* active characters besides spaces
-% in the argument -- _ ^ +, for example -- since they get expanded.
-% Fortunately, Texinfo does not define any such commands.  (If it ever
-% does, the catcode of the characters in questionwill have to be changed
-% here.)  But this means we cannot call \removeactivespaces as part of
-% \argremovec{,omment}, since @c uses \parsearg, and thus the argument
-% that \parsearg gets might well have any character at all in it.
-%
-\def\removeactivespaces#1{%
-  \begingroup
-    \ignoreactivespaces
-    \edef\temp{#1}%
-    \global\toks0 = \expandafter{\temp}%
-  \endgroup
+% This space token undergoes the same procedure and is eventually removed
+% by \finishparsearg.
+%
+\def\argcheckspaces#1\^^M{\argcheckspacesX#1\^^M \^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesX#1 \^^M{\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M}
+\def\argcheckspacesY#1\^^M#2\^^M#3\ArgTerm{%
+  \def\temp{#3}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty
+    % Do not use \next, perhaps the caller of \parsearg uses it; reuse \temp:
+    \let\temp\finishparsearg
+  \else
+    \let\temp\argcheckspaces
+  \fi
+  % Put the space token in:
+  \temp#1 #3\ArgTerm
 }
 
-% Change the active space to expand to nothing.
+% If a _delimited_ argument is enclosed in braces, they get stripped; so
+% to get _exactly_ the rest of the line, we had to prevent such situation.
+% We prepended an \empty token at the very beginning and we expand it now,
+% just before passing the control to \argtorun.
+% (Similarily, we have to think about #3 of \argcheckspacesY above: it is
+% either the null string, or it ends with \^^M---thus there is no danger
+% that a pair of braces would be stripped.
 %
-\begingroup
+% But first, we have to remove the trailing space token.
+%
+\def\finishparsearg#1 \ArgTerm{\expandafter\argtorun\expandafter{#1}}
+
+% \parseargdef\foo{...}
+%	is roughly equivalent to
+% \def\foo{\parsearg\Xfoo}
+% \def\Xfoo#1{...}
+%
+% Actually, I use \csname\string\foo\endcsname, ie. \\foo, as it is my
+% favourite TeX trick.  --kasal, 16nov03
+
+\def\parseargdef#1{%
+  \expandafter \doparseargdef \csname\string#1\endcsname #1%
+}
+\def\doparseargdef#1#2{%
+  \def#2{\parsearg#1}%
+  \def#1##1%
+}
+
+% Several utility definitions with active space:
+{
   \obeyspaces
-  \gdef\ignoreactivespaces{\obeyspaces\let =\empty}
-\endgroup
+  \gdef\obeyedspace{ }
+
+  % Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
+  % space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
+  % is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
+  % should produce a line of output anyway.
+  %
+  \gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}
+
+  % If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
+  % therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
+  % expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
+  \gdef\unsepspaces{\let =\space}
+}
 
 
 \def\flushcr{\ifx\par\lisppar \def\next##1{}\else \let\next=\relax \fi \next}
 
-%% These are used to keep @begin/@end levels from running away
-%% Call \inENV within environments (after a \begingroup)
-\newif\ifENV \ENVfalse \def\inENV{\ifENV\relax\else\ENVtrue\fi}
-\def\ENVcheck{%
-\ifENV\errmessage{Still within an environment; press RETURN to continue}
-\endgroup\fi} % This is not perfect, but it should reduce lossage
+% Define the framework for environments in texinfo.tex.  It's used like this:
+%
+%   \envdef\foo{...}
+%   \def\Efoo{...}
+%
+% It's the responsibility of \envdef to insert \begingroup before the
+% actual body; @end closes the group after calling \Efoo.  \envdef also
+% defines \thisenv, so the current environment is known; @end checks
+% whether the environment name matches.  The \checkenv macro can also be
+% used to check whether the current environment is the one expected.
+%
+% Non-false conditionals (@iftex, @ifset) don't fit into this, so they
+% are not treated as enviroments; they don't open a group.  (The
+% implementation of @end takes care not to call \endgroup in this
+% special case.)
 
-% @begin foo  is the same as @foo, for now.
-\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
 
-\outer\def\begin{\parsearg\beginxxx}
+% At runtime, environments start with this:
+\def\startenvironment#1{\begingroup\def\thisenv{#1}}
+% initialize
+\let\thisenv\empty
 
-\def\beginxxx #1{%
-\expandafter\ifx\csname #1\endcsname\relax
-{\errhelp=\EMsimple \errmessage{Undefined command @begin #1}}\else
-\csname #1\endcsname\fi}
+% ... but they get defined via ``\envdef\foo{...}'':
+\long\def\envdef#1#2{\def#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
+\def\envparseargdef#1#2{\parseargdef#1{\startenvironment#1#2}}
 
-% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
-%
-\def\end{\parsearg\endxxx}
-\def\endxxx #1{%
-  \removeactivespaces{#1}%
-  \edef\endthing{\the\toks0}%
-  %
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname E\endthing\endcsname\relax
-    \expandafter\ifx\csname \endthing\endcsname\relax
-      % There's no \foo, i.e., no ``environment'' foo.
-      \errhelp = \EMsimple
-      \errmessage{Undefined command `@end \endthing'}%
-    \else
-      \unmatchedenderror\endthing
-    \fi
+% Check whether we're in the right environment:
+\def\checkenv#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
   \else
-    % Everything's ok; the right environment has been started.
-    \csname E\endthing\endcsname
+    \badenverr
   \fi
 }
 
-% There is an environment #1, but it hasn't been started.  Give an error.
-%
-\def\unmatchedenderror#1{%
+% Evironment mismatch, #1 expected:
+\def\badenverr{%
   \errhelp = \EMsimple
-  \errmessage{This `@end #1' doesn't have a matching `@#1'}%
+  \errmessage{This command can appear only \inenvironment\temp,
+    not \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+}
+\def\inenvironment#1{%
+  \ifx#1\empty
+    out of any environment%
+  \else
+    in environment \expandafter\string#1%
+  \fi
 }
 
-% Define the control sequence \E#1 to give an unmatched @end error.
+% @end foo executes the definition of \Efoo.
+% But first, it executes a specialized version of \checkenv
 %
-\def\defineunmatchedend#1{%
-  \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\unmatchedenderror{#1}}%
+\parseargdef\end{%
+  \if 1\csname iscond.#1\endcsname
+  \else
+    % The general wording of \badenverr may not be ideal, but... --kasal, 06nov03
+    \expandafter\checkenv\csname#1\endcsname
+    \csname E#1\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
 }
 
+\newhelp\EMsimple{Press RETURN to continue.}
+
 
 %% Simple single-character @ commands
 
@@ -486,7 +615,7 @@
 \let\}=\myrbrace
 \begingroup
   % Definitions to produce \{ and \} commands for indices,
-  % and @{ and @} for the aux file.
+  % and @{ and @} for the aux/toc files.
   \catcode`\{ = \other \catcode`\} = \other
   \catcode`\[ = 1 \catcode`\] = 2
   \catcode`\! = 0 \catcode`\\ = \other
@@ -496,6 +625,9 @@
   !gdef!rbraceatcmd[@}]%
 !endgroup
 
+% @comma{} to avoid , parsing problems.
+\let\comma = ,
+
 % Accents: @, @dotaccent @ringaccent @ubaraccent @udotaccent
 % Others are defined by plain TeX: @` @' @" @^ @~ @= @u @v @H.
 \let\, = \c
@@ -505,10 +637,12 @@
 \let\ubaraccent = \b
 \let\udotaccent = \d
 
-% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown
+% Other special characters: @questiondown @exclamdown @ordf @ordm
 % Plain TeX defines: @AA @AE @O @OE @L (plus lowercase versions) @ss.
 \def\questiondown{?`}
 \def\exclamdown{!`}
+\def\ordf{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{a}}}
+\def\ordm{\leavevmode\raise1ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize \underbar{o}}}
 
 % Dotless i and dotless j, used for accents.
 \def\imacro{i}
@@ -521,6 +655,25 @@
   \fi\fi
 }
 
+% The \TeX{} logo, as in plain, but resetting the spacing so that a
+% period following counts as ending a sentence.  (Idea found in latex.)
+%
+\edef\TeX{\TeX \spacefactor=1000 }
+
+% @LaTeX{} logo.  Not quite the same results as the definition in
+% latex.ltx, since we use a different font for the raised A; it's most
+% convenient for us to use an explicitly smaller font, rather than using
+% the \scriptstyle font (since we don't reset \scriptstyle and
+% \scriptscriptstyle).
+%
+\def\LaTeX{%
+  L\kern-.36em
+  {\setbox0=\hbox{T}%
+   \vbox to \ht0{\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize A}\vss}}%
+  \kern-.15em
+  \TeX
+}
+
 % Be sure we're in horizontal mode when doing a tie, since we make space
 % equivalent to this in @example-like environments. Otherwise, a space
 % at the beginning of a line will start with \penalty -- and
@@ -543,13 +696,28 @@
 \let\/=\allowbreak
 
 % @. is an end-of-sentence period.
-\def\.{.\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\.{.\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
 
 % @! is an end-of-sentence bang.
-\def\!{!\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\!{!\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
 
 % @? is an end-of-sentence query.
-\def\?{?\spacefactor=3000 }
+\def\?{?\spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor\space}
+
+% @frenchspacing on|off  says whether to put extra space after punctuation.
+% 
+\def\onword{on}
+\def\offword{off}
+%
+\parseargdef\frenchspacing{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\onword \plainfrenchspacing
+  \else\ifx\temp\offword \plainnonfrenchspacing
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @frenchspacing option `\temp', must be on/off}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
 
 % @w prevents a word break.  Without the \leavevmode, @w at the
 % beginning of a paragraph, when TeX is still in vertical mode, would
@@ -574,59 +742,14 @@
 \newbox\groupbox
 \def\vfilllimit{0.7}
 %
-\def\group{\begingroup
-  \ifnum\catcode13=\active \else
+\envdef\group{%
+  \ifnum\catcode`\^^M=\active \else
     \errhelp = \groupinvalidhelp
     \errmessage{@group invalid in context where filling is enabled}%
   \fi
-  %
-  % The \vtop we start below produces a box with normal height and large
-  % depth; thus, TeX puts \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the
-  % next line of text is done) \lineskip glue after it.  (See p.82 of
-  % the TeXbook.)  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
-  % above.  But it's pretty close.
-  \def\Egroup{%
-    \egroup           % End the \vtop.
-    % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
-    \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
-    % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
-    \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
-    % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
-    % group, force a page break.
-    \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
-      \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
-        \page
-      \fi
-    \fi
-    \copy\groupbox
-    \endgroup         % End the \group.
-  }%
+  \startsavinginserts
   %
   \setbox\groupbox = \vtop\bgroup
-    % We have to put a strut on the last line in case the @group is in
-    % the midst of an example, rather than completely enclosing it.
-    % Otherwise, the interline space between the last line of the group
-    % and the first line afterwards is too small.  But we can't put the
-    % strut in \Egroup, since there it would be on a line by itself.
-    % Hence this just inserts a strut at the beginning of each line.
-    \everypar = {\strut}%
-    %
-    % Since we have a strut on every line, we don't need any of TeX's
-    % normal interline spacing.
-    \offinterlineskip
-    %
-    % OK, but now we have to do something about blank
-    % lines in the input in @example-like environments, which normally
-    % just turn into \lisppar, which will insert no space now that we've
-    % turned off the interline space.  Simplest is to make them be an
-    % empty paragraph.
-    \ifx\par\lisppar
-      \edef\par{\leavevmode \par}%
-      %
-      % Reset ^^M's definition to new definition of \par.
-      \obeylines
-    \fi
-    %
     % Do @comment since we are called inside an environment such as
     % @example, where each end-of-line in the input causes an
     % end-of-line in the output.  We don't want the end-of-line after
@@ -636,6 +759,32 @@
     \comment
 }
 %
+% The \vtop produces a box with normal height and large depth; thus, TeX puts
+% \baselineskip glue before it, and (when the next line of text is done)
+% \lineskip glue after it.  Thus, space below is not quite equal to space
+% above.  But it's pretty close.
+\def\Egroup{%
+    % To get correct interline space between the last line of the group
+    % and the first line afterwards, we have to propagate \prevdepth.
+    \endgraf % Not \par, as it may have been set to \lisppar.
+    \global\dimen1 = \prevdepth
+  \egroup           % End the \vtop.
+  % \dimen0 is the vertical size of the group's box.
+  \dimen0 = \ht\groupbox  \advance\dimen0 by \dp\groupbox
+  % \dimen2 is how much space is left on the page (more or less).
+  \dimen2 = \pageheight   \advance\dimen2 by -\pagetotal
+  % if the group doesn't fit on the current page, and it's a big big
+  % group, force a page break.
+  \ifdim \dimen0 > \dimen2
+    \ifdim \pagetotal < \vfilllimit\pageheight
+      \page
+    \fi
+  \fi
+  \box\groupbox
+  \prevdepth = \dimen1
+  \checkinserts
+}
+%
 % TeX puts in an \escapechar (i.e., `@') at the beginning of the help
 % message, so this ends up printing `@group can only ...'.
 %
@@ -648,10 +797,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 \newdimen\mil  \mil=0.001in
 
-\def\need{\parsearg\needx}
-
 % Old definition--didn't work.
-%\def\needx #1{\par %
+%\parseargdef\need{\par %
 %% This method tries to make TeX break the page naturally
 %% if the depth of the box does not fit.
 %{\baselineskip=0pt%
@@ -659,7 +806,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %\prevdepth=-1000pt
 %}}
 
-\def\needx#1{%
+\parseargdef\need{%
   % Ensure vertical mode, so we don't make a big box in the middle of a
   % paragraph.
   \par
@@ -698,35 +845,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \fi
 }
 
-% @br   forces paragraph break
+% @br   forces paragraph break (and is undocumented).
 
 \let\br = \par
 
-% @dots{} output an ellipsis using the current font.
-% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in a typewriter
-% font as three actual period characters.
-%
-\def\dots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \hbox to 1.5em{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
-    .\hss.\hss.%
-    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
-  }%
-}
-
-% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
-%
-\def\enddots{%
-  \leavevmode
-  \hbox to 2em{%
-    \hskip 0pt plus 0.25fil minus 0.25fil
-    .\hss.\hss.\hss.%
-    \hskip 0pt plus 0.5fil minus 0.5fil
-  }%
-  \spacefactor=3000
-}
-
 % @page forces the start of a new page.
 %
 \def\page{\par\vfill\supereject}
@@ -739,13 +861,11 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newskip\exdentamount
 
 % This defn is used inside fill environments such as @defun.
-\def\exdent{\parsearg\exdentyyy}
-\def\exdentyyy #1{{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+\parseargdef\exdent{\hfil\break\hbox{\kern -\exdentamount{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}
 
 % This defn is used inside nofill environments such as @example.
-\def\nofillexdent{\parsearg\nofillexdentyyy}
-\def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
-\leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
+\parseargdef\nofillexdent{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
+  \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
 
 % @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
 % paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
@@ -797,8 +917,19 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 
 % @include file    insert text of that file as input.
-% Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
-\def\include{\begingroup
+%
+\def\include{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\includezzz}
+\def\includezzz#1{%
+  \pushthisfilestack
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{\input #1 }%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp
+  \popthisfilestack
+}
+\def\filenamecatcodes{%
   \catcode`\\=\other
   \catcode`~=\other
   \catcode`^=\other
@@ -807,33 +938,50 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \catcode`<=\other
   \catcode`>=\other
   \catcode`+=\other
-  \parsearg\includezzz}
-% Restore active chars for included file.
-\def\includezzz#1{\endgroup\begingroup
-  % Read the included file in a group so nested @include's work.
-  \def\thisfile{#1}%
-  \let\value=\expandablevalue
-  \input\thisfile
-\endgroup}
+  \catcode`-=\other
+}
+
+\def\pushthisfilestack{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackX\popthisfilestack\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackX{%
+  \expandafter\pushthisfilestackY\thisfile\StackTerm
+}
+\def\pushthisfilestackY #1\StackTerm #2\StackTerm {%
+  \gdef\popthisfilestack{\gdef\thisfile{#1}\gdef\popthisfilestack{#2}}%
+}
+
+\def\popthisfilestack{\errthisfilestackempty}
+\def\errthisfilestackempty{\errmessage{Internal error:
+  the stack of filenames is empty.}}
 
 \def\thisfile{}
 
 % @center line
 % outputs that line, centered.
 %
-\def\center{\parsearg\docenter}
-\def\docenter#1{{%
-  \ifhmode \hfil\break \fi
-  \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
-  \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
-  \line{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
-  \ifhmode \break \fi
-}}
+\parseargdef\center{%
+  \ifhmode
+    \let\next\centerH
+  \else
+    \let\next\centerV
+  \fi
+  \next{\hfil \ignorespaces#1\unskip \hfil}%
+}
+\def\centerH#1{%
+  {%
+    \hfil\break
+    \advance\hsize by -\leftskip
+    \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
+    \line{#1}%
+    \break
+  }%
+}
+\def\centerV#1{\line{\kern\leftskip #1\kern\rightskip}}
 
 % @sp n   outputs n lines of vertical space
 
-\def\sp{\parsearg\spxxx}
-\def\spxxx #1{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
+\parseargdef\sp{\vskip #1\baselineskip}
 
 % @comment ...line which is ignored...
 % @c is the same as @comment
@@ -854,8 +1002,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\asisword{asis} % no translation, these are keywords
 \def\noneword{none}
 %
-\def\paragraphindent{\parsearg\doparagraphindent}
-\def\doparagraphindent#1{%
+\parseargdef\paragraphindent{%
   \def\temp{#1}%
   \ifx\temp\asisword
   \else
@@ -872,8 +1019,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % We'll use ems for NCHARS like @paragraphindent.
 % It seems @exampleindent asis isn't necessary, but
 % I preserve it to make it similar to @paragraphindent.
-\def\exampleindent{\parsearg\doexampleindent}
-\def\doexampleindent#1{%
+\parseargdef\exampleindent{%
   \def\temp{#1}%
   \ifx\temp\asisword
   \else
@@ -887,21 +1033,18 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 % @firstparagraphindent WORD
 % If WORD is `none', then suppress indentation of the first paragraph
-% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indentat such
+% after a section heading.  If WORD is `insert', then do indent at such
 % paragraphs.
 %
 % The paragraph indentation is suppressed or not by calling
-% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.  We
-% switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.  By
-% default, we suppress indentation.
+% \suppressfirstparagraphindent, which the sectioning commands do.
+% We switch the definition of this back and forth according to WORD.
+% By default, we suppress indentation.
 %
 \def\suppressfirstparagraphindent{\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent}
-\newdimen\currentparindent
-%
 \def\insertword{insert}
 %
-\def\firstparagraphindent{\parsearg\dofirstparagraphindent}
-\def\dofirstparagraphindent#1{%
+\parseargdef\firstparagraphindent{%
   \def\temp{#1}%
   \ifx\temp\noneword
     \let\suppressfirstparagraphindent = \dosuppressfirstparagraphindent
@@ -921,15 +1064,24 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %
 \gdef\dosuppressfirstparagraphindent{%
   \gdef\indent{%
-    \global\let\indent=\ptexindent
-    \global\everypar = {}%
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+    \indent
+  }%
+  \gdef\noindent{%
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+    \noindent
   }%
   \global\everypar = {%
-    \kern-\parindent
-    \global\let\indent=\ptexindent
-    \global\everypar = {}%
+    \kern -\parindent
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
   }%
-}%
+}
+
+\gdef\restorefirstparagraphindent{%
+  \global \let \indent = \ptexindent
+  \global \let \noindent = \ptexnoindent
+  \global \everypar = {}%
+}
 
 
 % @asis just yields its argument.  Used with @table, for example.
@@ -937,23 +1089,18 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\asis#1{#1}
 
 % @math outputs its argument in math mode.
-% We don't use $'s directly in the definition of \math because we need
-% to set catcodes according to plain TeX first, to allow for subscripts,
-% superscripts, special math chars, etc.
-%
-\let\implicitmath = $%$ font-lock fix
 %
 % One complication: _ usually means subscripts, but it could also mean
 % an actual _ character, as in @math{@var{some_variable} + 1}.  So make
-% _ within @math be active (mathcode "8000), and distinguish by seeing
-% if the current family is \slfam, which is what @var uses.
-%
-{\catcode\underChar = \active
-\gdef\mathunderscore{%
-  \catcode\underChar=\active
-  \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
-}}
-%
+% _ active, and distinguish by seeing if the current family is \slfam,
+% which is what @var uses.
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \gdef\mathunderscore{%
+    \catcode`\_=\active
+    \def_{\ifnum\fam=\slfam \_\else\sb\fi}%
+  }
+}
 % Another complication: we want \\ (and @\) to output a \ character.
 % FYI, plain.tex uses \\ as a temporary control sequence (why?), but
 % this is not advertised and we don't care.  Texinfo does not
@@ -964,15 +1111,16 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %
 \def\math{%
   \tex
-  \mathcode`\_="8000 \mathunderscore
+  \mathunderscore
   \let\\ = \mathbackslash
   \mathactive
-  \implicitmath\finishmath}
-\def\finishmath#1{#1\implicitmath\Etex}
+  $\finishmath
+}
+\def\finishmath#1{#1$\endgroup}  % Close the group opened by \tex.
 
 % Some active characters (such as <) are spaced differently in math.
-% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an
-% argument to a command which set the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
+% We have to reset their definitions in case the @math was an argument
+% to a command which sets the catcodes (such as @item or @section).
 %
 {
   \catcode`^ = \active
@@ -988,8 +1136,42 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 
 % @bullet and @minus need the same treatment as @math, just above.
-\def\bullet{\implicitmath\ptexbullet\implicitmath}
-\def\minus{\implicitmath-\implicitmath}
+\def\bullet{$\ptexbullet$}
+\def\minus{$-$}
+
+% @dots{} outputs an ellipsis using the current font.
+% We do .5em per period so that it has the same spacing in the cm
+% typewriter fonts as three actual period characters; on the other hand,
+% in other typewriter fonts three periods are wider than 1.5em.  So do
+% whichever is larger.
+%
+\def\dots{%
+  \leavevmode
+  \setbox0=\hbox{...}% get width of three periods
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 1.5em
+    \dimen0 = \wd0
+  \else
+    \dimen0 = 1.5em
+  \fi
+  \hbox to \dimen0{%
+    \hskip 0pt plus.25fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus1fil
+    .\hskip 0pt plus.5fil
+  }%
+}
+
+% @enddots{} is an end-of-sentence ellipsis.
+%
+\def\enddots{%
+  \dots
+  \spacefactor=\endofsentencespacefactor
+}
+
+% @comma{} is so commas can be inserted into text without messing up
+% Texinfo's parsing.
+%
+\let\comma = ,
 
 % @refill is a no-op.
 \let\refill=\relax
@@ -1005,20 +1187,20 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % So open here the files we need to have open while reading the input.
 % This makes it possible to make a .fmt file for texinfo.
 \def\setfilename{%
+   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
    \iflinks
-     \readauxfile
+     \tryauxfile
+     % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
+     \immediate\openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
    \fi % \openindices needs to do some work in any case.
    \openindices
-   \fixbackslash  % Turn off hack to swallow `\input texinfo'.
-   \global\let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
+   \let\setfilename=\comment % Ignore extra @setfilename cmds.
    %
    % If texinfo.cnf is present on the system, read it.
    % Useful for site-wide @afourpaper, etc.
-   % Just to be on the safe side, close the input stream before the \input.
    \openin 1 texinfo.cnf
-   \ifeof1 \let\temp=\relax \else \def\temp{\input texinfo.cnf }\fi
-   \closein1
-   \temp
+   \ifeof 1 \else \input texinfo.cnf \fi
+   \closein 1
    %
    \comment % Ignore the actual filename.
 }
@@ -1054,20 +1236,147 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newif\ifpdf
 \newif\ifpdfmakepagedest
 
+% when pdftex is run in dvi mode, \pdfoutput is defined (so \pdfoutput=1
+% can be set).  So we test for \relax and 0 as well as \undefined,
+% borrowed from ifpdf.sty.
 \ifx\pdfoutput\undefined
-  \pdffalse
-  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
-  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
-  \let\endlink = \relax
-  \let\linkcolor = \relax
-  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
 \else
-  \pdftrue
-  \pdfoutput = 1
-  \input pdfcolor
+  \ifx\pdfoutput\relax
+  \else
+    \ifcase\pdfoutput
+    \else
+      \pdftrue
+    \fi
+  \fi
+\fi
+
+% PDF uses PostScript string constants for the names of xref targets,
+% for display in the outlines, and in other places.  Thus, we have to
+% double any backslashes.  Otherwise, a name like "\node" will be
+% interpreted as a newline (\n), followed by o, d, e.  Not good.
+% http://www.ntg.nl/pipermail/ntg-pdftex/2004-July/000654.html
+% (and related messages, the final outcome is that it is up to the TeX
+% user to double the backslashes and otherwise make the string valid, so
+% that's what we do).
+
+% double active backslashes.
+% 
+{\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active
+ @gdef@activebackslashdouble{%
+   @catcode`@\=@active
+   @let\=@doublebackslash}
+}
+
+% To handle parens, we must adopt a different approach, since parens are
+% not active characters.  hyperref.dtx (which has the same problem as
+% us) handles it with this amazing macro to replace tokens, with minor
+% changes for Texinfo.  It is included here under the GPL by permission
+% from the author, Heiko Oberdiek.
+% 
+% #1 is the tokens to replace.
+% #2 is the replacement.
+% #3 is the control sequence with the string.
+% 
+\def\HyPsdSubst#1#2#3{%
+  \def\HyPsdReplace##1#1##2\END{%
+    ##1%
+    \ifx\\##2\\%
+    \else
+      #2%
+      \HyReturnAfterFi{%
+        \HyPsdReplace##2\END
+      }%
+    \fi
+  }%
+  \xdef#3{\expandafter\HyPsdReplace#3#1\END}%
+}
+\long\def\HyReturnAfterFi#1\fi{\fi#1}
+
+% #1 is a control sequence in which to do the replacements.
+\def\backslashparens#1{%
+  \xdef#1{#1}% redefine it as its expansion; the definition is simply
+             % \lastnode when called from \setref -> \pdfmkdest.
+  \HyPsdSubst{(}{\realbackslash(}{#1}%
+  \HyPsdSubst{)}{\realbackslash)}{#1}%
+}
+
+\newhelp\nopdfimagehelp{Texinfo supports .png, .jpg, .jpeg, and .pdf images
+with PDF output, and none of those formats could be found.  (.eps cannot
+be supported due to the design of the PDF format; use regular TeX (DVI
+output) for that.)}
+
+\ifpdf
+  %
+  % Color manipulation macros based on pdfcolor.tex.
+  \def\cmykDarkRed{0.28 1 1 0.35}
+  \def\cmykBlack{0 0 0 1}
+  %
+  \def\pdfsetcolor#1{\pdfliteral{#1 k}}
+  % Set color, and create a mark which defines \thiscolor accordingly,
+  % so that \makeheadline knows which color to restore.
+  \def\setcolor#1{%
+    \xdef\lastcolordefs{\gdef\noexpand\thiscolor{#1}}%
+    \domark
+    \pdfsetcolor{#1}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\maincolor{\cmykBlack}
+  \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}
+  \edef\thiscolor{\maincolor}
+  \def\lastcolordefs{}
+  %
+  \def\makefootline{%
+    \baselineskip24pt
+    \line{\pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\footline}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\makeheadline{%
+    \vbox to 0pt{%
+      \vskip-22.5pt
+      \line{%
+        \vbox to8.5pt{}%
+        % Extract \thiscolor definition from the marks.
+        \getcolormarks
+        % Typeset the headline with \maincolor, then restore the color.
+        \pdfsetcolor{\maincolor}\the\headline\pdfsetcolor{\thiscolor}%
+      }%
+      \vss
+    }%
+    \nointerlineskip
+  }
+  %
+  %
+  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}
+  %
+  % #1 is image name, #2 width (might be empty/whitespace), #3 height (ditto).
   \def\dopdfimage#1#2#3{%
-    \def\imagewidth{#2}%
-    \def\imageheight{#3}%
+    \def\imagewidth{#2}\setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}%
+    \def\imageheight{#3}\setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #3}%
+    %
+    % pdftex (and the PDF format) support .png, .jpg, .pdf (among
+    % others).  Let's try in that order.
+    \let\pdfimgext=\empty
+    \begingroup
+      \openin 1 #1.png \ifeof 1
+        \openin 1 #1.jpg \ifeof 1
+          \openin 1 #1.jpeg \ifeof 1
+            \openin 1 #1.JPG \ifeof 1
+              \openin 1 #1.pdf \ifeof 1
+                \errhelp = \nopdfimagehelp
+                \errmessage{Could not find image file #1 for pdf}%
+              \else \gdef\pdfimgext{pdf}%
+              \fi
+            \else \gdef\pdfimgext{JPG}%
+            \fi
+          \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpeg}%
+          \fi
+        \else \gdef\pdfimgext{jpg}%
+        \fi
+      \else \gdef\pdfimgext{png}%
+      \fi
+      \closein 1
+    \endgroup
+    %
     % without \immediate, pdftex seg faults when the same image is
     % included twice.  (Version 3.14159-pre-1.0-unofficial-20010704.)
     \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14
@@ -1075,98 +1384,143 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     \else
       \immediate\pdfximage
     \fi
-      \ifx\empty\imagewidth\else width \imagewidth \fi
-      \ifx\empty\imageheight\else height \imageheight \fi
+      \ifdim \wd0 >0pt width \imagewidth \fi
+      \ifdim \wd2 >0pt height \imageheight \fi
       \ifnum\pdftexversion<13
-         #1.pdf%
+         #1.\pdfimgext
        \else
-         {#1.pdf}%
+         {#1.\pdfimgext}%
        \fi
     \ifnum\pdftexversion < 14 \else
       \pdfrefximage \pdflastximage
     \fi}
-  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{\normalturnoffactive \pdfdest name{#1} xyz}}
+  %
+  \def\pdfmkdest#1{{%
+    % We have to set dummies so commands such as @code, and characters
+    % such as \, aren't expanded when present in a section title.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \activebackslashdouble
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\pdfdestname{#1}%
+    \backslashparens\pdfdestname
+    \safewhatsit{\pdfdest name{\pdfdestname} xyz}%
+  }}
+  %
+  % used to mark target names; must be expandable.
   \def\pdfmkpgn#1{#1}
-  \let\linkcolor = \Blue  % was Cyan, but that seems light?
-  \def\endlink{\Black\pdfendlink}
+  %
+  % by default, use a color that is dark enough to print on paper as
+  % nearly black, but still distinguishable for online viewing.
+  \def\urlcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
+  \def\linkcolor{\cmykDarkRed}
+  \def\endlink{\setcolor{\maincolor}\pdfendlink}
+  %
   % Adding outlines to PDF; macros for calculating structure of outlines
   % come from Petr Olsak
   \def\expnumber#1{\expandafter\ifx\csname#1\endcsname\relax 0%
     \else \csname#1\endcsname \fi}
   \def\advancenumber#1{\tempnum=\expnumber{#1}\relax
-    \advance\tempnum by1
+    \advance\tempnum by 1
     \expandafter\xdef\csname#1\endcsname{\the\tempnum}}
-  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{{%
-    \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-    \ifeof 1\else\begingroup
-      \closein 1
+  %
+  % #1 is the section text, which is what will be displayed in the
+  % outline by the pdf viewer.  #2 is the pdf expression for the number
+  % of subentries (or empty, for subsubsections).  #3 is the node text,
+  % which might be empty if this toc entry had no corresponding node.
+  % #4 is the page number
+  %
+  \def\dopdfoutline#1#2#3#4{%
+    % Generate a link to the node text if that exists; else, use the
+    % page number.  We could generate a destination for the section
+    % text in the case where a section has no node, but it doesn't
+    % seem worth the trouble, since most documents are normally structured.
+    \def\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+    \ifx\pdfoutlinedest\empty
+      \def\pdfoutlinedest{#4}%
+    \else
+      % Doubled backslashes in the name.
+      {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinedest{#3}%
+       \backslashparens\pdfoutlinedest}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Also double the backslashes in the display string.
+    {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfoutlinetext{#1}%
+     \backslashparens\pdfoutlinetext}%
+    %
+    \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfoutlinedest}}#2{\pdfoutlinetext}%
+  }
+  %
+  \def\pdfmakeoutlines{%
+    \begingroup
       % Thanh's hack / proper braces in bookmarks
       \edef\mylbrace{\iftrue \string{\else}\fi}\let\{=\mylbrace
       \edef\myrbrace{\iffalse{\else\string}\fi}\let\}=\myrbrace
       %
-      \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{}
-      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{\advancenumber{chap##2}}
-      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{\advancenumber{sec##2.##3}}
-      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{\advancenumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}}
-      \let\appendixentry = \chapentry
-      \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry
-      \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
-      \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
-      \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
-      \input \jobname.toc
-      \def\chapentry ##1##2##3{%
-        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##3}}count-\expnumber{chap##2}{##1}}
-      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{%
-        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##4}}count-\expnumber{sec##2.##3}{##1}}
-      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{%
-        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##5}}count-\expnumber{subsec##2.##3.##4}{##1}}
-      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{%
-        \pdfoutline goto name{\pdfmkpgn{##6}}{##1}}
-      \let\appendixentry = \chapentry
-      \let\unnumbchapentry = \chapentry
-      \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
-      \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
-      \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
+      % Read toc silently, to get counts of subentries for \pdfoutline.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\def\thischapnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissecnum{0}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{chap\thischapnum}%
+	\def\thissecnum{##2}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{sec\thissecnum}%
+	\def\thissubsecnum{##2}%
+      }%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+	\advancenumber{subsec\thissubsecnum}%
+      }%
+      \def\thischapnum{0}%
+      \def\thissecnum{0}%
+      \def\thissubsecnum{0}%
+      %
+      % use \def rather than \let here because we redefine \chapentry et
+      % al. a second time, below.
+      \def\appentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\appsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\appsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnchapentry{\numchapentry}%
+      \def\unnsecentry{\numsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsecentry{\numsubsecentry}%
+      \def\unnsubsubsecentry{\numsubsubsecentry}%
+      \readdatafile{toc}%
+      %
+      % Read toc second time, this time actually producing the outlines.
+      % The `-' means take the \expnumber as the absolute number of
+      % subentries, which we calculated on our first read of the .toc above.
       %
-      % Make special characters normal for writing to the pdf file.
+      % We use the node names as the destinations.
+      \def\numchapentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{chap##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{sec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{%
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{count-\expnumber{subsec##2}}{##3}{##4}}%
+      \def\numsubsubsecentry##1##2##3##4{% count is always zero
+        \dopdfoutline{##1}{}{##3}{##4}}%
       %
+      % PDF outlines are displayed using system fonts, instead of
+      % document fonts.  Therefore we cannot use special characters,
+      % since the encoding is unknown.  For example, the eogonek from
+      % Latin 2 (0xea) gets translated to a | character.  Info from
+      % Staszek Wawrykiewicz, 19 Jan 2004 04:09:24 +0100.
+      %
+      % xx to do this right, we have to translate 8-bit characters to
+      % their "best" equivalent, based on the @documentencoding.  Right
+      % now, I guess we'll just let the pdf reader have its way.
       \indexnofonts
-      \let\tt=\relax
-      \turnoffactive
-      \input \jobname.toc
-    \endgroup\fi
-  }}
-  \def\makelinks #1,{%
-    \def\params{#1}\def\E{END}%
-    \ifx\params\E
-      \let\nextmakelinks=\relax
-    \else
-      \let\nextmakelinks=\makelinks
-      \ifnum\lnkcount>0,\fi
-      \picknum{#1}%
-      \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}
-        goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\the\pgn}}%
-      \linkcolor #1%
-      \advance\lnkcount by 1%
-      \endlink
-    \fi
-    \nextmakelinks
-  }
-  \def\picknum#1{\expandafter\pn#1}
-  \def\pn#1{%
-    \def\p{#1}%
-    \ifx\p\lbrace
-      \let\nextpn=\ppn
-    \else
-      \let\nextpn=\ppnn
-      \def\first{#1}
-    \fi
-    \nextpn
+      \setupdatafile
+      \catcode`\\=\active \otherbackslash
+      \input \tocreadfilename
+    \endgroup
   }
-  \def\ppn#1{\pgn=#1\gobble}
-  \def\ppnn{\pgn=\first}
-  \def\pdfmklnk#1{\lnkcount=0\makelinks #1,END,}
-  \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
+  %
   \def\skipspaces#1{\def\PP{#1}\def\D{|}%
     \ifx\PP\D\let\nextsp\relax
     \else\let\nextsp\skipspaces
@@ -1181,21 +1535,28 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \else
     \let \startlink \pdfstartlink
   \fi
+  % make a live url in pdf output.
   \def\pdfurl#1{%
     \begingroup
-      \normalturnoffactive\def\@{@}%
-      \let\value=\expandablevalue
-      \leavevmode\Red
+      % it seems we really need yet another set of dummies; have not
+      % tried to figure out what each command should do in the context
+      % of @url.  for now, just make @/ a no-op, that's the only one
+      % people have actually reported a problem with.
+      % 
+      \normalturnoffactive
+      \def\@{@}%
+      \let\/=\empty
+      \makevalueexpandable
+      \leavevmode\setcolor{\urlcolor}%
       \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
         user{/Subtype /Link /A << /S /URI /URI (#1) >>}%
-        % #1
     \endgroup}
   \def\pdfgettoks#1.{\setbox\boxA=\hbox{\toksA={#1.}\toksB={}\maketoks}}
   \def\addtokens#1#2{\edef\addtoks{\noexpand#1={\the#1#2}}\addtoks}
   \def\adn#1{\addtokens{\toksC}{#1}\global\countA=1\let\next=\maketoks}
   \def\poptoks#1#2|ENDTOKS|{\let\first=#1\toksD={#1}\toksA={#2}}
   \def\maketoks{%
-    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|
+    \expandafter\poptoks\the\toksA|ENDTOKS|\relax
     \ifx\first0\adn0
     \else\ifx\first1\adn1 \else\ifx\first2\adn2 \else\ifx\first3\adn3
     \else\ifx\first4\adn4 \else\ifx\first5\adn5 \else\ifx\first6\adn6
@@ -1213,22 +1574,48 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     {\noexpand\pdflink{\the\toksC}}\toksC={}\global\countA=0}
   \def\pdflink#1{%
     \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]} goto name{\pdfmkpgn{#1}}
-    \linkcolor #1\endlink}
+    \setcolor{\linkcolor}#1\endlink}
   \def\done{\edef\st{\global\noexpand\toksA={\the\toksB}}\st}
-\fi % \ifx\pdfoutput
+\else
+  \let\pdfmkdest = \gobble
+  \let\pdfurl = \gobble
+  \let\endlink = \relax
+  \let\setcolor = \gobble
+  \let\pdfsetcolor = \gobble
+  \let\pdfmakeoutlines = \relax
+\fi  % \ifx\pdfoutput
 
 
 \message{fonts,}
-% Font-change commands.
+
+% Change the current font style to #1, remembering it in \curfontstyle.
+% For now, we do not accumulate font styles: @b{@i{foo}} prints foo in
+% italics, not bold italics.
+%
+\def\setfontstyle#1{%
+  \def\curfontstyle{#1}% not as a control sequence, because we are \edef'd.
+  \csname ten#1\endcsname  % change the current font
+}
+
+% Select #1 fonts with the current style.
+%
+\def\selectfonts#1{\csname #1fonts\endcsname \csname\curfontstyle\endcsname}
+
+\def\rm{\fam=0 \setfontstyle{rm}}
+\def\it{\fam=\itfam \setfontstyle{it}}
+\def\sl{\fam=\slfam \setfontstyle{sl}}
+\def\bf{\fam=\bffam \setfontstyle{bf}}\def\bfstylename{bf}
+\def\tt{\fam=\ttfam \setfontstyle{tt}}
 
 % Texinfo sort of supports the sans serif font style, which plain TeX does not.
-% So we set up a \sf analogous to plain's \rm, etc.
+% So we set up a \sf.
 \newfam\sffam
-\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \tensf}
+\def\sf{\fam=\sffam \setfontstyle{sf}}
 \let\li = \sf % Sometimes we call it \li, not \sf.
 
-% We don't need math for this one.
-\def\ttsl{\tenttsl}
+% We don't need math for this font style.
+\def\ttsl{\setfontstyle{ttsl}}
+
 
 % Default leading.
 \newdimen\textleading  \textleading = 13.2pt
@@ -1241,8 +1628,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\strutheightpercent{.70833}
 \def\strutdepthpercent {.29167}
 %
+% can get a sort of poor man's double spacing by redefining this.
+\def\baselinefactor{1}
+%
 \def\setleading#1{%
-  \normalbaselineskip = #1\relax
+  \dimen0 = #1\relax
+  \normalbaselineskip = \baselinefactor\dimen0
   \normallineskip = \lineskipfactor\normalbaselineskip
   \normalbaselines
   \setbox\strutbox =\hbox{%
@@ -1251,10 +1642,279 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   }%
 }
 
+% PDF CMaps.  See also LaTeX's t1.cmap.
+%
+% do nothing with this by default.
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname\gobble
+\expandafter\let\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname\gobble
+
+% if we are producing pdf, and we have \pdffontattr, then define cmaps.
+% (\pdffontattr was introduced many years ago, but people still run
+% older pdftex's; it's easy to conditionalize, so we do.)
+\ifpdf \ifx\pdffontattr\undefined \else
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1-0 TeX OT1 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<23> <26> <0023>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+40 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+    }\endgroup
+  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1\endcsname#1{%
+    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+  }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1IT
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1IT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1IT-0 TeX OT1IT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1IT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1IT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+8 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<25> <26> <0025>
+<28> <3B> <0028>
+<3F> <5B> <003F>
+<5D> <5E> <005D>
+<61> <7A> <0061>
+<7B> <7C> <2013>
+endbfrange
+42 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <00660066>
+<0C> <00660069>
+<0D> <0066006C>
+<0E> <006600660069>
+<0F> <00660066006C>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<21> <0021>
+<22> <201D>
+<23> <0023>
+<24> <00A3>
+<27> <2019>
+<3C> <00A1>
+<3D> <003D>
+<3E> <00BF>
+<5C> <201C>
+<5F> <02D9>
+<60> <2018>
+<7D> <02DD>
+<7E> <007E>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+    }\endgroup
+  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1IT\endcsname#1{%
+    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+  }%
+%
+% \cmapOT1TT
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\^^M=\active \def^^M{^^J}% Output line endings as the ^^J char.
+    \catcode`\%=12 \immediate\pdfobj stream {%!PS-Adobe-3.0 Resource-CMap
+%%DocumentNeededResources: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%IncludeResource: ProcSet (CIDInit)
+%%BeginResource: CMap (TeX-OT1TT-0)
+%%Title: (TeX-OT1TT-0 TeX OT1TT 0)
+%%Version: 1.000
+%%EndComments
+/CIDInit /ProcSet findresource begin
+12 dict begin
+begincmap
+/CIDSystemInfo
+<< /Registry (TeX)
+/Ordering (OT1TT)
+/Supplement 0
+>> def
+/CMapName /TeX-OT1TT-0 def
+/CMapType 2 def
+1 begincodespacerange
+<00> <7F>
+endcodespacerange
+5 beginbfrange
+<00> <01> <0393>
+<09> <0A> <03A8>
+<21> <26> <0021>
+<28> <5F> <0028>
+<61> <7E> <0061>
+endbfrange
+32 beginbfchar
+<02> <0398>
+<03> <039B>
+<04> <039E>
+<05> <03A0>
+<06> <03A3>
+<07> <03D2>
+<08> <03A6>
+<0B> <2191>
+<0C> <2193>
+<0D> <0027>
+<0E> <00A1>
+<0F> <00BF>
+<10> <0131>
+<11> <0237>
+<12> <0060>
+<13> <00B4>
+<14> <02C7>
+<15> <02D8>
+<16> <00AF>
+<17> <02DA>
+<18> <00B8>
+<19> <00DF>
+<1A> <00E6>
+<1B> <0153>
+<1C> <00F8>
+<1D> <00C6>
+<1E> <0152>
+<1F> <00D8>
+<20> <2423>
+<27> <2019>
+<60> <2018>
+<7F> <00A8>
+endbfchar
+endcmap
+CMapName currentdict /CMap defineresource pop
+end
+end
+%%EndResource
+%%EOF
+    }\endgroup
+  \expandafter\edef\csname cmapOT1TT\endcsname#1{%
+    \pdffontattr#1{/ToUnicode \the\pdflastobj\space 0 R}%
+  }%
+\fi\fi
+
+
 % Set the font macro #1 to the font named #2, adding on the
 % specified font prefix (normally `cm').
-% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor
-\def\setfont#1#2#3#4{\font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4}
+% #3 is the font's design size, #4 is a scale factor, #5 is the CMap
+% encoding (currently only OT1, OT1IT and OT1TT are allowed, pass
+% empty to omit).
+\def\setfont#1#2#3#4#5{%
+  \font#1=\fontprefix#2#3 scaled #4
+  \csname cmap#5\endcsname#1%
+}
+% This is what gets called when #5 of \setfont is empty.
+\let\cmap\gobble
+% emacs-page end of cmaps
 
 % Use cm as the default font prefix.
 % To specify the font prefix, you must define \fontprefix
@@ -1279,110 +1939,297 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\scshape{csc}
 \def\scbshape{csc}
 
-\newcount\mainmagstep
-\ifx\bigger\relax
-  % not really supported.
-  \mainmagstep=\magstep1
-  \setfont\textrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-  \setfont\texttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
-\else
-  \mainmagstep=\magstephalf
-  \setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-  \setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\fi
-% Instead of cmb10, you may want to use cmbx10.
-% cmbx10 is a prettier font on its own, but cmb10
-% looks better when embedded in a line with cmr10
-% (in Bob's opinion).
-\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
-\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}
+% Definitions for a main text size of 11pt.  This is the default in
+% Texinfo.
+% 
+\def\definetextfontsizexi{%
+% Text fonts (11.2pt, magstep1).
+\def\textnominalsize{11pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{\magstephalf}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
 \font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
 \font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1095}
 
-% A few fonts for @defun, etc.
-\setfont\defbf\bxshape{10}{\magstep1} %was 1314
-\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}
-\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \bf}
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
 
 % Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
-\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}
-\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}
-\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
 \font\smalli=cmmi9
 \font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
 
 % Fonts for small examples (8pt).
-\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}
-\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}
-\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
 \font\smalleri=cmmi8
 \font\smallersy=cmsy8
-
-% Fonts for title page:
-\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}
-\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
 \let\titlebf=\titlerm
-\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
 \font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
 \font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
 \def\authorrm{\secrm}
 \def\authortt{\sectt}
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
 
 % Chapter (and unnumbered) fonts (17.28pt).
-\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}
-\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}
+\def\chapnominalsize{17pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{17}{1000}{OT1}
 \let\chapbf=\chaprm
-\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep3}{OT1}
 \font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep2
 \font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep3
+\def\chapecsize{1728}
 
 % Section fonts (14.4pt).
-\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}
-\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}
-\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}
+\def\secnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
 \let\secbf\secrm
-\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
 \font\seci=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
 \font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\sececsize{1440}
 
 % Subsection fonts (13.15pt).
-\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
-\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}
-\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}
+\def\ssecnominalsize{13pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1315}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1315}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
 \let\ssecbf\ssecrm
-\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1315}{OT1}
 \font\sseci=cmmi12 scaled \magstephalf
 \font\ssecsy=cmsy10 scaled 1315
-% The smallcaps and symbol fonts should actually be scaled \magstep1.5,
-% but that is not a standard magnification.
+\def\ssececsize{1200}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (10pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi10
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy10
+\def\reducedecsize{1000}
+
+% reset the current fonts
+\textfonts
+\rm
+} % end of 11pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% Definitions to make the main text be 10pt Computer Modern, with
+% section, chapter, etc., sizes following suit.  This is for the GNU
+% Press printing of the Emacs 22 manual.  Maybe other manuals in the
+% future.  Used with @smallbook, which sets the leading to 12pt.
+% 
+\def\definetextfontsizex{%
+% Text fonts (10pt).
+\def\textnominalsize{10pt}
+\edef\mainmagstep{1000}
+\setfont\textrm\rmshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\texttt\ttshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\textbf\bfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textit\itshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\textsl\slshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsf\sfshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textsc\scshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1}
+\setfont\textttsl\ttslshape{10}{\mainmagstep}{OT1TT}
+\font\texti=cmmi10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\font\textsy=cmsy10 scaled \mainmagstep
+\def\textecsize{1000}
+
+% A few fonts for @defun names and args.
+\setfont\defbf\bfshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1}
+\setfont\deftt\ttshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\defttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstephalf}{OT1TT}
+\def\df{\let\tentt=\deftt \let\tenbf = \defbf \let\tenttsl=\defttsl \bf}
+
+% Fonts for indices, footnotes, small examples (9pt).
+\def\smallnominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\smallrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smalltt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalli=cmmi9
+\font\smallsy=cmsy9
+\def\smallecsize{0900}
+
+% Fonts for small examples (8pt).
+\def\smallernominalsize{8pt}
+\setfont\smallerrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallertt\ttshape{8}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\smallerbf\bfshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerit\itshape{8}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\smallersl\slshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersf\sfshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallersc\scshape{10}{800}{OT1}
+\setfont\smallerttsl\ttslshape{10}{800}{OT1TT}
+\font\smalleri=cmmi8
+\font\smallersy=cmsy8
+\def\smallerecsize{0800}
+
+% Fonts for title page (20.4pt):
+\def\titlenominalsize{20pt}
+\setfont\titlerm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1}
+\setfont\titleit\itbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\titlesl\slbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\setfont\titlett\ttbshape{12}{\magstep3}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlettsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\titlesf\sfbshape{17}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\titlebf=\titlerm
+\setfont\titlesc\scbshape{10}{\magstep4}{OT1}
+\font\titlei=cmmi12 scaled \magstep3
+\font\titlesy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep4
+\def\authorrm{\secrm}
+\def\authortt{\sectt}
+\def\titleecsize{2074}
+
+% Chapter fonts (14.4pt).
+\def\chapnominalsize{14pt}
+\setfont\chaprm\rmbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\chapit\itbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\chapsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\setfont\chaptt\ttbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\chapsf\sfbshape{12}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\let\chapbf\chaprm
+\setfont\chapsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep2}{OT1}
+\font\chapi=cmmi12 scaled \magstep1
+\font\chapsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep2
+\def\chapecsize{1440}
+
+% Section fonts (12pt).
+\def\secnominalsize{12pt}
+\setfont\secrm\rmbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\secit\itbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\secsl\slbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\setfont\sectt\ttbshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secttsl\ttslshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\secsf\sfbshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\secbf\secrm
+\setfont\secsc\scbshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}
+\font\seci=cmmi12 
+\font\secsy=cmsy10 scaled \magstep1
+\def\sececsize{1200}
+
+% Subsection fonts (10pt).
+\def\ssecnominalsize{10pt}
+\setfont\ssecrm\rmbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssecit\itbshape{10}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\ssecsl\slbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\ssectt\ttbshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecttsl\ttslshape{10}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\ssecsf\sfbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\let\ssecbf\ssecrm
+\setfont\ssecsc\scbshape{10}{1000}{OT1}
+\font\sseci=cmmi10
+\font\ssecsy=cmsy10
+\def\ssececsize{1000}
+
+% Reduced fonts for @acro in text (9pt).
+\def\reducednominalsize{9pt}
+\setfont\reducedrm\rmshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedtt\ttshape{9}{1000}{OT1TT}
+\setfont\reducedbf\bfshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedit\itshape{9}{1000}{OT1IT}
+\setfont\reducedsl\slshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsf\sfshape{9}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedsc\scshape{10}{900}{OT1}
+\setfont\reducedttsl\ttslshape{10}{900}{OT1TT}
+\font\reducedi=cmmi9
+\font\reducedsy=cmsy9
+\def\reducedecsize{0900}
+
+% reduce space between paragraphs
+\divide\parskip by 2
+
+% reset the current fonts
+\textfonts
+\rm
+} % end of 10pt text font size definitions
+
+
+% We provide the user-level command
+%   @fonttextsize 10
+% (or 11) to redefine the text font size.  pt is assumed.
+% 
+\def\xword{10}
+\def\xiword{11}
+%
+\parseargdef\fonttextsize{%
+  \def\textsizearg{#1}%
+  \wlog{doing @fonttextsize \textsizearg}%
+  %
+  % Set \globaldefs so that documents can use this inside @tex, since
+  % makeinfo 4.8 does not support it, but we need it nonetheless.
+  % 
+ \begingroup \globaldefs=1
+  \ifx\textsizearg\xword \definetextfontsizex
+  \else \ifx\textsizearg\xiword \definetextfontsizexi
+  \else
+    \errhelp=\EMsimple
+    \errmessage{@fonttextsize only supports `10' or `11', not `\textsizearg'}
+  \fi\fi
+ \endgroup
+}
+
 
 % In order for the font changes to affect most math symbols and letters,
 % we have to define the \textfont of the standard families.  Since
@@ -1397,50 +2244,81 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 
 % The font-changing commands redefine the meanings of \tenSTYLE, instead
-% of just \STYLE.  We do this so that font changes will continue to work
-% in math mode, where it is the current \fam that is relevant in most
-% cases, not the current font.  Plain TeX does \def\bf{\fam=\bffam
-% \tenbf}, for example.  By redefining \tenbf, we obviate the need to
-% redefine \bf itself.
+% of just \STYLE.  We do this because \STYLE needs to also set the
+% current \fam for math mode.  Our \STYLE (e.g., \rm) commands hardwire
+% \tenSTYLE to set the current font.
+%
+% Each font-changing command also sets the names \lsize (one size lower)
+% and \lllsize (three sizes lower).  These relative commands are used in
+% the LaTeX logo and acronyms.
+%
+% This all needs generalizing, badly.
+%
 \def\textfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\textrm \let\tenit=\textit \let\tensl=\textsl
   \let\tenbf=\textbf \let\tentt=\texttt \let\smallcaps=\textsc
-  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+  \let\tensf=\textsf \let\teni=\texti \let\tensy=\textsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\textttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{text}%
+  \def\lsize{reduced}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{\textleading}}
 \def\titlefonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\titlerm \let\tenit=\titleit \let\tensl=\titlesl
   \let\tenbf=\titlebf \let\tentt=\titlett \let\smallcaps=\titlesc
   \let\tensf=\titlesf \let\teni=\titlei \let\tensy=\titlesy
   \let\tenttsl=\titlettsl
+  \def\curfontsize{title}%
+  \def\lsize{chap}\def\lllsize{subsec}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{25pt}}
 \def\titlefont#1{{\titlefonts\rm #1}}
 \def\chapfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\chaprm \let\tenit=\chapit \let\tensl=\chapsl
   \let\tenbf=\chapbf \let\tentt=\chaptt \let\smallcaps=\chapsc
-  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+  \let\tensf=\chapsf \let\teni=\chapi \let\tensy=\chapsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\chapttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{chap}%
+  \def\lsize{sec}\def\lllsize{text}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{19pt}}
 \def\secfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\secrm \let\tenit=\secit \let\tensl=\secsl
   \let\tenbf=\secbf \let\tentt=\sectt \let\smallcaps=\secsc
-  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+  \let\tensf=\secsf \let\teni=\seci \let\tensy=\secsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\secttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{sec}%
+  \def\lsize{subsec}\def\lllsize{reduced}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{16pt}}
 \def\subsecfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\ssecrm \let\tenit=\ssecit \let\tensl=\ssecsl
   \let\tenbf=\ssecbf \let\tentt=\ssectt \let\smallcaps=\ssecsc
-  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+  \let\tensf=\ssecsf \let\teni=\sseci \let\tensy=\ssecsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\ssecttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{ssec}%
+  \def\lsize{text}\def\lllsize{small}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{15pt}}
-\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts % Maybe make sssec fonts scaled magstephalf?
+\let\subsubsecfonts = \subsecfonts
+\def\reducedfonts{%
+  \let\tenrm=\reducedrm \let\tenit=\reducedit \let\tensl=\reducedsl
+  \let\tenbf=\reducedbf \let\tentt=\reducedtt \let\reducedcaps=\reducedsc
+  \let\tensf=\reducedsf \let\teni=\reducedi \let\tensy=\reducedsy
+  \let\tenttsl=\reducedttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{reduced}%
+  \def\lsize{small}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
+  \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
 \def\smallfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\smallrm \let\tenit=\smallit \let\tensl=\smallsl
   \let\tenbf=\smallbf \let\tentt=\smalltt \let\smallcaps=\smallsc
   \let\tensf=\smallsf \let\teni=\smalli \let\tensy=\smallsy
   \let\tenttsl=\smallttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{small}%
+  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{10.5pt}}
 \def\smallerfonts{%
   \let\tenrm=\smallerrm \let\tenit=\smallerit \let\tensl=\smallersl
   \let\tenbf=\smallerbf \let\tentt=\smallertt \let\smallcaps=\smallersc
   \let\tensf=\smallersf \let\teni=\smalleri \let\tensy=\smallersy
   \let\tenttsl=\smallerttsl
+  \def\curfontsize{smaller}%
+  \def\lsize{smaller}\def\lllsize{smaller}%
   \resetmathfonts \setleading{9.5pt}}
 
 % Set the fonts to use with the @small... environments.
@@ -1449,7 +2327,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % About \smallexamplefonts.  If we use \smallfonts (9pt), @smallexample
 % can fit this many characters:
 %   8.5x11=86   smallbook=72  a4=90  a5=69
-% If we use \smallerfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
+% If we use \scriptfonts (8pt), then we can fit this many characters:
 %   8.5x11=90+  smallbook=80  a4=90+  a5=77
 % For me, subjectively, the few extra characters that fit aren't worth
 % the additional smallness of 8pt.  So I'm making the default 9pt.
@@ -1457,14 +2335,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % By the way, for comparison, here's what fits with @example (10pt):
 %   8.5x11=71  smallbook=60  a4=75  a5=58
 %
-% I wish we used A4 paper on this side of the Atlantic.
-%
+% I wish the USA used A4 paper.
 % --karl, 24jan03.
 
 
 % Set up the default fonts, so we can use them for creating boxes.
 %
-\textfonts
+\definetextfontsizexi
 
 % Define these so they can be easily changed for other fonts.
 \def\angleleft{$\langle$}
@@ -1474,10 +2351,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newcount\fontdepth \fontdepth=0
 
 % Fonts for short table of contents.
-\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontbf\bxshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}
-\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}
+\setfont\shortcontrm\rmshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortcontbf\bfshape{10}{\magstep1}{OT1}  % no cmb12
+\setfont\shortcontsl\slshape{12}{1000}{OT1}
+\setfont\shortconttt\ttshape{12}{1000}{OT1TT}
 
 %% Add scribe-like font environments, plus @l for inline lisp (usually sans
 %% serif) and @ii for TeX italic
@@ -1489,15 +2366,27 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\smartslanted#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
 \def\smartitalic#1{{\ifusingtt\ttsl\it #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
 
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally uses \ttsl.
+% @var is set to this for defun arguments.
+\def\ttslanted#1{{\ttsl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
+% like \smartslanted except unconditionally use \sl.  We never want
+% ttsl for book titles, do we?
+\def\cite#1{{\sl #1}\futurelet\next\smartitalicx}
+
 \let\i=\smartitalic
+\let\slanted=\smartslanted
 \let\var=\smartslanted
 \let\dfn=\smartslanted
 \let\emph=\smartitalic
-\let\cite=\smartslanted
 
+% @b, explicit bold.
 \def\b#1{{\bf #1}}
 \let\strong=\b
 
+% @sansserif, explicit sans.
+\def\sansserif#1{{\sf #1}}
+
 % We can't just use \exhyphenpenalty, because that only has effect at
 % the end of a paragraph.  Restore normal hyphenation at the end of the
 % group within which \nohyphenation is presumably called.
@@ -1510,19 +2399,25 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % sometimes \x has an active definition that messes things up.
 %
 \catcode`@=11
-  \def\frenchspacing{%
+  \def\plainfrenchspacing{%
     \sfcode\dotChar  =\@m \sfcode\questChar=\@m \sfcode\exclamChar=\@m
     \sfcode\colonChar=\@m \sfcode\semiChar =\@m \sfcode\commaChar =\@m
+    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{1000}% for @. and friends
+  }
+  \def\plainnonfrenchspacing{%
+    \sfcode`\.3000\sfcode`\?3000\sfcode`\!3000
+    \sfcode`\:2000\sfcode`\;1500\sfcode`\,1250
+    \def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% for @. and friends
   }
 \catcode`@=\other
+\def\endofsentencespacefactor{3000}% default
 
 \def\t#1{%
-  {\tt \rawbackslash \frenchspacing #1}%
+  {\tt \rawbackslash \plainfrenchspacing #1}%
   \null
 }
-\let\ttfont=\t
 \def\samp#1{`\tclose{#1}'\null}
-\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}
+\setfont\keyrm\rmshape{8}{1000}{OT1}
 \font\keysy=cmsy9
 \def\key#1{{\keyrm\textfont2=\keysy \leavevmode\hbox{%
   \raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleleft}\kern-.08em\vtop{%
@@ -1530,6 +2425,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
      \hbox{\raise0.4pt\hbox{\vphantom{\angleleft}}#1}}%
     \kern-0.4pt\hrule}%
   \kern-.06em\raise0.4pt\hbox{\angleright}}}}
+\def\key #1{{\nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
 % The old definition, with no lozenge:
 %\def\key #1{{\ttsl \nohyphenation \uppercase{#1}}\null}
 \def\ctrl #1{{\tt \rawbackslash \hat}#1}
@@ -1555,13 +2451,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     \nohyphenation
     %
     \rawbackslash
-    \frenchspacing
+    \plainfrenchspacing
     #1%
   }%
   \null
 }
 
-% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in \code.
+% We *must* turn on hyphenation at `-' and `_' in @code.
 % Otherwise, it is too hard to avoid overfull hboxes
 % in the Emacs manual, the Library manual, etc.
 
@@ -1571,18 +2467,23 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % and arrange explicitly to hyphenate at a dash.
 %  -- rms.
 {
-  \catcode`\-=\active
-  \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\-=\active \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\'=\active \catcode`\`=\active
   %
   \global\def\code{\begingroup
-    \catcode`\-=\active \let-\codedash
-    \catcode`\_=\active \let_\codeunder
+    \catcode\rquoteChar=\active \catcode\lquoteChar=\active
+    \let'\codequoteright \let`\codequoteleft
+    %
+    \catcode\dashChar=\active  \catcode\underChar=\active
+    \ifallowcodebreaks
+     \let-\codedash
+     \let_\codeunder
+    \else
+     \let-\realdash
+     \let_\realunder
+    \fi
     \codex
   }
-  %
-  % If we end up with any active - characters when handling the index,
-  % just treat them as a normal -.
-  \global\def\indexbreaks{\catcode`\-=\active \let-\realdash}
 }
 
 \def\realdash{-}
@@ -1600,24 +2501,45 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 }
 \def\codex #1{\tclose{#1}\endgroup}
 
+% An additional complication: the above will allow breaks after, e.g.,
+% each of the four underscores in __typeof__.  This is undesirable in
+% some manuals, especially if they don't have long identifiers in
+% general.  @allowcodebreaks provides a way to control this.
+% 
+\newif\ifallowcodebreaks  \allowcodebreakstrue
+
+\def\keywordtrue{true}
+\def\keywordfalse{false}
+
+\parseargdef\allowcodebreaks{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\keywordtrue
+    \allowcodebreakstrue
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\keywordfalse
+    \allowcodebreaksfalse
+  \else
+    \errhelp = \EMsimple
+    \errmessage{Unknown @allowcodebreaks option `\txiarg'}%
+  \fi\fi
+}
+
 % @kbd is like @code, except that if the argument is just one @key command,
 % then @kbd has no effect.
 
 % @kbdinputstyle -- arg is `distinct' (@kbd uses slanted tty font always),
 %   `example' (@kbd uses ttsl only inside of @example and friends),
 %   or `code' (@kbd uses normal tty font always).
-\def\kbdinputstyle{\parsearg\kbdinputstylexxx}
-\def\kbdinputstylexxx#1{%
-  \def\arg{#1}%
-  \ifx\arg\worddistinct
+\parseargdef\kbdinputstyle{%
+  \def\txiarg{#1}%
+  \ifx\txiarg\worddistinct
     \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\ttsl}%
-  \else\ifx\arg\wordexample
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordexample
     \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\ttsl}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
-  \else\ifx\arg\wordcode
+  \else\ifx\txiarg\wordcode
     \gdef\kbdexamplefont{\tt}\gdef\kbdfont{\tt}%
   \else
     \errhelp = \EMsimple
-    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\arg'}%
+    \errmessage{Unknown @kbdinputstyle option `\txiarg'}%
   \fi\fi\fi
 }
 \def\worddistinct{distinct}
@@ -1633,8 +2555,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi
 \else{\tclose{\kbdfont\look}}\fi}
 
-% For @url, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
-\let\url=\code
+% For @indicateurl, @env, @command quotes seem unnecessary, so use \code.
+\let\indicateurl=\code
 \let\env=\code
 \let\command=\code
 
@@ -1666,6 +2588,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \endlink
 \endgroup}
 
+% @url synonym for @uref, since that's how everyone uses it.
+%
+\let\url=\uref
+
 % rms does not like angle brackets --karl, 17may97.
 % So now @email is just like @uref, unless we are pdf.
 %
@@ -1707,22 +2633,140 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\sc#1{{\smallcaps#1}}       % smallcaps font
 \def\ii#1{{\it #1}}             % italic font
 
-% @acronym downcases the argument and prints in smallcaps.
-\def\acronym#1{{\smallcaps \lowercase{#1}}}
+% @acronym for "FBI", "NATO", and the like.
+% We print this one point size smaller, since it's intended for
+% all-uppercase.
+% 
+\def\acronym#1{\doacronym #1,,\finish}
+\def\doacronym#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\selectfonts\lsize #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% @abbr for "Comput. J." and the like.
+% No font change, but don't do end-of-sentence spacing.
+% 
+\def\abbr#1{\doabbr #1,,\finish}
+\def\doabbr#1,#2,#3\finish{%
+  {\plainfrenchspacing #1}%
+  \def\temp{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    \space ({\unsepspaces \ignorespaces \temp \unskip})%
+  \fi
+}
 
-% @pounds{} is a sterling sign.
+% @pounds{} is a sterling sign, which Knuth put in the CM italic font.
+%
 \def\pounds{{\it\$}}
 
-% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  For now, only works in text size;
-% we'd have to redo the font mechanism to change the \scriptstyle and
-% \scriptscriptstyle font sizes to make it look right in headings.
+% @euro{} comes from a separate font, depending on the current style.
+% We use the free feym* fonts from the eurosym package by Henrik
+% Theiling, which support regular, slanted, bold and bold slanted (and
+% "outlined" (blackboard board, sort of) versions, which we don't need).
+% It is available from http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/eurosym.
+% 
+% Although only regular is the truly official Euro symbol, we ignore
+% that.  The Euro is designed to be slightly taller than the regular
+% font height.
+% 
+% feymr - regular
+% feymo - slanted
+% feybr - bold
+% feybo - bold slanted
+% 
+% There is no good (free) typewriter version, to my knowledge.
+% A feymr10 euro is ~7.3pt wide, while a normal cmtt10 char is ~5.25pt wide.
+% Hmm.
+% 
+% Also doesn't work in math.  Do we need to do math with euro symbols?
+% Hope not.
+% 
+% 
+\def\euro{{\eurofont e}}
+\def\eurofont{%
+  % We set the font at each command, rather than predefining it in
+  % \textfonts and the other font-switching commands, so that
+  % installations which never need the symbol don't have to have the
+  % font installed.
+  % 
+  % There is only one designed size (nominal 10pt), so we always scale
+  % that to the current nominal size.
+  % 
+  % By the way, simply using "at 1em" works for cmr10 and the like, but
+  % does not work for cmbx10 and other extended/shrunken fonts.
+  % 
+  \def\eurosize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+  %
+  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename 
+    % bold:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feybo10}{feybr10} at \eurosize
+  \else 
+    % regular:
+    \font\thiseurofont = \ifusingit{feymo10}{feymr10} at \eurosize
+  \fi
+  \thiseurofont
+}
+
+% Hacks for glyphs from the EC fonts similar to \euro.  We don't
+% use \let for the aliases, because sometimes we redefine the original
+% macro, and the alias should reflect the redefinition.
+\def\guillemetleft{{\ecfont \char"13}}
+\def\guillemotleft{\guillemetleft}
+\def\guillemetright{{\ecfont \char"14}}
+\def\guillemotright{\guillemetright}
+\def\guilsinglleft{{\ecfont \char"0E}}
+\def\guilsinglright{{\ecfont \char"0F}}
+\def\quotedblbase{{\ecfont \char"12}}
+\def\quotesinglbase{{\ecfont \char"0D}}
+%
+\def\ecfont{%
+  % We can't distinguish serif/sanserif and italic/slanted, but this
+  % is used for crude hacks anyway (like adding French and German
+  % quotes to documents typeset with CM, where we lose kerning), so
+  % hopefully nobody will notice/care.
+  \edef\ecsize{\csname\curfontsize ecsize\endcsname}%
+  \edef\nominalsize{\csname\curfontsize nominalsize\endcsname}%
+  \ifx\curfontstyle\bfstylename
+    % bold:
+    \font\thisecfont = ecb\ifusingit{i}{x}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+  \else
+    % regular:
+    \font\thisecfont = ec\ifusingit{ti}{rm}\ecsize \space at \nominalsize
+  \fi
+  \thisecfont
+}
+
+% @registeredsymbol - R in a circle.  The font for the R should really
+% be smaller yet, but lllsize is the best we can do for now.
 % Adapted from the plain.tex definition of \copyright.
 %
 \def\registeredsymbol{%
-  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{$\scriptstyle\rm R$}\hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
+  $^{{\ooalign{\hfil\raise.07ex\hbox{\selectfonts\lllsize R}%
+               \hfil\crcr\Orb}}%
     }$%
 }
 
+% @textdegree - the normal degrees sign.
+%
+\def\textdegree{$^\circ$}
+
+% Laurent Siebenmann reports \Orb undefined with:
+%  Textures 1.7.7 (preloaded format=plain 93.10.14)  (68K)  16 APR 2004 02:38
+% so we'll define it if necessary.
+% 
+\ifx\Orb\undefined
+\def\Orb{\mathhexbox20D}
+\fi
+
+% Quotes.
+\chardef\quotedblleft="5C
+\chardef\quotedblright=`\"
+\chardef\quoteleft=`\`
+\chardef\quoteright=`\'
+
 
 \message{page headings,}
 
@@ -1741,87 +2785,103 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newif\ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
  \let\setshortcontentsaftertitlepage = \setshortcontentsaftertitlepagetrue
 
-\def\shorttitlepage{\parsearg\shorttitlepagezzz}
-\def\shorttitlepagezzz #1{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
+\parseargdef\shorttitlepage{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{#1}%
         \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
 
-\def\titlepage{\begingroup \parindent=0pt \textfonts
-   \let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
-   \def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}%
-   %
-   \def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
-                   \let\tt=\authortt}%
-   %
-   % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
-   \vglue\titlepagetopglue
-   %
-   % Now you can print the title using @title.
-   \def\title{\parsearg\titlezzz}%
-   \def\titlezzz##1{\leftline{\titlefonts\rm ##1}
-                    % print a rule at the page bottom also.
-                    \finishedtitlepagefalse
-                    \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt}%
-   % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
-   \finishedtitlepagetrue
-   %
-   % Now you can put text using @subtitle.
-   \def\subtitle{\parsearg\subtitlezzz}%
-   \def\subtitlezzz##1{{\subtitlefont \rightline{##1}}}%
-   %
-   % @author should come last, but may come many times.
-   \def\author{\parsearg\authorzzz}%
-   \def\authorzzz##1{\ifseenauthor\else\vskip 0pt plus 1filll\seenauthortrue\fi
-      {\authorfont \leftline{##1}}}%
-   %
-   % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
-   % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
-   \let\oldpage = \page
-   \def\page{%
+\envdef\titlepage{%
+  % Open one extra group, as we want to close it in the middle of \Etitlepage.
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent=0pt \textfonts
+    % Leave some space at the very top of the page.
+    \vglue\titlepagetopglue
+    % No rule at page bottom unless we print one at the top with @title.
+    \finishedtitlepagetrue
+    %
+    % Most title ``pages'' are actually two pages long, with space
+    % at the top of the second.  We don't want the ragged left on the second.
+    \let\oldpage = \page
+    \def\page{%
       \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-         \finishtitlepage
+	 \finishtitlepage
       \fi
-      \oldpage
       \let\page = \oldpage
-      \hbox{}}%
-%   \def\page{\oldpage \hbox{}}
+      \page
+      \null
+    }%
 }
 
 \def\Etitlepage{%
-   \iffinishedtitlepage\else
-      \finishtitlepage
-   \fi
-   % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
-   % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
-   % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
-   % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
-   \oldpage
-   \endgroup
-   %
-   % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
-   % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
-   \HEADINGSon
-   %
-   % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
-   \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
-     \shortcontents
-     \contents
-     \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-     \global\let\contents = \relax
-   \fi
-   %
-   \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
-     \contents
-     \global\let\contents = \relax
-     \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
-   \fi
+    \iffinishedtitlepage\else
+	\finishtitlepage
+    \fi
+    % It is important to do the page break before ending the group,
+    % because the headline and footline are only empty inside the group.
+    % If we use the new definition of \page, we always get a blank page
+    % after the title page, which we certainly don't want.
+    \oldpage
+  \endgroup
+  %
+  % Need this before the \...aftertitlepage checks so that if they are
+  % in effect the toc pages will come out with page numbers.
+  \HEADINGSon
+  %
+  % If they want short, they certainly want long too.
+  \ifsetshortcontentsaftertitlepage
+    \shortcontents
+    \contents
+    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+    \global\let\contents = \relax
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifsetcontentsaftertitlepage
+    \contents
+    \global\let\contents = \relax
+    \global\let\shortcontents = \relax
+  \fi
 }
 
 \def\finishtitlepage{%
-   \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
-   \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
-   \finishedtitlepagetrue
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 2pt width \hsize
+  \vskip\titlepagebottomglue
+  \finishedtitlepagetrue
+}
+
+%%% Macros to be used within @titlepage:
+
+\let\subtitlerm=\tenrm
+\def\subtitlefont{\subtitlerm \normalbaselineskip = 13pt \normalbaselines}
+
+\def\authorfont{\authorrm \normalbaselineskip = 16pt \normalbaselines
+		\let\tt=\authortt}
+
+\parseargdef\title{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  \leftline{\titlefonts\rm #1}
+  % print a rule at the page bottom also.
+  \finishedtitlepagefalse
+  \vskip4pt \hrule height 4pt width \hsize \vskip4pt
+}
+
+\parseargdef\subtitle{%
+  \checkenv\titlepage
+  {\subtitlefont \rightline{#1}}%
+}
+
+% @author should come last, but may come many times.
+% It can also be used inside @quotation.
+%
+\parseargdef\author{%
+  \def\temp{\quotation}%
+  \ifx\thisenv\temp
+    \def\quotationauthor{#1}% printed in \Equotation.
+  \else
+    \checkenv\titlepage
+    \ifseenauthor\else \vskip 0pt plus 1filll \seenauthortrue \fi
+    {\authorfont \leftline{#1}}%
+  \fi
 }
 
+
 %%% Set up page headings and footings.
 
 \let\thispage=\folio
@@ -1831,7 +2891,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \newtoks\evenfootline    % footline on even pages
 \newtoks\oddfootline     % footline on odd pages
 
-% Now make Tex use those variables
+% Now make TeX use those variables
 \headline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddheadline
                             \else \the\evenheadline \fi}}
 \footline={{\textfonts\rm \ifodd\pageno \the\oddfootline
@@ -1845,43 +2905,64 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % @evenfooting @thisfile||
 % @oddfooting ||@thisfile
 
-\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
-\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
-\def\everyheading{\parsearg\everyheadingxxx}
 
-\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
-\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
-\def\everyfooting{\parsearg\everyfootingxxx}
-
-{\catcode`\@=0 %
-
-\gdef\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\evenheading{\parsearg\evenheadingxxx}
+\def\evenheadingxxx #1{\evenheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
 \global\evenheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
 
-\gdef\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddheadingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\oddheading{\parsearg\oddheadingxxx}
+\def\oddheadingxxx #1{\oddheadingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddheadingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
 \global\oddheadline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
 
-\gdef\everyheadingxxx#1{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
+\parseargdef\everyheading{\oddheadingxxx{#1}\evenheadingxxx{#1}}%
 
-\gdef\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\evenfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\evenfooting{\parsearg\evenfootingxxx}
+\def\evenfootingxxx #1{\evenfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\evenfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
 \global\evenfootline={\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}}
 
-\gdef\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1@|@|@|@|\finish}
-\gdef\oddfootingyyy #1@|#2@|#3@|#4\finish{%
+\def\oddfooting{\parsearg\oddfootingxxx}
+\def\oddfootingxxx #1{\oddfootingyyy #1\|\|\|\|\finish}
+\def\oddfootingyyy #1\|#2\|#3\|#4\finish{%
   \global\oddfootline = {\rlap{\centerline{#2}}\line{#1\hfil#3}}%
   %
   % Leave some space for the footline.  Hopefully ok to assume
   % @evenfooting will not be used by itself.
-  \global\advance\pageheight by -\baselineskip
-  \global\advance\vsize by -\baselineskip
+  \global\advance\pageheight by -12pt
+  \global\advance\vsize by -12pt
 }
 
-\gdef\everyfootingxxx#1{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+\parseargdef\everyfooting{\oddfootingxxx{#1}\evenfootingxxx{#1}}
+
+% @evenheadingmarks top     \thischapter <- chapter at the top of a page
+% @evenheadingmarks bottom  \thischapter <- chapter at the bottom of a page
 %
-}% unbind the catcode of @.
+% The same set of arguments for:
+%
+% @oddheadingmarks
+% @evenfootingmarks
+% @oddfootingmarks
+% @everyheadingmarks
+% @everyfootingmarks
+
+\def\evenheadingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{heading}}
+\def\oddheadingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{heading}}
+\def\evenfootingmarks{\headingmarks{even}{footing}}
+\def\oddfootingmarks{\headingmarks{odd}{footing}}
+\def\everyheadingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{heading}{#1}
+                          \headingmarks{odd}{heading}{#1} }
+\def\everyfootingmarks#1 {\headingmarks{even}{footing}{#1}
+                          \headingmarks{odd}{footing}{#1} }
+% #1 = even/odd, #2 = heading/footing, #3 = top/bottom.
+\def\headingmarks#1#2#3 {%
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp \csname get#3headingmarks\endcsname
+  \global\expandafter\let\csname get#1#2marks\endcsname \temp
+}
+
+\everyheadingmarks bottom
+\everyfootingmarks bottom
 
 % @headings double      turns headings on for double-sided printing.
 % @headings single      turns headings on for single-sided printing.
@@ -1895,7 +2976,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 \def\headings #1 {\csname HEADINGS#1\endcsname}
 
-\def\HEADINGSoff{
+\def\HEADINGSoff{%
 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}}
 \HEADINGSoff
@@ -1904,7 +2985,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % chapter name on inside top of right hand pages, document
 % title on inside top of left hand pages, and page numbers on outside top
 % edge of all pages.
-\def\HEADINGSdouble{
+\def\HEADINGSdouble{%
 \global\pageno=1
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
@@ -1916,7 +2997,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 
 % For single-sided printing, chapter title goes across top left of page,
 % page number on top right.
-\def\HEADINGSsingle{
+\def\HEADINGSsingle{%
 \global\pageno=1
 \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
 \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
@@ -1963,12 +3044,11 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % @settitle line...  specifies the title of the document, for headings.
 % It generates no output of its own.
 \def\thistitle{\putwordNoTitle}
-\def\settitle{\parsearg\settitlezzz}
-\def\settitlezzz #1{\gdef\thistitle{#1}}
+\def\settitle{\parsearg{\gdef\thistitle}}
 
 
 \message{tables,}
-% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x), @kitem(x), @xitem(x).
+% Tables -- @table, @ftable, @vtable, @item(x).
 
 % default indentation of table text
 \newdimen\tableindent \tableindent=.8in
@@ -1980,7 +3060,7 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % used internally for \itemindent minus \itemmargin
 \newdimen\itemmax
 
-% Note @table, @vtable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
+% Note @table, @ftable, and @vtable define @item, @itemx, etc., with
 % these defs.
 % They also define \itemindex
 % to index the item name in whatever manner is desired (perhaps none).
@@ -1992,22 +3072,10 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\internalBitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\itemzzz}
 \def\internalBitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\itemzzz}
 
-\def\internalBxitem "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \smallbreak \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-\def\internalBxitemx "#1"{\def\xitemsubtopix{#1} \itemxpar \parsearg\xitemzzz}
-
-\def\internalBkitem{\smallbreak \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-\def\internalBkitemx{\itemxpar \parsearg\kitemzzz}
-
-\def\kitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \lastfunction}}%
-                 \itemzzz {#1}}
-
-\def\xitemzzz #1{\dosubind {kw}{\code{#1}}{for {\bf \xitemsubtopic}}%
-                 \itemzzz {#1}}
-
 \def\itemzzz #1{\begingroup %
   \advance\hsize by -\rightskip
   \advance\hsize by -\tableindent
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemfont{#1}}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\itemindicate{#1}}%
   \itemindex{#1}%
   \nobreak % This prevents a break before @itemx.
   %
@@ -2031,17 +3099,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
     % \parskip glue -- logically it's part of the @item we just started.
     \nobreak \vskip-\parskip
     %
-    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  (Unfortunately
-    % we can't prevent a possible page break at the following
-    % \baselineskip glue.)  However, if what follows is an environment
-    % such as @example, there will be no \parskip glue; then
-    % the negative vskip we just would cause the example and the item to
-    % crash together.  So we use this bizarre value of 10001 as a signal
-    % to \aboveenvbreak to insert \parskip glue after all.
-    % (Possibly there are other commands that could be followed by
-    % @example which need the same treatment, but not section titles; or
-    % maybe section titles are the only special case and they should be
-    % penalty 10001...)
+    % Stop a page break at the \parskip glue coming up.  However, if
+    % what follows is an environment such as @example, there will be no
+    % \parskip glue; then the negative vskip we just inserted would
+    % cause the example and the item to crash together.  So we use this
+    % bizarre value of 10001 as a signal to \aboveenvbreak to insert
+    % \parskip glue after all.  Section titles are handled this way also.
+    % 
     \penalty 10001
     \endgroup
     \itemxneedsnegativevskipfalse
@@ -2061,81 +3125,72 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \fi
 }
 
-\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a table}}
-\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a table}}
-\def\kitem{\errmessage{@kitem while not in a table}}
-\def\kitemx{\errmessage{@kitemx while not in a table}}
-\def\xitem{\errmessage{@xitem while not in a table}}
-\def\xitemx{\errmessage{@xitemx while not in a table}}
-
-% Contains a kludge to get @end[description] to work.
-\def\description{\tablez{\dontindex}{1}{}{}{}{}}
+\def\item{\errmessage{@item while not in a list environment}}
+\def\itemx{\errmessage{@itemx while not in a list environment}}
 
 % @table, @ftable, @vtable.
-\def\table{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\tablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\tablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\dontindex#1        \endtabley}}
-
-\def\ftable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\ftablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\ftablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\fnitemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\Eftable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\vtable{\begingroup\inENV\obeylines\obeyspaces\vtablex}
-{\obeylines\obeyspaces%
-\gdef\vtablex #1^^M{%
-\tabley\vritemindex#1        \endtabley
-\def\Evtable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\Etable=\relax}}
-
-\def\dontindex #1{}
-\def\fnitemindex #1{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}}%
-\def\vritemindex #1{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}}%
-
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\tabley#1#2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7\endtabley{\endgroup%
-\tablez{#1}{#2}{#3}{#4}{#5}{#6}}}
-
-\def\tablez #1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-\aboveenvbreak %
-\begingroup %
-\def\Edescription{\Etable}% Necessary kludge.
-\let\itemindex=#1%
-\ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \leftskip by #3\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#4>0 \tableindent=#4\mil \fi %
-\ifnum 0#5>0 \advance \rightskip by #5\mil \fi %
-\def\itemfont{#2}%
-\itemmax=\tableindent %
-\advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin %
-\advance \leftskip by \tableindent %
-\exdentamount=\tableindent
-\parindent = 0pt
-\parskip = \smallskipamount
-\ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi%
-\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
-\let\item = \internalBitem %
-\let\itemx = \internalBitemx %
-\let\kitem = \internalBkitem %
-\let\kitemx = \internalBkitemx %
-\let\xitem = \internalBxitem %
-\let\xitemx = \internalBxitemx %
+\envdef\table{%
+  \let\itemindex\gobble
+  \tablecheck{table}%
+}
+\envdef\ftable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {fn}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{ftable}%
+}
+\envdef\vtable{%
+  \def\itemindex ##1{\doind {vr}{\code{##1}}}%
+  \tablecheck{vtable}%
 }
+\def\tablecheck#1{%
+  \ifnum \the\catcode`\^^M=\active
+    \endgroup
+    \errmessage{This command won't work in this context; perhaps the problem is
+      that we are \inenvironment\thisenv}%
+    \def\next{\doignore{#1}}%
+  \else
+    \let\next\tablex
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+\def\tablex#1{%
+  \def\itemindicate{#1}%
+  \parsearg\tabley
+}
+\def\tabley#1{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \edef\temp{\noexpand\tablez #1\space\space\space}%
+    \expandafter
+  }\temp \endtablez
+}
+\def\tablez #1 #2 #3 #4\endtablez{%
+  \aboveenvbreak
+  \ifnum 0#1>0 \advance \leftskip by #1\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#2>0 \tableindent=#2\mil \fi
+  \ifnum 0#3>0 \advance \rightskip by #3\mil \fi
+  \itemmax=\tableindent
+  \advance \itemmax by -\itemmargin
+  \advance \leftskip by \tableindent
+  \exdentamount=\tableindent
+  \parindent = 0pt
+  \parskip = \smallskipamount
+  \ifdim \parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
+  \let\item = \internalBitem
+  \let\itemx = \internalBitemx
+}
+\def\Etable{\endgraf\afterenvbreak}
+\let\Eftable\Etable
+\let\Evtable\Etable
+\let\Eitemize\Etable
+\let\Eenumerate\Etable
 
 % This is the counter used by @enumerate, which is really @itemize
 
 \newcount \itemno
 
-\def\itemize{\parsearg\itemizezzz}
+\envdef\itemize{\parsearg\doitemize}
 
-\def\itemizezzz #1{%
-  \begingroup % ended by the @end itemize
-  \itemizey {#1}{\Eitemize}
-}
-
-\def\itemizey#1#2{%
+\def\doitemize#1{%
   \aboveenvbreak
   \itemmax=\itemindent
   \advance\itemmax by -\itemmargin
@@ -2144,13 +3199,33 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \parindent=0pt
   \parskip=\smallskipamount
   \ifdim\parskip=0pt \parskip=2pt \fi
-  \def#2{\endgraf\afterenvbreak\endgroup}%
   \def\itemcontents{#1}%
   % @itemize with no arg is equivalent to @itemize @bullet.
   \ifx\itemcontents\empty\def\itemcontents{\bullet}\fi
   \let\item=\itemizeitem
 }
 
+% Definition of @item while inside @itemize and @enumerate.
+%
+\def\itemizeitem{%
+  \advance\itemno by 1  % for enumerations
+  {\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}% reasonable place to break
+  {%
+   % If the document has an @itemize directly after a section title, a
+   % \nobreak will be last on the list, and \sectionheading will have
+   % done a \vskip-\parskip.  In that case, we don't want to zero
+   % parskip, or the item text will crash with the heading.  On the
+   % other hand, when there is normal text preceding the item (as there
+   % usually is), we do want to zero parskip, or there would be too much
+   % space.  In that case, we won't have a \nobreak before.  At least
+   % that's the theory.
+   \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \parskip=0in \fi
+   \noindent
+   \hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents \kern\itemmargin}%
+   \vadjust{\penalty 1200}}% not good to break after first line of item.
+  \flushcr
+}
+
 % \splitoff TOKENS\endmark defines \first to be the first token in
 % TOKENS, and \rest to be the remainder.
 %
@@ -2160,11 +3235,8 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 % or number, to specify the first label in the enumerated list.  No
 % argument is the same as `1'.
 %
-\def\enumerate{\parsearg\enumeratezzz}
-\def\enumeratezzz #1{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
+\envparseargdef\enumerate{\enumeratey #1  \endenumeratey}
 \def\enumeratey #1 #2\endenumeratey{%
-  \begingroup % ended by the @end enumerate
-  %
   % If we were given no argument, pretend we were given `1'.
   \def\thearg{#1}%
   \ifx\thearg\empty \def\thearg{1}\fi
@@ -2235,13 +3307,13 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   }%
 }
 
-% Call itemizey, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
+% Call \doitemize, adding a period to the first argument and supplying the
 % common last two arguments.  Also subtract one from the initial value in
 % \itemno, since @item increments \itemno.
 %
 \def\startenumeration#1{%
   \advance\itemno by -1
-  \itemizey{#1.}\Eenumerate\flushcr
+  \doitemize{#1.}\flushcr
 }
 
 % @alphaenumerate and @capsenumerate are abbreviations for giving an arg
@@ -2252,16 +3324,6 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\Ealphaenumerate{\Eenumerate}
 \def\Ecapsenumerate{\Eenumerate}
 
-% Definition of @item while inside @itemize.
-
-\def\itemizeitem{%
-\advance\itemno by 1
-{\let\par=\endgraf \smallbreak}%
-\ifhmode \errmessage{In hmode at itemizeitem}\fi
-{\parskip=0in \hskip 0pt
-\hbox to 0pt{\hss \itemcontents\hskip \itemmargin}%
-\vadjust{\penalty 1200}}%
-\flushcr}
 
 % @multitable macros
 % Amy Hendrickson, 8/18/94, 3/6/96
@@ -2288,24 +3350,14 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 %   @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3 template}
 %   @item ...
 %   using the widest term desired in each column.
-%
-% For those who want to use more than one line's worth of words in
-% the preamble, break the line within one argument and it
-% will parse correctly, i.e.,
-%
-%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template} {Column 3
-%      template}
-% Not:
-%     @multitable {Column 1 template} {Column 2 template}
-%      {Column 3 template}
 
 % Each new table line starts with @item, each subsequent new column
 % starts with @tab. Empty columns may be produced by supplying @tab's
 % with nothing between them for as many times as empty columns are needed,
 % ie, @tab@tab@tab will produce two empty columns.
 
-% @item, @tab, @multitable or @end multitable do not need to be on their
-% own lines, but it will not hurt if they are.
+% @item, @tab do not need to be on their own lines, but it will not hurt
+% if they are.
 
 % Sample multitable:
 
@@ -2349,13 +3401,12 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\xcolumnfractions{\columnfractions}
 \newif\ifsetpercent
 
-% #1 is the part of the @columnfraction before the decimal point, which
-% is presumably either 0 or the empty string (but we don't check, we
-% just throw it away).  #2 is the decimal part, which we use as the
-% percent of \hsize for this column.
-\def\pickupwholefraction#1.#2 {%
+% #1 is the @columnfraction, usually a decimal number like .5, but might
+% be just 1.  We just use it, whatever it is.
+%
+\def\pickupwholefraction#1 {%
   \global\advance\colcount by 1
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{.#2\hsize}%
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname{#1\hsize}%
   \setuptable
 }
 
@@ -2388,18 +3439,33 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \go
 }
 
+% multitable-only commands.
+%
+% @headitem starts a heading row, which we typeset in bold.
+% Assignments have to be global since we are inside the implicit group
+% of an alignment entry.  Note that \everycr resets \everytab.
+\def\headitem{\checkenv\multitable \crcr \global\everytab={\bf}\the\everytab}%
+%
+% A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
+% line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just `&' until
+% we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.
+%					--karl, [email protected], 20apr99.
+\def\tab{\checkenv\multitable &\the\everytab}%
+
 % @multitable ... @end multitable definitions:
 %
-\def\multitable{\parsearg\dotable}
-\def\dotable#1{\bgroup
+\newtoks\everytab  % insert after every tab.
+%
+\envdef\multitable{%
   \vskip\parskip
-  \let\item=\crcrwithfootnotes
-  % A \tab used to include \hskip1sp.  But then the space in a template
-  % line is not enough.  That is bad.  So let's go back to just & until
-  % we encounter the problem it was intended to solve again.  --karl,
-  % [email protected], 20apr99.
-  \let\tab=&%
-  \let\startfootins=\startsavedfootnote
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % @item within a multitable starts a normal row.
+  % We use \def instead of \let so that if one of the multitable entries
+  % contains an @itemize, we don't choke on the \item (seen as \crcr aka
+  % \endtemplate) expanding \doitemize.
+  \def\item{\crcr}%
+  %
   \tolerance=9500
   \hbadness=9500
   \setmultitablespacing
@@ -2407,85 +3473,93 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
   \parindent=\multitableparindent
   \overfullrule=0pt
   \global\colcount=0
-  \def\Emultitable{%
-    \global\setpercentfalse
-    \crcrwithfootnotes\crcr
-    \egroup\egroup
+  %
+  \everycr = {%
+    \noalign{%
+      \global\everytab={}%
+      \global\colcount=0 % Reset the column counter.
+      % Check for saved footnotes, etc.
+      \checkinserts
+      % Keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
+      %\filbreak
+	% Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the
+	% table breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the
+	% problem manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
+    }%
   }%
   %
+  \parsearg\domultitable
+}
+\def\domultitable#1{%
   % To parse everything between @multitable and @item:
   \setuptable#1 \endsetuptable
   %
-  % \everycr will reset column counter, \colcount, at the end of
-  % each line. Every column entry will cause \colcount to advance by one.
-  % The table preamble
-  % looks at the current \colcount to find the correct column width.
-  \everycr{\noalign{%
-  %
-  % \filbreak%% keeps underfull box messages off when table breaks over pages.
-  % Maybe so, but it also creates really weird page breaks when the table
-  % breaks over pages. Wouldn't \vfil be better?  Wait until the problem
-  % manifests itself, so it can be fixed for real --karl.
-    \global\colcount=0\relax}}%
-  %
   % This preamble sets up a generic column definition, which will
   % be used as many times as user calls for columns.
   % \vtop will set a single line and will also let text wrap and
   % continue for many paragraphs if desired.
-  \halign\bgroup&\global\advance\colcount by 1\relax
-    \multistrut\vtop{\hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
-  %
-  % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
-  % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
-  % the first one.
-  %
-  % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
-  % to the width of each template entry.
-  %
-  % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
-  % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
-  % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
-  % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
-  %
-  % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
-  \rightskip=0pt
-  \ifnum\colcount=1
-    % The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
-    \advance\hsize by\leftskip
-  \else
-    \ifsetpercent \else
-      % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
-      % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
-      \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
-    \fi
-   % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
-  \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
-  \fi
-  % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
-  % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
-  % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
-  % For example:
-  % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
-  % @item @code{#}
-  % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
-  % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively marking
-  % characters.
-  \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut}\cr
-}
-
-\def\setmultitablespacing{% test to see if user has set \multitablelinespace.
-% If so, do nothing. If not, give it an appropriate dimension based on
-% current baselineskip.
+  \halign\bgroup &%
+    \global\advance\colcount by 1
+    \multistrut
+    \vtop{%
+      % Use the current \colcount to find the correct column width:
+      \hsize=\expandafter\csname col\the\colcount\endcsname
+      %
+      % In order to keep entries from bumping into each other
+      % we will add a \leftskip of \multitablecolspace to all columns after
+      % the first one.
+      %
+      % If a template has been used, we will add \multitablecolspace
+      % to the width of each template entry.
+      %
+      % If the user has set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize we will
+      % use that dimension as the width of the column, and the \leftskip
+      % will keep entries from bumping into each other.  Table will start at
+      % left margin and final column will justify at right margin.
+      %
+      % Make sure we don't inherit \rightskip from the outer environment.
+      \rightskip=0pt
+      \ifnum\colcount=1
+	% The first column will be indented with the surrounding text.
+	\advance\hsize by\leftskip
+      \else
+	\ifsetpercent \else
+	  % If user has not set preamble in terms of percent of \hsize
+	  % we will advance \hsize by \multitablecolspace.
+	  \advance\hsize by \multitablecolspace
+	\fi
+       % In either case we will make \leftskip=\multitablecolspace:
+      \leftskip=\multitablecolspace
+      \fi
+      % Ignoring space at the beginning and end avoids an occasional spurious
+      % blank line, when TeX decides to break the line at the space before the
+      % box from the multistrut, so the strut ends up on a line by itself.
+      % For example:
+      % @multitable @columnfractions .11 .89
+      % @item @code{#}
+      % @tab Legal holiday which is valid in major parts of the whole country.
+      % Is automatically provided with highlighting sequences respectively
+      % marking characters.
+      \noindent\ignorespaces##\unskip\multistrut
+    }\cr
+}
+\def\Emultitable{%
+  \crcr
+  \egroup % end the \halign
+  \global\setpercentfalse
+}
+
+\def\setmultitablespacing{%
+  \def\multistrut{\strut}% just use the standard line spacing
+  %
+  % Compute \multitablelinespace (if not defined by user) for use in
+  % \multitableparskip calculation.  We used define \multistrut based on
+  % this, but (ironically) that caused the spacing to be off.
+  % See bug-texinfo report from Werner Lemberg, 31 Oct 2004 12:52:20 +0100.
 \ifdim\multitablelinespace=0pt
 \setbox0=\vbox{X}\global\multitablelinespace=\the\baselineskip
 \global\advance\multitablelinespace by-\ht0
-%% strut to put in table in case some entry doesn't have descenders,
-%% to keep lines equally spaced
-\let\multistrut = \strut
-\else
-%% FIXME: what is \box0 supposed to be?
-\gdef\multistrut{\vrule height\multitablelinespace depth\dp0
-width0pt\relax} \fi
+\fi
 %% Test to see if parskip is larger than space between lines of
 %% table. If not, do nothing.
 %%        If so, set to same dimension as multitablelinespace.
@@ -2500,163 +3574,33 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
                                       %% than skip between lines in the table.
 \fi}
 
-% In case a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
-% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is
-% finished.  Otherwise, the insertion is lost, it never migrates to the
-% main vertical list.  --kasal, 22jan03.
-%
-\newbox\savedfootnotes
-%
-% \dotable \let's \startfootins to this, so that \dofootnote will call
-% it instead of starting the insertion right away.
-\def\startsavedfootnote{%
-  \global\setbox\savedfootnotes = \vbox\bgroup
-    \unvbox\savedfootnotes
-}
-\def\crcrwithfootnotes{%
-  \crcr
-  \ifvoid\savedfootnotes \else
-    \noalign{\insert\footins{\box\savedfootnotes}}%
-  \fi
-}
 
 \message{conditionals,}
-% Prevent errors for section commands.
-% Used in @ignore and in failing conditionals.
-\def\ignoresections{%
-  \let\chapter=\relax
-  \let\unnumbered=\relax
-  \let\top=\relax
-  \let\unnumberedsec=\relax
-  \let\unnumberedsection=\relax
-  \let\unnumberedsubsec=\relax
-  \let\unnumberedsubsection=\relax
-  \let\unnumberedsubsubsec=\relax
-  \let\unnumberedsubsubsection=\relax
-  \let\section=\relax
-  \let\subsec=\relax
-  \let\subsubsec=\relax
-  \let\subsection=\relax
-  \let\subsubsection=\relax
-  \let\appendix=\relax
-  \let\appendixsec=\relax
-  \let\appendixsection=\relax
-  \let\appendixsubsec=\relax
-  \let\appendixsubsection=\relax
-  \let\appendixsubsubsec=\relax
-  \let\appendixsubsubsection=\relax
-  \let\contents=\relax
-  \let\smallbook=\relax
-  \let\titlepage=\relax
-}
-
-% Used in nested conditionals, where we have to parse the Texinfo source
-% and so want to turn off most commands, in case they are used
-% incorrectly.
-%
-% We use \empty instead of \relax for the @def... commands, so that \end
-% doesn't throw an error.  For instance:
-% @ignore
-% @deffn ...
-% @end deffn
-% @end ignore
-%
-% The @end deffn is going to get expanded, because we're trying to allow
-% nested conditionals.  But we don't want to expand the actual @deffn,
-% since it might be syntactically correct and intended to be ignored.
-% Since \end checks for \relax, using \empty does not cause an error.
-%
-\def\ignoremorecommands{%
-  \let\defcodeindex = \relax
-  \let\defcv = \empty
-  \let\defcvx = \empty
-  \let\Edefcv = \empty
-  \let\deffn = \empty
-  \let\deffnx = \empty
-  \let\Edeffn = \empty
-  \let\defindex = \relax
-  \let\defivar = \empty
-  \let\defivarx = \empty
-  \let\Edefivar = \empty
-  \let\defmac = \empty
-  \let\defmacx = \empty
-  \let\Edefmac = \empty
-  \let\defmethod = \empty
-  \let\defmethodx = \empty
-  \let\Edefmethod = \empty
-  \let\defop = \empty
-  \let\defopx = \empty
-  \let\Edefop = \empty
-  \let\defopt = \empty
-  \let\defoptx = \empty
-  \let\Edefopt = \empty
-  \let\defspec = \empty
-  \let\defspecx = \empty
-  \let\Edefspec = \empty
-  \let\deftp = \empty
-  \let\deftpx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftp = \empty
-  \let\deftypefn = \empty
-  \let\deftypefnx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypefn = \empty
-  \let\deftypefun = \empty
-  \let\deftypefunx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypefun = \empty
-  \let\deftypeivar = \empty
-  \let\deftypeivarx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypeivar = \empty
-  \let\deftypemethod = \empty
-  \let\deftypemethodx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypemethod = \empty
-  \let\deftypeop = \empty
-  \let\deftypeopx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypeop = \empty
-  \let\deftypevar = \empty
-  \let\deftypevarx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypevar = \empty
-  \let\deftypevr = \empty
-  \let\deftypevrx = \empty
-  \let\Edeftypevr = \empty
-  \let\defun = \empty
-  \let\defunx = \empty
-  \let\Edefun = \empty
-  \let\defvar = \empty
-  \let\defvarx = \empty
-  \let\Edefvar = \empty
-  \let\defvr = \empty
-  \let\defvrx = \empty
-  \let\Edefvr = \empty
-  \let\clear = \relax
-  \let\down = \relax
-  \let\evenfooting = \relax
-  \let\evenheading = \relax
-  \let\everyfooting = \relax
-  \let\everyheading = \relax
-  \let\headings = \relax
-  \let\include = \relax
-  \let\item = \relax
-  \let\lowersections = \relax
-  \let\oddfooting = \relax
-  \let\oddheading = \relax
-  \let\printindex = \relax
-  \let\pxref = \relax
-  \let\raisesections = \relax
-  \let\ref = \relax
-  \let\set = \relax
-  \let\setchapternewpage = \relax
-  \let\setchapterstyle = \relax
-  \let\settitle = \relax
-  \let\up = \relax
-  \let\verbatiminclude = \relax
-  \let\xref = \relax
+
+% @iftex, @ifnotdocbook, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext,
+% @ifnotxml always succeed.  They currently do nothing; we don't
+% attempt to check whether the conditionals are properly nested.  But we
+% have to remember that they are conditionals, so that @end doesn't
+% attempt to close an environment group.
+%
+\def\makecond#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname #1\endcsname = \relax
+  \expandafter\let\csname iscond.#1\endcsname = 1
 }
+\makecond{iftex}
+\makecond{ifnotdocbook}
+\makecond{ifnothtml}
+\makecond{ifnotinfo}
+\makecond{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifnotxml}
 
 % Ignore @ignore, @ifhtml, @ifinfo, and the like.
 %
 \def\direntry{\doignore{direntry}}
-\def\documentdescriptionword{documentdescription}
 \def\documentdescription{\doignore{documentdescription}}
+\def\docbook{\doignore{docbook}}
 \def\html{\doignore{html}}
+\def\ifdocbook{\doignore{ifdocbook}}
 \def\ifhtml{\doignore{ifhtml}}
 \def\ifinfo{\doignore{ifinfo}}
 \def\ifnottex{\doignore{ifnottex}}
@@ -2666,198 +3610,139 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\menu{\doignore{menu}}
 \def\xml{\doignore{xml}}
 
-% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
-% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
-\let\dircategory = \comment
-
-% Ignore text until a line `@end #1'.
+% Ignore text until a line `@end #1', keeping track of nested conditionals.
 %
+% A count to remember the depth of nesting.
+\newcount\doignorecount
+
 \def\doignore#1{\begingroup
-  % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
-  \ignoresections
-  %
-  % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end #1'.
-  % This @ is a catcode 12 token (that is the normal catcode of @ in
-  % this texinfo.tex file).  We change the catcode of @ below to match.
-  \long\def\doignoretext##1@end #1{\enddoignore}%
+  % Scan in ``verbatim'' mode:
+  \obeylines
+  \catcode`\@ = \other
+  \catcode`\{ = \other
+  \catcode`\} = \other
   %
   % Make sure that spaces turn into tokens that match what \doignoretext wants.
-  \catcode\spaceChar = 10
-  %
-  % Ignore braces, too, so mismatched braces don't cause trouble.
-  \catcode`\{ = 9
-  \catcode`\} = 9
+  \spaceisspace
   %
-  % We must not have @c interpreted as a control sequence.
-  \catcode`\@ = 12
+  % Count number of #1's that we've seen.
+  \doignorecount = 0
   %
-  \def\ignoreword{#1}%
-  \ifx\ignoreword\documentdescriptionword
-    % The c kludge breaks documentdescription, since
-    % `documentdescription' contains a `c'.  Means not everything will
-    % be ignored inside @documentdescription, but oh well...
-  \else
-    % Make the letter c a comment character so that the rest of the line
-    % will be ignored. This way, the document can have (for example)
-    %   @c @end ifinfo
-    % and the @end ifinfo will be properly ignored.
-    % (We've just changed @ to catcode 12.)
-    \catcode`\c = 14
-  \fi
-  %
-  % And now expand the command defined above.
-  \doignoretext
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off ignored text.
-%
-\def\enddoignore{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
-
-\newif\ifwarnedobs\warnedobsfalse
-\def\obstexwarn{%
-  \ifwarnedobs\relax\else
-  % We need to warn folks that they may have trouble with TeX 3.0.
-  % This uses \immediate\write16 rather than \message to get newlines.
-    \immediate\write16{}
-    \immediate\write16{WARNING: for users of Unix TeX 3.0!}
-    \immediate\write16{This manual trips a bug in TeX version 3.0 (tex hangs).}
-    \immediate\write16{If you are running another version of TeX, relax.}
-    \immediate\write16{If you are running Unix TeX 3.0, kill this TeX process.}
-    \immediate\write16{  Then upgrade your TeX installation if you can.}
-    \immediate\write16{  (See ftp://ftp.gnu.org/non-gnu/TeX.README.)}
-    \immediate\write16{If you are stuck with version 3.0, run the}
-    \immediate\write16{  script ``tex3patch'' from the Texinfo distribution}
-    \immediate\write16{  to use a workaround.}
-    \immediate\write16{}
-    \global\warnedobstrue
-    \fi
+  % Swallow text until we reach the matching `@end #1'.
+  \dodoignore{#1}%
 }
 
-% **In TeX 3.0, setting text in \nullfont hangs tex.  For a
-% workaround (which requires the file ``dummy.tfm'' to be installed),
-% uncomment the following line:
-%%%%%\font\nullfont=dummy\let\obstexwarn=\relax
-
-% Ignore text, except that we keep track of conditional commands for
-% purposes of nesting, up to an `@end #1' command.
-%
-\def\nestedignore#1{%
-  \obstexwarn
-  % We must actually expand the ignored text to look for the @end
-  % command, so that nested ignore constructs work.  Thus, we put the
-  % text into a \vbox and then do nothing with the result.  To minimize
-  % the chance of memory overflow, we follow the approach outlined on
-  % page 401 of the TeXbook.
+{ \catcode`_=11 % We want to use \_STOP_ which cannot appear in texinfo source.
+  \obeylines %
   %
-  \setbox0 = \vbox\bgroup
-    % Don't complain about control sequences we have declared \outer.
-    \ignoresections
-    %
-    % Define `@end #1' to end the box, which will in turn undefine the
-    % @end command again.
-    \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\egroup\ignorespaces}%
-    %
-    % We are going to be parsing Texinfo commands.  Most cause no
-    % trouble when they are used incorrectly, but some commands do
-    % complicated argument parsing or otherwise get confused, so we
-    % undefine them.
-    %
-    % We can't do anything about stray @-signs, unfortunately;
-    % they'll produce `undefined control sequence' errors.
-    \ignoremorecommands
-    %
-    % Set the current font to be \nullfont, a TeX primitive, and define
-    % all the font commands to also use \nullfont.  We don't use
-    % dummy.tfm, as suggested in the TeXbook, because some sites
-    % might not have that installed.  Therefore, math mode will still
-    % produce output, but that should be an extremely small amount of
-    % stuff compared to the main input.
-    %
-    \nullfont
-    \let\tenrm=\nullfont \let\tenit=\nullfont \let\tensl=\nullfont
-    \let\tenbf=\nullfont \let\tentt=\nullfont \let\smallcaps=\nullfont
-    \let\tensf=\nullfont
-    % Similarly for index fonts.
-    \let\smallrm=\nullfont \let\smallit=\nullfont \let\smallsl=\nullfont
-    \let\smallbf=\nullfont \let\smalltt=\nullfont \let\smallsc=\nullfont
-    \let\smallsf=\nullfont
-    % Similarly for smallexample fonts.
-    \let\smallerrm=\nullfont \let\smallerit=\nullfont \let\smallersl=\nullfont
-    \let\smallerbf=\nullfont \let\smallertt=\nullfont \let\smallersc=\nullfont
-    \let\smallersf=\nullfont
+  \gdef\dodoignore#1{%
+    % #1 contains the command name as a string, e.g., `ifinfo'.
     %
-    % Don't complain when characters are missing from the fonts.
-    \tracinglostchars = 0
+    % Define a command to find the next `@end #1'.
+    \long\def\doignoretext##1^^M@end #1{%
+      \doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1\_STOP_}%
     %
-    % Don't bother to do space factor calculations.
-    \frenchspacing
+    % And this command to find another #1 command, at the beginning of a
+    % line.  (Otherwise, we would consider a line `@c @ifset', for
+    % example, to count as an @ifset for nesting.)
+    \long\def\doignoretextyyy##1^^M@#1##2\_STOP_{\doignoreyyy{##2}\_STOP_}%
     %
-    % Don't report underfull hboxes.
-    \hbadness = 10000
-    %
-    % Do minimal line-breaking.
-    \pretolerance = 10000
-    %
-    % Do not execute instructions in @tex.
-    \def\tex{\doignore{tex}}%
-    % Do not execute macro definitions.
-    % `c' is a comment character, so the word `macro' will get cut off.
-    \def\macro{\doignore{ma}}%
+    % And now expand that command.
+    \doignoretext ^^M%
+  }%
+}
+
+\def\doignoreyyy#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty			% Nothing found.
+    \let\next\doignoretextzzz
+  \else					% Found a nested condition, ...
+    \advance\doignorecount by 1
+    \let\next\doignoretextyyy		% ..., look for another.
+    % If we're here, #1 ends with ^^M\ifinfo (for example).
+  \fi
+  \next #1% the token \_STOP_ is present just after this macro.
+}
+
+% We have to swallow the remaining "\_STOP_".
+%
+\def\doignoretextzzz#1{%
+  \ifnum\doignorecount = 0	% We have just found the outermost @end.
+    \let\next\enddoignore
+  \else				% Still inside a nested condition.
+    \advance\doignorecount by -1
+    \let\next\doignoretext      % Look for the next @end.
+  \fi
+  \next
+}
+
+% Finish off ignored text.
+{ \obeylines%
+  % Ignore anything after the last `@end #1'; this matters in verbatim
+  % environments, where otherwise the newline after an ignored conditional
+  % would result in a blank line in the output.
+  \gdef\enddoignore#1^^M{\endgroup\ignorespaces}%
 }
 
+
 % @set VAR sets the variable VAR to an empty value.
 % @set VAR REST-OF-LINE sets VAR to the value REST-OF-LINE.
 %
 % Since we want to separate VAR from REST-OF-LINE (which might be
 % empty), we can't just use \parsearg; we have to insert a space of our
 % own to delimit the rest of the line, and then take it out again if we
-% didn't need it.  Make sure the catcode of space is correct to avoid
-% losing inside @example, for instance.
+% didn't need it.
+% We rely on the fact that \parsearg sets \catcode`\ =10.
 %
-\def\set{\begingroup\catcode` =10
-  \catcode`\-=12 \catcode`\_=12 % Allow - and _ in VAR.
-  \parsearg\setxxx}
-\def\setxxx#1{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
+\parseargdef\set{\setyyy#1 \endsetyyy}
 \def\setyyy#1 #2\endsetyyy{%
-  \def\temp{#2}%
-  \ifx\temp\empty \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname = \empty
-  \else \setzzz{#1}#2\endsetzzz % Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
-  \fi
-  \endgroup
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \def\temp{#2}%
+    \edef\next{\gdef\makecsname{SET#1}}%
+    \ifx\temp\empty
+      \next{}%
+    \else
+      \setzzz#2\endsetzzz
+    \fi
+  }%
 }
-% Can't use \xdef to pre-expand #2 and save some time, since \temp or
-% \next or other control sequences that we've defined might get us into
-% an infinite loop. Consider `@set foo @cite{bar}'.
-\def\setzzz#1#2 \endsetzzz{\expandafter\gdef\csname SET#1\endcsname{#2}}
+% Remove the trailing space \setxxx inserted.
+\def\setzzz#1 \endsetzzz{\next{#1}}
 
 % @clear VAR clears (i.e., unsets) the variable VAR.
 %
-\def\clear{\parsearg\clearxxx}
-\def\clearxxx#1{\global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax}
+\parseargdef\clear{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \global\expandafter\let\csname SET#1\endcsname=\relax
+  }%
+}
 
 % @value{foo} gets the text saved in variable foo.
+\def\value{\begingroup\makevalueexpandable\valuexxx}
+\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
 {
-  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \catcode`\- = \active \catcode`\_ = \active
   %
-  % We might end up with active _ or - characters in the argument if
-  % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}.  So \let any
-  % such active characters to their normal equivalents.
-  \gdef\value{\begingroup
+  \gdef\makevalueexpandable{%
+    \let\value = \expandablevalue
+    % We don't want these characters active, ...
     \catcode`\-=\other \catcode`\_=\other
-    \indexbreaks \let_\normalunderscore
-    \valuexxx}
+    % ..., but we might end up with active ones in the argument if
+    % we're called from @code, as @code{@value{foo-bar_}}, though.
+    % So \let them to their normal equivalents.
+    \let-\realdash \let_\normalunderscore
+  }
 }
-\def\valuexxx#1{\expandablevalue{#1}\endgroup}
 
 % We have this subroutine so that we can handle at least some @value's
-% properly in indexes (we \let\value to this in \indexdummies).  Ones
-% whose names contain - or _ still won't work, but we can't do anything
-% about that.  The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable
-% is set), since the result winds up in the index file.  This means that
-% if the variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost
-% certain it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with
-% sufficient work to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of
-% complete).
+% properly in indexes (we call \makevalueexpandable in \indexdummies).
+% The command has to be fully expandable (if the variable is set), since
+% the result winds up in the index file.  This means that if the
+% variable's value contains other Texinfo commands, it's almost certain
+% it will fail (although perhaps we could fix that with sufficient work
+% to do a one-level expansion on the result, instead of complete).
 %
 \def\expandablevalue#1{%
   \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
@@ -2871,55 +3756,36 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % @ifset VAR ... @end ifset reads the `...' iff VAR has been defined
 % with @set.
 %
-\def\ifset{\parsearg\doifset}
-\def\doifset#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    \let\next=\ifsetfail
-  \else
-    \let\next=\ifsetsucceed
-  \fi
-  \next
+% To get special treatment of `@end ifset,' call \makeond and the redefine.
+%
+\makecond{ifset}
+\def\ifset{\parsearg{\doifset{\let\next=\ifsetfail}}}
+\def\doifset#1#2{%
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \let\next=\empty
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#2\endcsname\relax
+      #1% If not set, redefine \next.
+    \fi
+    \expandafter
+  }\next
 }
-\def\ifsetsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifset}}
-\def\ifsetfail{\nestedignore{ifset}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifset}
+\def\ifsetfail{\doignore{ifset}}
 
 % @ifclear VAR ... @end ifclear reads the `...' iff VAR has never been
 % defined with @set, or has been undefined with @clear.
 %
-\def\ifclear{\parsearg\doifclear}
-\def\doifclear#1{%
-  \expandafter\ifx\csname SET#1\endcsname\relax
-    \let\next=\ifclearsucceed
-  \else
-    \let\next=\ifclearfail
-  \fi
-  \next
-}
-\def\ifclearsucceed{\conditionalsucceed{ifclear}}
-\def\ifclearfail{\nestedignore{ifclear}}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifclear}
-
-% @iftex, @ifnothtml, @ifnotinfo, @ifnotplaintext always succeed; we
-% read the text following, through the first @end iftex (etc.).  Make
-% `@end iftex' (etc.) valid only after an @iftex.
+% The `\else' inside the `\doifset' parameter is a trick to reuse the
+% above code: if the variable is not set, do nothing, if it is set,
+% then redefine \next to \ifclearfail.
 %
-\def\iftex{\conditionalsucceed{iftex}}
-\def\ifnothtml{\conditionalsucceed{ifnothtml}}
-\def\ifnotinfo{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotinfo}}
-\def\ifnotplaintext{\conditionalsucceed{ifnotplaintext}}
-\defineunmatchedend{iftex}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnothtml}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotinfo}
-\defineunmatchedend{ifnotplaintext}
+\makecond{ifclear}
+\def\ifclear{\parsearg{\doifset{\else \let\next=\ifclearfail}}}
+\def\ifclearfail{\doignore{ifclear}}
 
-% True conditional.  Since \set globally defines its variables, we can
-% just start and end a group (to keep the @end definition undefined at
-% the outer level).
-%
-\def\conditionalsucceed#1{\begingroup
-  \expandafter\def\csname E#1\endcsname{\endgroup}%
-}
+% @dircategory CATEGORY  -- specify a category of the dir file
+% which this file should belong to.  Ignore this in TeX.
+\let\dircategory=\comment
 
 % @defininfoenclose.
 \let\definfoenclose=\comment
@@ -2929,9 +3795,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % Index generation facilities
 
 % Define \newwrite to be identical to plain tex's \newwrite
-% except not \outer, so it can be used within \newindex.
-{\catcode`\@=11
-\gdef\newwrite{\alloc@7\write\chardef\sixt@@n}}
+% except not \outer, so it can be used within macros and \if's.
+\edef\newwrite{\makecsname{ptexnewwrite}}
 
 % \newindex {foo} defines an index named foo.
 % It automatically defines \fooindex such that
@@ -3017,41 +3882,50 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % we have to laboriously prevent expansion for those that we don't.
 %
 \def\indexdummies{%
+  \escapechar = `\\     % use backslash in output files.
   \def\@{@}% change to @@ when we switch to @ as escape char in index files.
   \def\ {\realbackslash\space }%
+  %
   % Need these in case \tex is in effect and \{ is a \delimiter again.
   % But can't use \lbracecmd and \rbracecmd because texindex assumes
   % braces and backslashes are used only as delimiters.
   \let\{ = \mylbrace
   \let\} = \myrbrace
   %
-  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \realbackslash #1\space, thus
-  % effectively preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control
-  % words, not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect
-  % for control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
-  % from whatever follows.
-  %
-  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
-  % space.
-  %
-  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
-  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
-  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
-  %
-  \def\definedummyword##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1\space}%
-  }%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{\realbackslash ##1}%
-  }%
+  % I don't entirely understand this, but when an index entry is
+  % generated from a macro call, the \endinput which \scanmacro inserts
+  % causes processing to be prematurely terminated.  This is,
+  % apparently, because \indexsorttmp is fully expanded, and \endinput
+  % is an expandable command.  The redefinition below makes \endinput
+  % disappear altogether for that purpose -- although logging shows that
+  % processing continues to some further point.  On the other hand, it
+  % seems \endinput does not hurt in the printed index arg, since that
+  % is still getting written without apparent harm.
+  % 
+  % Sample source (mac-idx3.tex, reported by Graham Percival to
+  % help-texinfo, 22may06):
+  % @macro funindex {WORD}
+  % @findex xyz
+  % @end macro
+  % ...
+  % @funindex commtest
+  % 
+  % The above is not enough to reproduce the bug, but it gives the flavor.
+  % 
+  % Sample whatsit resulting:
+  % .@write3{\entry{xyz}{@folio }{@code {xyz@endinput }}}
+  % 
+  % So:
+  \let\endinput = \empty
   %
   % Do the redefinitions.
   \commondummies
 }
 
-% For the aux file, @ is the escape character.  So we want to redefine
-% everything using @ instead of \realbackslash.  When everything uses
-% @, this will be simpler.
+% For the aux and toc files, @ is the escape character.  So we want to
+% redefine everything using @ as the escape character (instead of
+% \realbackslash, still used for index files).  When everything uses @,
+% this will be simpler.
 %
 \def\atdummies{%
   \def\@{@@}%
@@ -3059,160 +3933,190 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \let\{ = \lbraceatcmd
   \let\} = \rbraceatcmd
   %
-  % (See comments in \indexdummies.)
-  \def\definedummyword##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1\space}%
-  }%
-  \def\definedummyletter##1{%
-    \expandafter\def\csname ##1\endcsname{@##1}%
-  }%
-  %
   % Do the redefinitions.
   \commondummies
+  \otherbackslash
 }
 
-% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.  \definedummyword and
-% \definedummyletter must be defined first.
+% Called from \indexdummies and \atdummies.
 %
 \def\commondummies{%
   %
-  \normalturnoffactive
+  % \definedummyword defines \#1 as \string\#1\space, thus effectively
+  % preventing its expansion.  This is used only for control% words,
+  % not control letters, because the \space would be incorrect for
+  % control characters, but is needed to separate the control word
+  % from whatever follows.
   %
-  % Control letters and accents.
-  \definedummyletter{_}%
-  \definedummyletter{,}%
-  \definedummyletter{"}%
-  \definedummyletter{`}%
-  \definedummyletter{'}%
-  \definedummyletter{^}%
-  \definedummyletter{~}%
-  \definedummyletter{=}%
-  \definedummyword{u}%
-  \definedummyword{v}%
-  \definedummyword{H}%
-  \definedummyword{dotaccent}%
-  \definedummyword{ringaccent}%
-  \definedummyword{tieaccent}%
-  \definedummyword{ubaraccent}%
-  \definedummyword{udotaccent}%
-  \definedummyword{dotless}%
-  %
-  % Other non-English letters.
-  \definedummyword{AA}%
-  \definedummyword{AE}%
-  \definedummyword{L}%
-  \definedummyword{OE}%
-  \definedummyword{O}%
-  \definedummyword{aa}%
-  \definedummyword{ae}%
-  \definedummyword{l}%
-  \definedummyword{oe}%
-  \definedummyword{o}%
-  \definedummyword{ss}%
+  % For control letters, we have \definedummyletter, which omits the
+  % space.
   %
-  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
-  \definedummyword{bf}%
-  \definedummyword{gtr}%
-  \definedummyword{hat}%
-  \definedummyword{less}%
-  \definedummyword{sf}%
-  \definedummyword{sl}%
-  \definedummyword{tclose}%
-  \definedummyword{tt}%
+  % These can be used both for control words that take an argument and
+  % those that do not.  If it is followed by {arg} in the input, then
+  % that will dutifully get written to the index (or wherever).
   %
-  % Texinfo font commands.
-  \definedummyword{b}%
-  \definedummyword{i}%
-  \definedummyword{r}%
-  \definedummyword{sc}%
-  \definedummyword{t}%
-  %
-  \definedummyword{TeX}%
-  \definedummyword{acronym}%
-  \definedummyword{cite}%
-  \definedummyword{code}%
-  \definedummyword{command}%
-  \definedummyword{dfn}%
-  \definedummyword{dots}%
-  \definedummyword{emph}%
-  \definedummyword{env}%
-  \definedummyword{file}%
-  \definedummyword{kbd}%
-  \definedummyword{key}%
-  \definedummyword{math}%
-  \definedummyword{option}%
-  \definedummyword{samp}%
-  \definedummyword{strong}%
-  \definedummyword{uref}%
-  \definedummyword{url}%
-  \definedummyword{var}%
-  \definedummyword{w}%
+  \def\definedummyword  ##1{\def##1{\string##1\space}}%
+  \def\definedummyletter##1{\def##1{\string##1}}%
+  \let\definedummyaccent\definedummyletter
+  %
+  \commondummiesnofonts
+  %
+  \definedummyletter\_%
+  %
+  % Non-English letters.
+  \definedummyword\AA
+  \definedummyword\AE
+  \definedummyword\L
+  \definedummyword\OE
+  \definedummyword\O
+  \definedummyword\aa
+  \definedummyword\ae
+  \definedummyword\l
+  \definedummyword\oe
+  \definedummyword\o
+  \definedummyword\ss
+  \definedummyword\exclamdown
+  \definedummyword\questiondown
+  \definedummyword\ordf
+  \definedummyword\ordm
+  %
+  % Although these internal commands shouldn't show up, sometimes they do.
+  \definedummyword\bf
+  \definedummyword\gtr
+  \definedummyword\hat
+  \definedummyword\less
+  \definedummyword\sf
+  \definedummyword\sl
+  \definedummyword\tclose
+  \definedummyword\tt
+  %
+  \definedummyword\LaTeX
+  \definedummyword\TeX
   %
   % Assorted special characters.
-  \definedummyword{bullet}%
-  \definedummyword{copyright}%
-  \definedummyword{dots}%
-  \definedummyword{enddots}%
-  \definedummyword{equiv}%
-  \definedummyword{error}%
-  \definedummyword{expansion}%
-  \definedummyword{minus}%
-  \definedummyword{pounds}%
-  \definedummyword{point}%
-  \definedummyword{print}%
-  \definedummyword{result}%
-  %
-  % Handle some cases of @value -- where the variable name does not
-  % contain - or _, and the value does not contain any
-  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
-  \let\value = \expandablevalue
+  \definedummyword\bullet
+  \definedummyword\comma
+  \definedummyword\copyright
+  \definedummyword\registeredsymbol
+  \definedummyword\dots
+  \definedummyword\enddots
+  \definedummyword\equiv
+  \definedummyword\error
+  \definedummyword\euro
+  \definedummyword\guillemetleft
+  \definedummyword\guillemetright
+  \definedummyword\guilsinglleft
+  \definedummyword\guilsinglright
+  \definedummyword\expansion
+  \definedummyword\minus
+  \definedummyword\pounds
+  \definedummyword\point
+  \definedummyword\print
+  \definedummyword\quotedblbase
+  \definedummyword\quotedblleft
+  \definedummyword\quotedblright
+  \definedummyword\quoteleft
+  \definedummyword\quoteright
+  \definedummyword\quotesinglbase
+  \definedummyword\result
+  \definedummyword\textdegree
+  %
+  % We want to disable all macros so that they are not expanded by \write.
+  \macrolist
   %
-  % Normal spaces, not active ones.
-  \unsepspaces
+  \normalturnoffactive
   %
-  % No macro expansion.
-  \turnoffmacros
+  % Handle some cases of @value -- where it does not contain any
+  % (non-fully-expandable) commands.
+  \makevalueexpandable
 }
 
-% If an index command is used in an @example environment, any spaces
-% therein should become regular spaces in the raw index file, not the
-% expansion of \tie (\leavevmode \penalty \@M \ ).
-{\obeyspaces
- \gdef\unsepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\space}}
-
+% \commondummiesnofonts: common to \commondummies and \indexnofonts.
+%
+\def\commondummiesnofonts{%
+  % Control letters and accents.
+  \definedummyletter\!%
+  \definedummyaccent\"%
+  \definedummyaccent\'%
+  \definedummyletter\*%
+  \definedummyaccent\,%
+  \definedummyletter\.%
+  \definedummyletter\/%
+  \definedummyletter\:%
+  \definedummyaccent\=%
+  \definedummyletter\?%
+  \definedummyaccent\^%
+  \definedummyaccent\`%
+  \definedummyaccent\~%
+  \definedummyword\u
+  \definedummyword\v
+  \definedummyword\H
+  \definedummyword\dotaccent
+  \definedummyword\ringaccent
+  \definedummyword\tieaccent
+  \definedummyword\ubaraccent
+  \definedummyword\udotaccent
+  \definedummyword\dotless
+  %
+  % Texinfo font commands.
+  \definedummyword\b
+  \definedummyword\i
+  \definedummyword\r
+  \definedummyword\sc
+  \definedummyword\t
+  %
+  % Commands that take arguments.
+  \definedummyword\acronym
+  \definedummyword\cite
+  \definedummyword\code
+  \definedummyword\command
+  \definedummyword\dfn
+  \definedummyword\emph
+  \definedummyword\env
+  \definedummyword\file
+  \definedummyword\kbd
+  \definedummyword\key
+  \definedummyword\math
+  \definedummyword\option
+  \definedummyword\pxref
+  \definedummyword\ref
+  \definedummyword\samp
+  \definedummyword\strong
+  \definedummyword\tie
+  \definedummyword\uref
+  \definedummyword\url
+  \definedummyword\var
+  \definedummyword\verb
+  \definedummyword\w
+  \definedummyword\xref
+}
 
 % \indexnofonts is used when outputting the strings to sort the index
 % by, and when constructing control sequence names.  It eliminates all
 % control sequences and just writes whatever the best ASCII sort string
 % would be for a given command (usually its argument).
 %
-\def\indexdummytex{TeX}
-\def\indexdummydots{...}
-%
 \def\indexnofonts{%
+  % Accent commands should become @asis.
+  \def\definedummyaccent##1{\let##1\asis}%
+  % We can just ignore other control letters.
+  \def\definedummyletter##1{\let##1\empty}%
+  % Hopefully, all control words can become @asis.
+  \let\definedummyword\definedummyaccent
+  %
+  \commondummiesnofonts
+  %
+  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
+  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
+  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
+  %\let\tt=\asis
+  %
   \def\ { }%
   \def\@{@}%
   % how to handle braces?
   \def\_{\normalunderscore}%
   %
-  \let\,=\asis
-  \let\"=\asis
-  \let\`=\asis
-  \let\'=\asis
-  \let\^=\asis
-  \let\~=\asis
-  \let\==\asis
-  \let\u=\asis
-  \let\v=\asis
-  \let\H=\asis
-  \let\dotaccent=\asis
-  \let\ringaccent=\asis
-  \let\tieaccent=\asis
-  \let\ubaraccent=\asis
-  \let\udotaccent=\asis
-  \let\dotless=\asis
-  %
-  % Other non-English letters.
+  % Non-English letters.
   \def\AA{AA}%
   \def\AE{AE}%
   \def\L{L}%
@@ -3226,130 +4130,192 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \def\ss{ss}%
   \def\exclamdown{!}%
   \def\questiondown{?}%
+  \def\ordf{a}%
+  \def\ordm{o}%
   %
-  % Don't no-op \tt, since it isn't a user-level command
-  % and is used in the definitions of the active chars like <, >, |, etc.
-  % Likewise with the other plain tex font commands.
-  %\let\tt=\asis
+  \def\LaTeX{LaTeX}%
+  \def\TeX{TeX}%
   %
-  % Texinfo font commands.
-  \let\b=\asis
-  \let\i=\asis
-  \let\r=\asis
-  \let\sc=\asis
-  \let\t=\asis
-  %
-  \let\TeX=\indexdummytex
-  \let\acronym=\asis
-  \let\cite=\asis
-  \let\code=\asis
-  \let\command=\asis
-  \let\dfn=\asis
-  \let\dots=\indexdummydots
-  \let\emph=\asis
-  \let\env=\asis
-  \let\file=\asis
-  \let\kbd=\asis
-  \let\key=\asis
-  \let\math=\asis
-  \let\option=\asis
-  \let\samp=\asis
-  \let\strong=\asis
-  \let\uref=\asis
-  \let\url=\asis
-  \let\var=\asis
-  \let\w=\asis
+  % Assorted special characters.
+  % (The following {} will end up in the sort string, but that's ok.)
+  \def\bullet{bullet}%
+  \def\comma{,}%
+  \def\copyright{copyright}%
+  \def\registeredsymbol{R}%
+  \def\dots{...}%
+  \def\enddots{...}%
+  \def\equiv{==}%
+  \def\error{error}%
+  \def\euro{euro}%
+  \def\guillemetleft{<<}%
+  \def\guillemetright{>>}%
+  \def\guilsinglleft{<}%
+  \def\guilsinglright{>}%
+  \def\expansion{==>}%
+  \def\minus{-}%
+  \def\pounds{pounds}%
+  \def\point{.}%
+  \def\print{-|}%
+  \def\quotedblbase{"}%
+  \def\quotedblleft{"}%
+  \def\quotedblright{"}%
+  \def\quoteleft{`}%
+  \def\quoteright{'}%
+  \def\quotesinglbase{,}%
+  \def\result{=>}%
+  \def\textdegree{degrees}%
+  %
+  % We need to get rid of all macros, leaving only the arguments (if present).
+  % Of course this is not nearly correct, but it is the best we can do for now.
+  % makeinfo does not expand macros in the argument to @deffn, which ends up
+  % writing an index entry, and texindex isn't prepared for an index sort entry
+  % that starts with \.
+  % 
+  % Since macro invocations are followed by braces, we can just redefine them
+  % to take a single TeX argument.  The case of a macro invocation that
+  % goes to end-of-line is not handled.
+  % 
+  \macrolist
 }
 
 \let\indexbackslash=0  %overridden during \printindex.
 \let\SETmarginindex=\relax % put index entries in margin (undocumented)?
 
-% For \ifx comparisons.
-\def\emptymacro{\empty}
-
 % Most index entries go through here, but \dosubind is the general case.
-%
-\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}\empty}
+% #1 is the index name, #2 is the entry text.
+\def\doind#1#2{\dosubind{#1}{#2}{}}
 
 % Workhorse for all \fooindexes.
 % #1 is name of index, #2 is stuff to put there, #3 is subentry --
-% \empty if called from \doind, as we usually are.  The main exception
-% is with defuns, which call us directly.
+% empty if called from \doind, as we usually are (the main exception
+% is with most defuns, which call us directly).
 %
 \def\dosubind#1#2#3{%
+  \iflinks
+  {%
+    % Store the main index entry text (including the third arg).
+    \toks0 = {#2}%
+    % If third arg is present, precede it with a space.
+    \def\thirdarg{#3}%
+    \ifx\thirdarg\empty \else
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    \edef\writeto{\csname#1indfile\endcsname}%
+    %
+    \safewhatsit\dosubindwrite
+  }%
+  \fi
+}
+
+% Write the entry in \toks0 to the index file:
+%
+\def\dosubindwrite{%
   % Put the index entry in the margin if desired.
   \ifx\SETmarginindex\relax\else
-    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt #2}}%
+    \insert\margin{\hbox{\vrule height8pt depth3pt width0pt \the\toks0}}%
   \fi
-  {%
-    \count255=\lastpenalty
-    {%
-      \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
-      \escapechar=`\\
-      {%
-        \let\folio = 0% We will expand all macros now EXCEPT \folio.
-        \def\rawbackslashxx{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
-        % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
-        %
-        % The main index entry text.
-        \toks0 = {#2}%
-        %
-        % If third arg is present, precede it with space in sort key.
-        \def\thirdarg{#3}%
-        \ifx\thirdarg\emptymacro \else
-           % If the third (subentry) arg is present, add it to the index
-           % line to write.
-          \toks0 = \expandafter{\the\toks0 \space #3}%
-        \fi
-        %
-        % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
-        % get the string to sort by.
-        {\indexnofonts
-         \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
-         \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
-        }%
-        %
-        % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
-        % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
-        % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
-        % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
-        % sorted result.
-        \edef\temp{%
-          \write\csname#1indfile\endcsname{%
-            \realbackslash entry{\indexsorttmp}{\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
-        }%
-        %
-        % If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
-        % by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
-        % the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
-        % \write will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that sequences
-        % like this:
-        % @end defun
-        % @tindex whatever
-        % @defun ...
-        % will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
-        % start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
-        % the previous defun.
-        %
-        % But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
-        % don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
-        %
-        % Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
-        %
-        \iflinks
-          \ifvmode
-            \skip0 = \lastskip
-            \ifdim\lastskip = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip-\skip0 \fi
-          \fi
-          %
-          \temp % do the write
-          %
-          \ifvmode \ifdim\skip0 = 0pt \else \nobreak\vskip\skip0 \fi \fi
-        \fi
-      }%
-    }%
-    \penalty\count255
+  %
+  % Remember, we are within a group.
+  \indexdummies % Must do this here, since \bf, etc expand at this stage
+  \def\backslashcurfont{\indexbackslash}% \indexbackslash isn't defined now
+      % so it will be output as is; and it will print as backslash.
+  %
+  % Process the index entry with all font commands turned off, to
+  % get the string to sort by.
+  {\indexnofonts
+   \edef\temp{\the\toks0}% need full expansion
+   \xdef\indexsorttmp{\temp}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % Set up the complete index entry, with both the sort key and
+  % the original text, including any font commands.  We write
+  % three arguments to \entry to the .?? file (four in the
+  % subentry case), texindex reduces to two when writing the .??s
+  % sorted result.
+  \edef\temp{%
+    \write\writeto{%
+      \string\entry{\indexsorttmp}{\noexpand\folio}{\the\toks0}}%
   }%
+  \temp
+}
+
+% Take care of unwanted page breaks/skips around a whatsit:
+%
+% If a skip is the last thing on the list now, preserve it
+% by backing up by \lastskip, doing the \write, then inserting
+% the skip again.  Otherwise, the whatsit generated by the
+% \write or \pdfdest will make \lastskip zero.  The result is that
+% sequences like this:
+% @end defun
+% @tindex whatever
+% @defun ...
+% will have extra space inserted, because the \medbreak in the
+% start of the @defun won't see the skip inserted by the @end of
+% the previous defun.
+%
+% But don't do any of this if we're not in vertical mode.  We
+% don't want to do a \vskip and prematurely end a paragraph.
+%
+% Avoid page breaks due to these extra skips, too.
+%
+% But wait, there is a catch there:
+% We'll have to check whether \lastskip is zero skip.  \ifdim is not
+% sufficient for this purpose, as it ignores stretch and shrink parts
+% of the skip.  The only way seems to be to check the textual
+% representation of the skip.
+%
+% The following is almost like \def\zeroskipmacro{0.0pt} except that
+% the ``p'' and ``t'' characters have catcode \other, not 11 (letter).
+%
+\edef\zeroskipmacro{\expandafter\the\csname z@skip\endcsname}
+%
+\newskip\whatsitskip
+\newcount\whatsitpenalty
+%
+% ..., ready, GO:
+%
+\def\safewhatsit#1{%
+\ifhmode
+  #1%
+\else
+  % \lastskip and \lastpenalty cannot both be nonzero simultaneously.
+  \whatsitskip = \lastskip
+  \edef\lastskipmacro{\the\lastskip}%
+  \whatsitpenalty = \lastpenalty
+  %
+  % If \lastskip is nonzero, that means the last item was a
+  % skip.  And since a skip is discardable, that means this
+  % -\whatsitskip glue we're inserting is preceded by a
+  % non-discardable item, therefore it is not a potential
+  % breakpoint, therefore no \nobreak needed.
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+  \else
+    \vskip-\whatsitskip
+  \fi
+  %
+  #1%
+  %
+  \ifx\lastskipmacro\zeroskipmacro
+    % If \lastskip was zero, perhaps the last item was a penalty, and
+    % perhaps it was >=10000, e.g., a \nobreak.  In that case, we want
+    % to re-insert the same penalty (values >10000 are used for various
+    % signals); since we just inserted a non-discardable item, any
+    % following glue (such as a \parskip) would be a breakpoint.  For example:
+    % 
+    %   @deffn deffn-whatever
+    %   @vindex index-whatever
+    %   Description.
+    % would allow a break between the index-whatever whatsit
+    % and the "Description." paragraph.
+    \ifnum\whatsitpenalty>9999 \penalty\whatsitpenalty \fi
+  \else
+    % On the other hand, if we had a nonzero \lastskip,
+    % this make-up glue would be preceded by a non-discardable item
+    % (the whatsit from the \write), so we must insert a \nobreak.
+    \nobreak\vskip\whatsitskip
+  \fi
+\fi
 }
 
 % The index entry written in the file actually looks like
@@ -3387,14 +4353,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % @printindex causes a particular index (the ??s file) to get printed.
 % It does not print any chapter heading (usually an @unnumbered).
 %
-\def\printindex{\parsearg\doprintindex}
-\def\doprintindex#1{\begingroup
+\parseargdef\printindex{\begingroup
   \dobreak \chapheadingskip{10000}%
   %
   \smallfonts \rm
   \tolerance = 9500
+  \plainfrenchspacing
   \everypar = {}% don't want the \kern\-parindent from indentation suppression.
-  \indexbreaks
   %
   % See if the index file exists and is nonempty.
   % Change catcode of @ here so that if the index file contains
@@ -3421,7 +4386,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
       % Index files are almost Texinfo source, but we use \ as the escape
       % character.  It would be better to use @, but that's too big a change
       % to make right now.
-      \def\indexbackslash{\rawbackslashxx}%
+      \def\indexbackslash{\backslashcurfont}%
       \catcode`\\ = 0
       \escapechar = `\\
       \begindoublecolumns
@@ -3443,7 +4408,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \removelastskip
   %
   % We like breaks before the index initials, so insert a bonus.
-  \penalty -300
+  \nobreak
+  \vskip 0pt plus 3\baselineskip
+  \penalty 0
+  \vskip 0pt plus -3\baselineskip
   %
   % Typeset the initial.  Making this add up to a whole number of
   % baselineskips increases the chance of the dots lining up from column
@@ -3453,84 +4421,101 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % No shrink because it confuses \balancecolumns.
   \vskip 1.67\baselineskip plus .5\baselineskip
   \leftline{\secbf #1}%
-  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
-  %
   % Do our best not to break after the initial.
   \nobreak
+  \vskip .33\baselineskip plus .1\baselineskip
 }}
 
-% This typesets a paragraph consisting of #1, dot leaders, and then #2
-% flush to the right margin.  It is used for index and table of contents
-% entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
+% \entry typesets a paragraph consisting of the text (#1), dot leaders, and
+% then page number (#2) flushed to the right margin.  It is used for index
+% and table of contents entries.  The paragraph is indented by \leftskip.
 %
-\def\entry#1#2{\begingroup
-  %
-  % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
-  % affect previous text.
-  \par
-  %
-  % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
-  \parfillskip = 0in
-  %
-  % No extra space above this paragraph.
-  \parskip = 0in
-  %
-  % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
-  \finalhyphendemerits = 0
-  %
-  % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
-  % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
-  % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
-  % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
-  % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
-  %
-  % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
-  % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
-  \hangindent = 2em
-  %
-  % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
-  % with blank space.
-  \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
-  %
-  % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing columns.
-  \vskip 0pt plus1pt
-  %
-  % Start a ``paragraph'' for the index entry so the line breaking
-  % parameters we've set above will have an effect.
-  \noindent
-  %
-  % Insert the text of the index entry.  TeX will do line-breaking on it.
-  #1%
-  % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
-  % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
-  % cursed by a Unix daemon.
-  \def\tempa{{\rm }}%
-  \def\tempb{#2}%
-  \edef\tempc{\tempa}%
-  \edef\tempd{\tempb}%
-  \ifx\tempc\tempd\ \else%
+% A straightforward implementation would start like this:
+%	\def\entry#1#2{...
+% But this frozes the catcodes in the argument, and can cause problems to
+% @code, which sets - active.  This problem was fixed by a kludge---
+% ``-'' was active throughout whole index, but this isn't really right.
+%
+% The right solution is to prevent \entry from swallowing the whole text.
+%                                 --kasal, 21nov03
+\def\entry{%
+  \begingroup
     %
-    % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
-    % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
-    % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
-    \hfil\penalty50
-    \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+    % Start a new paragraph if necessary, so our assignments below can't
+    % affect previous text.
+    \par
     %
-    % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
-    % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
-    % \hbox ensues.
-    \ifpdf
-      \pdfgettoks#2.\ \the\toksA % The page number ends the paragraph.
+    % Do not fill out the last line with white space.
+    \parfillskip = 0in
+    %
+    % No extra space above this paragraph.
+    \parskip = 0in
+    %
+    % Do not prefer a separate line ending with a hyphen to fewer lines.
+    \finalhyphendemerits = 0
+    %
+    % \hangindent is only relevant when the entry text and page number
+    % don't both fit on one line.  In that case, bob suggests starting the
+    % dots pretty far over on the line.  Unfortunately, a large
+    % indentation looks wrong when the entry text itself is broken across
+    % lines.  So we use a small indentation and put up with long leaders.
+    %
+    % \hangafter is reset to 1 (which is the value we want) at the start
+    % of each paragraph, so we need not do anything with that.
+    \hangindent = 2em
+    %
+    % When the entry text needs to be broken, just fill out the first line
+    % with blank space.
+    \rightskip = 0pt plus1fil
+    %
+    % A bit of stretch before each entry for the benefit of balancing
+    % columns.
+    \vskip 0pt plus1pt
+    %
+    % Swallow the left brace of the text (first parameter):
+    \afterassignment\doentry
+    \let\temp =
+}
+\def\doentry{%
+    \bgroup % Instead of the swallowed brace.
+      \noindent
+      \aftergroup\finishentry
+      % And now comes the text of the entry.
+}
+\def\finishentry#1{%
+    % #1 is the page number.
+    %
+    % The following is kludged to not output a line of dots in the index if
+    % there are no page numbers.  The next person who breaks this will be
+    % cursed by a Unix daemon.
+    \setbox\boxA = \hbox{#1}%
+    \ifdim\wd\boxA = 0pt
+      \ %
     \else
-      \ #2% The page number ends the paragraph.
+      %
+      % If we must, put the page number on a line of its own, and fill out
+      % this line with blank space.  (The \hfil is overwhelmed with the
+      % fill leaders glue in \indexdotfill if the page number does fit.)
+      \hfil\penalty50
+      \null\nobreak\indexdotfill % Have leaders before the page number.
+      %
+      % The `\ ' here is removed by the implicit \unskip that TeX does as
+      % part of (the primitive) \par.  Without it, a spurious underfull
+      % \hbox ensues.
+      \ifpdf
+	\pdfgettoks#1.%
+	\ \the\toksA
+      \else
+	\ #1%
+      \fi
     \fi
-  \fi%
-  \par
-\endgroup}
+    \par
+  \endgroup
+}
 
-% Like \dotfill except takes at least 1 em.
+% Like plain.tex's \dotfill, except uses up at least 1 em.
 \def\indexdotfill{\cleaders
-  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu ${\it .}$ \mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
+  \hbox{$\mathsurround=0pt \mkern1.5mu.\mkern1.5mu$}\hskip 1em plus 1fill}
 
 \def\primary #1{\line{#1\hfil}}
 
@@ -3640,6 +4625,34 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %
 % All done with double columns.
 \def\enddoublecolumns{%
+  % The following penalty ensures that the page builder is exercised
+  % _before_ we change the output routine.  This is necessary in the
+  % following situation:
+  %
+  % The last section of the index consists only of a single entry.
+  % Before this section, \pagetotal is less than \pagegoal, so no
+  % break occurs before the last section starts.  However, the last
+  % section, consisting of \initial and the single \entry, does not
+  % fit on the page and has to be broken off.  Without the following
+  % penalty the page builder will not be exercised until \eject
+  % below, and by that time we'll already have changed the output
+  % routine to the \balancecolumns version, so the next-to-last
+  % double-column page will be processed with \balancecolumns, which
+  % is wrong:  The two columns will go to the main vertical list, with
+  % the broken-off section in the recent contributions.  As soon as
+  % the output routine finishes, TeX starts reconsidering the page
+  % break.  The two columns and the broken-off section both fit on the
+  % page, because the two columns now take up only half of the page
+  % goal.  When TeX sees \eject from below which follows the final
+  % section, it invokes the new output routine that we've set after
+  % \balancecolumns below; \onepageout will try to fit the two columns
+  % and the final section into the vbox of \pageheight (see
+  % \pagebody), causing an overfull box.
+  %
+  % Note that glue won't work here, because glue does not exercise the
+  % page builder, unlike penalties (see The TeXbook, pp. 280-281).
+  \penalty0
+  %
   \output = {%
     % Split the last of the double-column material.  Leave it on the
     % current page, no automatic page break.
@@ -3695,6 +4708,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \message{sectioning,}
 % Chapters, sections, etc.
 
+% \unnumberedno is an oxymoron, of course.  But we count the unnumbered
+% sections so that we can refer to them unambiguously in the pdf
+% outlines by their "section number".  We avoid collisions with chapter
+% numbers by starting them at 10000.  (If a document ever has 10000
+% chapters, we're in trouble anyway, I'm sure.)
+\newcount\unnumberedno \unnumberedno = 10000
 \newcount\chapno
 \newcount\secno        \secno=0
 \newcount\subsecno     \subsecno=0
@@ -3702,9 +4721,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 % This counter is funny since it counts through charcodes of letters A, B, ...
 \newcount\appendixno  \appendixno = `\@
+%
 % \def\appendixletter{\char\the\appendixno}
-% We do the following for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
+% We do the following ugly conditional instead of the above simple
+% construct for the sake of pdftex, which needs the actual
 % letter in the expansion, not just typeset.
+%
 \def\appendixletter{%
   \ifnum\appendixno=`A A%
   \else\ifnum\appendixno=`B B%
@@ -3740,13 +4762,18 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi
   \fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi\fi}
 
-% Each @chapter defines this as the name of the chapter.
-% page headings and footings can use it.  @section does likewise.
+% Each @chapter defines these (using marks) as the number+name, number
+% and name of the chapter.  Page headings and footings can use
+% these.  @section does likewise.
 \def\thischapter{}
+\def\thischapternum{}
+\def\thischaptername{}
 \def\thissection{}
+\def\thissectionnum{}
+\def\thissectionname{}
 
 \newcount\absseclevel % used to calculate proper heading level
-\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raise/lowersections modify this count
+\newcount\secbase\secbase=0 % @raisesections/@lowersections modify this count
 
 % @raisesections: treat @section as chapter, @subsection as section, etc.
 \def\raisesections{\global\advance\secbase by -1}
@@ -3756,121 +4783,142 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\lowersections{\global\advance\secbase by 1}
 \let\down=\lowersections % original BFox name
 
-% Choose a numbered-heading macro
-% #1 is heading level if unmodified by @raisesections or @lowersections
-% #2 is text for heading
-\def\numhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-  \chapterzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \seczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \numberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
-  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
-    \chapterzzz{#2}
+% we only have subsub.
+\chardef\maxseclevel = 3
+%
+% A numbered section within an unnumbered changes to unnumbered too.
+% To achive this, remember the "biggest" unnum. sec. we are currently in:
+\chardef\unmlevel = \maxseclevel
+%
+% Trace whether the current chapter is an appendix or not:
+% \chapheadtype is "N" or "A", unnumbered chapters are ignored.
+\def\chapheadtype{N}
+
+% Choose a heading macro
+% #1 is heading type
+% #2 is heading level
+% #3 is text for heading
+\def\genhead#1#2#3{%
+  % Compute the abs. sec. level:
+  \absseclevel=#2
+  \advance\absseclevel by \secbase
+  % Make sure \absseclevel doesn't fall outside the range:
+  \ifnum \absseclevel < 0
+    \absseclevel = 0
   \else
-    \numberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > 3
+      \absseclevel = 3
+    \fi
   \fi
-\fi
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses appendix heading levels
-\def\apphead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-  \appendixzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \appendixsectionzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \appendixsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
-  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
-    \appendixzzz{#2}
+  % The heading type:
+  \def\headtype{#1}%
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifnum \absseclevel < \unmlevel
+      \chardef\unmlevel = \absseclevel
+    \fi
   \else
-    \appendixsubsubseczzz{#2}
+    % Check for appendix sections:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel = 0
+      \edef\chapheadtype{\headtype}%
+    \else
+      \if \headtype A\if \chapheadtype N%
+	\errmessage{@appendix... within a non-appendix chapter}%
+      \fi\fi
+    \fi
+    % Check for numbered within unnumbered:
+    \ifnum \absseclevel > \unmlevel
+      \def\headtype{U}%
+    \else
+      \chardef\unmlevel = 3
+    \fi
   \fi
-\fi
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% like \numhead, but chooses numberless heading levels
-\def\unnmhead#1#2{\absseclevel=\secbase\advance\absseclevel by #1
-\ifcase\absseclevel
-  \unnumberedzzz{#2}
-\or
-  \unnumberedseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \unnumberedsubseczzz{#2}
-\or
-  \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
-\else
-  \ifnum \absseclevel<0
-    \unnumberedzzz{#2}
+  % Now print the heading:
+  \if \headtype U%
+    \ifcase\absseclevel
+	\unnumberedzzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \or \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+    \fi
   \else
-    \unnumberedsubsubseczzz{#2}
+    \if \headtype A%
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \appendixzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsectionzzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \appendixsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifcase\absseclevel
+	  \chapterzzz{#3}%
+      \or \seczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \or \numberedsubsubseczzz{#3}%
+      \fi
+    \fi
   \fi
-\fi
-\suppressfirstparagraphindent
-}
-
-% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.
-\def\thischaptername{No Chapter Title}
-\outer\def\chapter{\parsearg\chapteryyy}
-\def\chapteryyy #1{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
-\def\chapterzzz #1{%
-  \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-  \global\advance \chapno by 1 \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
-  \chapmacro {#1}{\the\chapno}%
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-  \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-  % We don't substitute the actual chapter name into \thischapter
-  % because we don't want its macros evaluated now.
-  \xdef\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \the\chapno: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-  \writetocentry{chap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}}
-  \donoderef
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% an interface:
+\def\numhead{\genhead N}
+\def\apphead{\genhead A}
+\def\unnmhead{\genhead U}
+
+% @chapter, @appendix, @unnumbered.  Increment top-level counter, reset
+% all lower-level sectioning counters to zero.
+%
+% Also set \chaplevelprefix, which we prepend to @float sequence numbers
+% (e.g., figures), q.v.  By default (before any chapter), that is empty.
+\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+%
+\outer\parseargdef\chapter{\numhead0{#1}} % normally numhead0 calls chapterzzz
+\def\chapterzzz#1{%
+  % section resetting is \global in case the chapter is in a group, such
+  % as an @include file.
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\chapno by 1
+  %
+  % Used for \float.
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\the\chapno.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  \message{\putwordChapter\space \the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % Write the actual heading.
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno}%
+  %
+  % So @section and the like are numbered underneath this chapter.
   \global\let\section = \numberedsec
   \global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
   \global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
 }
 
-% we use \chapno to avoid indenting back
-\def\appendixbox#1{%
-  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} \the\chapno}%
-  \hbox to \wd0{#1\hss}}
-
-\outer\def\appendix{\parsearg\appendixyyy}
-\def\appendixyyy #1{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
-\def\appendixzzz #1{%
-  \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
-  \global\advance \appendixno by 1
-  \message{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
-  \chapmacro {#1}{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter}}%
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}%
-  \gdef\thischaptername{#1}%
-  \xdef\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \appendixletter: \noexpand\thischaptername}%
-  \writetocentry{appendix}{#1}{{\appendixletter}}
-  \appendixnoderef
+\outer\parseargdef\appendix{\apphead0{#1}} % normally apphead0 calls appendixzzz
+\def\appendixzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\appendixno by 1
+  \gdef\chaplevelprefix{\appendixletter.}%
+  \resetallfloatnos
+  %
+  \def\appendixnum{\putwordAppendix\space \appendixletter}%
+  \message{\appendixnum}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter}%
+  %
   \global\let\section = \appendixsec
   \global\let\subsection = \appendixsubsec
   \global\let\subsubsection = \appendixsubsubsec
 }
 
-% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
-\outer\def\centerchap{\parsearg\centerchapyyy}
-\def\centerchapyyy #1{{\let\unnumbchapmacro=\centerchapmacro \unnumberedyyy{#1}}}
-
-% @top is like @unnumbered.
-\outer\def\top{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-
-\outer\def\unnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedyyy}
-\def\unnumberedyyy #1{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
-\def\unnumberedzzz #1{%
-  \secno=0 \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumbered{\unnmhead0{#1}} % normally unnmhead0 calls unnumberedzzz
+\def\unnumberedzzz#1{%
+  \global\secno=0 \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0
+    \global\advance\unnumberedno by 1
+  %
+  % Since an unnumbered has no number, no prefix for figures.
+  \global\let\chaplevelprefix = \empty
+  \resetallfloatnos
   %
   % This used to be simply \message{#1}, but TeX fully expands the
   % argument to \message.  Therefore, if #1 contained @-commands, TeX
@@ -3883,134 +4931,98 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % \the<toks register> to achieve this: TeX expands \the<toks> only once,
   % simply yielding the contents of <toks register>.  (We also do this for
   % the toc entries.)
-  \toks0 = {#1}\message{(\the\toks0)}%
+  \toks0 = {#1}%
+  \message{(\the\toks0)}%
+  %
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno}%
   %
-  \unnumbchapmacro {#1}%
-  \gdef\thischapter{#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-  \writetocentry{unnumbchap}{#1}{{\the\chapno}}
-  \unnumbnoderef
   \global\let\section = \unnumberedsec
   \global\let\subsection = \unnumberedsubsec
   \global\let\subsubsection = \unnumberedsubsubsec
 }
 
+% @centerchap is like @unnumbered, but the heading is centered.
+\outer\parseargdef\centerchap{%
+  % Well, we could do the following in a group, but that would break
+  % an assumption that \chapmacro is called at the outermost level.
+  % Thus we are safer this way:		--kasal, 24feb04
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \centerparameters
+  \unnmhead0{#1}%
+  \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
+}
+
+% @top is like @unnumbered.
+\let\top\unnumbered
+
 % Sections.
-\outer\def\numberedsec{\parsearg\secyyy}
-\def\secyyy #1{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
-\def\seczzz #1{%
-  \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}%
-  \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}
-  \donoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsec{\numhead1{#1}} % normally calls seczzz
+\def\seczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}%
 }
 
-\outer\def\appendixsection{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\outer\def\appendixsec{\parsearg\appendixsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsecyyy #1{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
-\def\appendixsectionzzz #1{%
-  \subsecno=0 \subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \secno by 1 %
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}\secheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}%
-  \writetocentry{sec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}}
-  \appendixnoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsection{\apphead1{#1}} % normally calls appendixsectionzzz
+\def\appendixsectionzzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yappendix}{\appendixletter.\the\secno}%
 }
+\let\appendixsec\appendixsection
 
-\outer\def\unnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsecyyy #1{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
-\def\unnumberedseczzz #1{%
-  \plainsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-  \writetocentry{unnumbsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}}
-  \unnumbnoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsec{\unnmhead1{#1}} % normally calls unnumberedseczzz
+\def\unnumberedseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsecno=0 \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\secno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Ynothing}{\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno}%
 }
 
 % Subsections.
-\outer\def\numberedsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsecyyy #1{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubseczzz #1{%
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-  \subsecheading {#1}{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-  \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
-  \donoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsec{\numhead2{#1}} % normally calls numberedsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynumbered}{\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\def\appendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsecyyy #1{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubseczzz #1{%
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}\subsubsecno=0 \global\advance \subsecno by 1 %
-  \subsecheading {#1}{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}%
-  \writetocentry{subsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
-  \appendixnoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsec{\apphead2{#1}} % normally calls appendixsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubseczzz #1{%
-  \plainsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-  \writetocentry{unnumbsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}}
-  \unnumbnoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsec{\unnmhead2{#1}} %normally calls unnumberedsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\subsubsecno=0  \global\advance\subsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno}%
 }
 
 % Subsubsections.
-\outer\def\numberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\numberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\numberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\numberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-  \subsubsecheading {#1}
-    {\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-  \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
-  \donoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\numberedsubsubsec{\numhead3{#1}} % normally numberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\numberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynumbered}%
+                 {\the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\def\appendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\appendixsubsubsecyyy #1{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
-\def\appendixsubsubseczzz #1{%
-  \gdef\thissection{#1}\global\advance \subsubsecno by 1 %
-  \subsubsecheading {#1}
-    {\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}%
-  \writetocentry{subsubsec}{#1}{{\appendixletter}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
-  \appendixnoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\appendixsubsubsec{\apphead3{#1}} % normally appendixsubsubseczzz
+\def\appendixsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yappendix}%
+                 {\appendixletter.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
 }
 
-\outer\def\unnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy}
-\def\unnumberedsubsubsecyyy #1{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
-\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz #1{%
-  \plainsubsubsecheading {#1}\gdef\thissection{#1}%
-  \writetocentry{unnumbsubsubsec}{#1}{{\the\chapno}{\the\secno}{\the\subsecno}{\the\subsubsecno}}
-  \unnumbnoderef
-  \nobreak
+\outer\parseargdef\unnumberedsubsubsec{\unnmhead3{#1}} %normally unnumberedsubsubseczzz
+\def\unnumberedsubsubseczzz#1{%
+  \global\advance\subsubsecno by 1
+  \sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Ynothing}%
+                 {\the\unnumberedno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno}%
 }
 
-% These are variants which are not "outer", so they can appear in @ifinfo.
-% Actually, they should now be obsolete; ordinary section commands should work.
-\def\infotop{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumbered{\parsearg\unnumberedzzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsec{\parsearg\unnumberedseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubseczzz}
-\def\infounnumberedsubsubsec{\parsearg\unnumberedsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infoappendix{\parsearg\appendixzzz}
-\def\infoappendixsec{\parsearg\appendixseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubseczzz}
-\def\infoappendixsubsubsec{\parsearg\appendixsubsubseczzz}
-
-\def\infochapter{\parsearg\chapterzzz}
-\def\infosection{\parsearg\sectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsection{\parsearg\subsectionzzz}
-\def\infosubsubsection{\parsearg\subsubsectionzzz}
-
 % These macros control what the section commands do, according
 % to what kind of chapter we are in (ordinary, appendix, or unnumbered).
 % Define them by default for a numbered chapter.
-\global\let\section = \numberedsec
-\global\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
-\global\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
+\let\section = \numberedsec
+\let\subsection = \numberedsubsec
+\let\subsubsection = \numberedsubsubsec
 
 % Define @majorheading, @heading and @subheading
 
@@ -4023,23 +5035,27 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %          if justification is not attempted.  Hence \raggedright.
 
 
-\def\majorheading{\parsearg\majorheadingzzz}
-\def\majorheadingzzz #1{%
+\def\majorheading{%
   {\advance\chapheadingskip by 10pt \chapbreak }%
-  {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
-                    \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                    \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+  \parsearg\chapheadingzzz
+}
 
-\def\chapheading{\parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
-\def\chapheadingzzz #1{\chapbreak %
+\def\chapheading{\chapbreak \parsearg\chapheadingzzz}
+\def\chapheadingzzz#1{%
   {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
                     \parindent=0pt\raggedright
-                    \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\penalty 200}
+                    \rm #1\hfill}}%
+  \bigskip \par\penalty 200\relax
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent
+}
 
 % @heading, @subheading, @subsubheading.
-\def\heading{\parsearg\plainsecheading}
-\def\subheading{\parsearg\plainsubsecheading}
-\def\subsubheading{\parsearg\plainsubsubsecheading}
+\parseargdef\heading{\sectionheading{#1}{sec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
+\parseargdef\subsubheading{\sectionheading{#1}{subsubsec}{Yomitfromtoc}{}
+  \suppressfirstparagraphindent}
 
 % These macros generate a chapter, section, etc. heading only
 % (including whitespace, linebreaking, etc. around it),
@@ -4048,8 +5064,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %%% Args are the skip and penalty (usually negative)
 \def\dobreak#1#2{\par\ifdim\lastskip<#1\removelastskip\penalty#2\vskip#1\fi}
 
-\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
-
 %%% Define plain chapter starts, and page on/off switching for it
 % Parameter controlling skip before chapter headings (if needed)
 
@@ -4057,7 +5071,20 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 \def\chapbreak{\dobreak \chapheadingskip {-4000}}
 \def\chappager{\par\vfill\supereject}
-\def\chapoddpage{\chappager \ifodd\pageno \else \hbox to 0pt{} \chappager\fi}
+% Because \domark is called before \chapoddpage, the filler page will
+% get the headings for the next chapter, which is wrong.  But we don't
+% care -- we just disable all headings on the filler page.
+\def\chapoddpage{%
+  \chappager
+  \ifodd\pageno \else
+    \begingroup
+      \evenheadline={\hfil}\evenfootline={\hfil}%
+      \oddheadline={\hfil}\oddfootline={\hfil}%
+      \hbox to 0pt{}%
+      \chappager
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
 
 \def\setchapternewpage #1 {\csname CHAPPAG#1\endcsname}
 
@@ -4072,7 +5099,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chappager
 \global\def\HEADINGSon{\HEADINGSsingle}}
 
-\def\CHAPPAGodd{
+\def\CHAPPAGodd{%
 \global\let\contentsalignmacro = \chapoddpage
 \global\let\pchapsepmacro=\chapoddpage
 \global\let\pagealignmacro=\chapoddpage
@@ -4080,116 +5107,275 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 \CHAPPAGon
 
-\def\CHAPFplain{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfplain
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfplain
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfplain}
-
-% Plain chapter opening.
-% #1 is the text, #2 the chapter number or empty if unnumbered.
-\def\chfplain#1#2{%
+% Chapter opening.
+%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section type (Ynumbered, Ynothing,
+% Yappendix, Yomitfromtoc), #3 the chapter number.
+%
+% To test against our argument.
+\def\Ynothingkeyword{Ynothing}
+\def\Yomitfromtockeyword{Yomitfromtoc}
+\def\Yappendixkeyword{Yappendix}
+%
+\def\chapmacro#1#2#3{%
+  % Insert the first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+  \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
+  \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+  \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+                        \gdef\thissection{}}%
+  %
+  \def\temptype{#2}%
+  \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+    \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+                          \gdef\thischapter{\thischaptername}}%
+  \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+    \gdef\lastchapterdefs{\gdef\thischaptername{#1}\gdef\thischapternum{}%
+                          \gdef\thischapter{}}%
+  \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\appendixletter}%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordAppendix{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
+                                 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+    }%
+  \else
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \xdef\lastchapterdefs{%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischaptername{\the\toks0}%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapternum{\the\chapno}%
+      \gdef\noexpand\thischapter{\putwordChapter{} \noexpand\thischapternum:
+                                 \noexpand\thischaptername}%
+    }%
+  \fi\fi\fi
+  %
+  % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+  % the preceding space.
+  \safewhatsit\domark
+  %
+  % Insert the chapter heading break.
   \pchapsepmacro
+  %
+  % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
+  % between here and the heading.
+  \let\prevchapterdefs=\lastchapterdefs
+  \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+  \domark
+  %
   {%
     \chapfonts \rm
-    \def\chapnum{#2}%
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\chapnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+    %
+    % Have to define \lastsection before calling \donoderef, because the
+    % xref code eventually uses it.  On the other hand, it has to be called
+    % after \pchapsepmacro, or the headline will change too soon.
+    \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+    %
+    % Only insert the separating space if we have a chapter/appendix
+    % number, and don't print the unnumbered ``number''.
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unnchap}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}% contents like unnumbered, but no toc entry
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} #3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#3\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{numchap}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Write the toc entry for this chapter.  Must come before the
+    % \donoderef, because we include the current node name in the toc
+    % entry, and \donoderef resets it to empty.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype}{#1}{#3}%
+    %
+    % For pdftex, we have to write out the node definition (aka, make
+    % the pdfdest) after any page break, but before the actual text has
+    % been typeset.  If the destination for the pdf outline is after the
+    % text, then jumping from the outline may wind up with the text not
+    % being visible, for instance under high magnification.
+    \donoderef{#2}%
+    %
+    % Typeset the actual heading.
+    \nobreak % Avoid page breaks at the interline glue.
     \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent = \wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
+          \hangindent=\wd0 \centerparametersmaybe
           \unhbox0 #1\par}%
   }%
   \nobreak\bigskip % no page break after a chapter title
   \nobreak
 }
 
-% Plain opening for unnumbered.
-\def\unnchfplain#1{\chfplain{#1}{}}
-
 % @centerchap -- centered and unnumbered.
 \let\centerparametersmaybe = \relax
-\def\centerchfplain#1{{%
-  \def\centerparametersmaybe{%
-    \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
-    \leftskip = \rightskip
-    \parfillskip = 0pt
-  }%
-  \chfplain{#1}{}%
-}}
+\def\centerparameters{%
+  \advance\rightskip by 3\rightskip
+  \leftskip = \rightskip
+  \parfillskip = 0pt
+}
 
-\CHAPFplain % The default
 
+% I don't think this chapter style is supported any more, so I'm not
+% updating it with the new noderef stuff.  We'll see.  --karl, 11aug03.
+%
+\def\setchapterstyle #1 {\csname CHAPF#1\endcsname}
+%
 \def\unnchfopen #1{%
 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
                        \parindent=0pt\raggedright
                        \rm #1\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
 }
-
 \def\chfopen #1#2{\chapoddpage {\chapfonts
 \vbox to 3in{\vfil \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #2} \hbox to\hsize{\hfil #1} \vfil}}%
 \par\penalty 5000 %
 }
-
 \def\centerchfopen #1{%
 \chapoddpage {\chapfonts \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000\tolerance=5000
                        \parindent=0pt
                        \hfill {\rm #1}\hfill}}\bigskip \par\nobreak
 }
-
-\def\CHAPFopen{
-\global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
-\global\let\unnumbchapmacro=\unnchfopen
-\global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
+\def\CHAPFopen{%
+  \global\let\chapmacro=\chfopen
+  \global\let\centerchapmacro=\centerchfopen}
 
 
-% Section titles.
+% Section titles.  These macros combine the section number parts and
+% call the generic \sectionheading to do the printing.
+%
 \newskip\secheadingskip
-\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip {-1000}}
-\def\secheading#1#2#3{\sectionheading{sec}{#2.#3}{#1}}
-\def\plainsecheading#1{\sectionheading{sec}{}{#1}}
+\def\secheadingbreak{\dobreak \secheadingskip{-1000}}
 
 % Subsection titles.
-\newskip \subsecheadingskip
-\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip {-500}}
-\def\subsecheading#1#2#3#4{\sectionheading{subsec}{#2.#3.#4}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsec}{}{#1}}
+\newskip\subsecheadingskip
+\def\subsecheadingbreak{\dobreak \subsecheadingskip{-500}}
 
 % Subsubsection titles.
-\let\subsubsecheadingskip = \subsecheadingskip
-\let\subsubsecheadingbreak = \subsecheadingbreak
-\def\subsubsecheading#1#2#3#4#5{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{#2.#3.#4.#5}{#1}}
-\def\plainsubsubsecheading#1{\sectionheading{subsubsec}{}{#1}}
+\def\subsubsecheadingskip{\subsecheadingskip}
+\def\subsubsecheadingbreak{\subsecheadingbreak}
 
 
-% Print any size section title.
+% Print any size, any type, section title.
 %
-% #1 is the section type (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #2 is the section
-% number (maybe empty), #3 the text.
-\def\sectionheading#1#2#3{%
-  {%
-    \expandafter\advance\csname #1headingskip\endcsname by \parskip
-    \csname #1headingbreak\endcsname
-  }%
+% #1 is the text, #2 is the section level (sec/subsec/subsubsec), #3 is
+% the section type for xrefs (Ynumbered, Ynothing, Yappendix), #4 is the
+% section number.
+%
+\def\seckeyword{sec}
+%
+\def\sectionheading#1#2#3#4{%
   {%
     % Switch to the right set of fonts.
-    \csname #1fonts\endcsname \rm
+    \csname #2fonts\endcsname \rm
+    %
+    \def\sectionlevel{#2}%
+    \def\temptype{#3}%
     %
-    % Only insert the separating space if we have a section number.
-    \def\secnum{#2}%
-    \setbox0 = \hbox{#2\ifx\secnum\empty\else\enspace\fi}%
+    % Insert first mark before the heading break (see notes for \domark).
+    \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+        \gdef\lastsectiondefs{\gdef\thissectionname{#1}\gdef\thissectionnum{}%
+                              \gdef\thissection{\thissectionname}}%
+      \fi
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      % Don't redefine \thissection.
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+        \toks0={#1}%
+        \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+                                     \noexpand\thissectionname}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \else
+      \ifx\sectionlevel\seckeyword
+        \toks0={#1}%
+        \xdef\lastsectiondefs{%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionname{\the\toks0}%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissectionnum{#4}%
+          \gdef\noexpand\thissection{\putwordSection{} \noexpand\thissectionnum:
+                                     \noexpand\thissectionname}%
+        }%
+      \fi
+    \fi\fi\fi
+    %
+    % Output the mark.  Pass it through \safewhatsit, to take care of
+    % the preceding space.
+    \safewhatsit\domark
+    %
+    % Insert space above the heading.
+    \csname #2headingbreak\endcsname
+    %
+    % Now the second mark, after the heading break.  No break points
+    % between here and the heading.
+    \let\prevsectiondefs=\lastsectiondefs
+    \domark
+    %
+    % Only insert the space after the number if we have a section number.
+    \ifx\temptype\Ynothingkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{unn}%
+      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yomitfromtockeyword
+      % for @headings -- no section number, don't include in toc,
+      % and don't redefine \lastsection.
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{}%
+      \def\toctype{omit}%
+      \let\sectionlevel=\empty
+    \else\ifx\temptype\Yappendixkeyword
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{app}%
+      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+    \else
+      \setbox0 = \hbox{#4\enspace}%
+      \def\toctype{num}%
+      \gdef\lastsection{#1}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
     %
+    % Write the toc entry (before \donoderef).  See comments in \chapmacro.
+    \writetocentry{\toctype\sectionlevel}{#1}{#4}%
+    %
+    % Write the node reference (= pdf destination for pdftex).
+    % Again, see comments in \chapmacro.
+    \donoderef{#3}%
+    %
+    % Interline glue will be inserted when the vbox is completed.
+    % That glue will be a valid breakpoint for the page, since it'll be
+    % preceded by a whatsit (usually from the \donoderef, or from the
+    % \writetocentry if there was no node).  We don't want to allow that
+    % break, since then the whatsits could end up on page n while the
+    % section is on page n+1, thus toc/etc. are wrong.  Debian bug 276000.
+    \nobreak
+    %
+    % Output the actual section heading.
     \vbox{\hyphenpenalty=10000 \tolerance=5000 \parindent=0pt \raggedright
-          \hangindent = \wd0 % zero if no section number
-          \unhbox0 #3}%
+          \hangindent=\wd0  % zero if no section number
+          \unhbox0 #1}%
   }%
-  % Add extra space after the heading -- either a line space or a
-  % paragraph space, whichever is more.  (Some people like to set
-  % \parskip to large values for some reason.)  Don't allow stretch, though.
-  \nobreak
-  \ifdim\parskip>\normalbaselineskip
-    \kern\parskip
-  \else
-    \kern\normalbaselineskip
-  \fi
+  % Add extra space after the heading -- half of whatever came above it.
+  % Don't allow stretch, though.
+  \kern .5 \csname #2headingskip\endcsname
+  %
+  % Do not let the kern be a potential breakpoint, as it would be if it
+  % was followed by glue.
   \nobreak
+  %
+  % We'll almost certainly start a paragraph next, so don't let that
+  % glue accumulate.  (Not a breakpoint because it's preceded by a
+  % discardable item.)
+  \vskip-\parskip
+  % 
+  % This is purely so the last item on the list is a known \penalty >
+  % 10000.  This is so \startdefun can avoid allowing breakpoints after
+  % section headings.  Otherwise, it would insert a valid breakpoint between:
+  % 
+  %   @section sec-whatever
+  %   @deffn def-whatever
+  \penalty 10001
 }
 
 
@@ -4198,119 +5384,177 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \newwrite\tocfile
 
 % Write an entry to the toc file, opening it if necessary.
-% Called from @chapter, etc.  We supply {\folio} at the end of the
-% argument, which will end up as the last argument to the \...entry macro.
+% Called from @chapter, etc.
+%
+% Example usage: \writetocentry{sec}{Section Name}{\the\chapno.\the\secno}
+% We append the current node name (if any) and page number as additional
+% arguments for the \{chap,sec,...}entry macros which will eventually
+% read this.  The node name is used in the pdf outlines as the
+% destination to jump to.
 %
-% Usage: \writetocentry{chap}{The Name of The Game}{{\the\chapno}}
 % We open the .toc file for writing here instead of at @setfilename (or
 % any other fixed time) so that @contents can be anywhere in the document.
+% But if #1 is `omit', then we don't do anything.  This is used for the
+% table of contents chapter openings themselves.
 %
 \newif\iftocfileopened
+\def\omitkeyword{omit}%
+%
 \def\writetocentry#1#2#3{%
-  \iftocfileopened\else
-    \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
-    \global\tocfileopenedtrue
-  \fi
-  %
-  \iflinks
-    \toks0 = {#2}%
-    \edef\temp{\write\tocfile{\realbackslash #1entry{\the\toks0}#3{\folio}}}%
-    \temp
+  \edef\writetoctype{#1}%
+  \ifx\writetoctype\omitkeyword \else
+    \iftocfileopened\else
+      \immediate\openout\tocfile = \jobname.toc
+      \global\tocfileopenedtrue
+    \fi
+    %
+    \iflinks
+      {\atdummies
+       \edef\temp{%
+         \write\tocfile{@#1entry{#2}{#3}{\lastnode}{\noexpand\folio}}}%
+       \temp
+      }%
+    \fi
   \fi
   %
-  % Tell \shipout to create a page destination if we're doing pdf, which
-  % will be the target of the links in the table of contents.  We can't
-  % just do it on every page because the title pages are numbered 1 and
-  % 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first two pages
-  % of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named `1', and
-  % two named `2'.
-  \ifpdf \pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+  % Tell \shipout to create a pdf destination on each page, if we're
+  % writing pdf.  These are used in the table of contents.  We can't
+  % just write one on every page because the title pages are numbered
+  % 1 and 2 (the page numbers aren't printed), and so are the first
+  % two pages of the document.  Thus, we'd have two destinations named
+  % `1', and two named `2'.
+  \ifpdf \global\pdfmakepagedesttrue \fi
+}
+
+
+% These characters do not print properly in the Computer Modern roman
+% fonts, so we must take special care.  This is more or less redundant
+% with the Texinfo input format setup at the end of this file.
+% 
+\def\activecatcodes{%
+  \catcode`\"=\active
+  \catcode`\$=\active
+  \catcode`\<=\active
+  \catcode`\>=\active
+  \catcode`\\=\active
+  \catcode`\^=\active
+  \catcode`\_=\active
+  \catcode`\|=\active
+  \catcode`\~=\active
+}
+
+
+% Read the toc file, which is essentially Texinfo input.
+\def\readtocfile{%
+  \setupdatafile
+  \activecatcodes
+  \input \tocreadfilename
 }
 
 \newskip\contentsrightmargin \contentsrightmargin=1in
 \newcount\savepageno
 \newcount\lastnegativepageno \lastnegativepageno = -1
 
-% Finish up the main text and prepare to read what we've written
-% to \tocfile.
+% Prepare to read what we've written to \tocfile.
 %
 \def\startcontents#1{%
-   % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
-   % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
-   % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
-   % From: Torbjorn Granlund <[email protected]>
-   \contentsalignmacro
-   \immediate\closeout\tocfile
-   %
-   % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
-   % It is abundantly clear what they are.
-   \unnumbchapmacro{#1}\def\thischapter{}%
-   \savepageno = \pageno
-   \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
-      \catcode`\\=0  \catcode`\{=1  \catcode`\}=2  \catcode`\@=11
-      % We can't do this, because then an actual ^ in a section
-      % title fails, e.g., @chapter ^ -- exponentiation.  --karl, 9jul97.
-      %\catcode`\^=7 % to see ^^e4 as \"a etc. [email protected]
-      \raggedbottom             % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
-      \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
-      %
-      % Roman numerals for page numbers.
-      \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
+  % If @setchapternewpage on, and @headings double, the contents should
+  % start on an odd page, unlike chapters.  Thus, we maintain
+  % \contentsalignmacro in parallel with \pagealignmacro.
+  % From: Torbjorn Granlund <[email protected]>
+  \contentsalignmacro
+  \immediate\closeout\tocfile
+  %
+  % Don't need to put `Contents' or `Short Contents' in the headline.
+  % It is abundantly clear what they are.
+  \chapmacro{#1}{Yomitfromtoc}{}%
+  %
+  \savepageno = \pageno
+  \begingroup                  % Set up to handle contents files properly.
+    \raggedbottom              % Worry more about breakpoints than the bottom.
+    \advance\hsize by -\contentsrightmargin % Don't use the full line length.
+    %
+    % Roman numerals for page numbers.
+    \ifnum \pageno>0 \global\pageno = \lastnegativepageno \fi
 }
 
+% redefined for the two-volume lispref.  We always output on
+% \jobname.toc even if this is redefined.
+% 
+\def\tocreadfilename{\jobname.toc}
 
 % Normal (long) toc.
+%
 \def\contents{%
-   \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
-     \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-     \ifeof 1 \else
-       \closein 1
-       \input \jobname.toc
-     \fi
-     \vfill \eject
-     \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-     \pdfmakeoutlines
-   \endgroup
-   \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-   \global\pageno = \savepageno
+  \startcontents{\putwordTOC}%
+    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \pdfmakeoutlines
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
 }
 
 % And just the chapters.
 \def\summarycontents{%
-   \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
-      %
-      \let\chapentry = \shortchapentry
-      \let\appendixentry = \shortappendixentry
-      \let\unnumbchapentry = \shortunnumberedentry
-      % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
-      \secfonts
-      \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
-      \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
-      \rm
-      \hyphenpenalty = 10000
-      \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
-      \def\secentry ##1##2##3##4{}
-      \def\subsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5{}
-      \def\subsubsecentry ##1##2##3##4##5##6{}
-      \let\unnumbsecentry = \secentry
-      \let\unnumbsubsecentry = \subsecentry
-      \let\unnumbsubsubsecentry = \subsubsecentry
-      \openin 1 \jobname.toc
-      \ifeof 1 \else
-        \closein 1
-        \input \jobname.toc
-      \fi
-     \vfill \eject
-     \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
-   \endgroup
-   \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
-   \global\pageno = \savepageno
+  \startcontents{\putwordShortTOC}%
+    %
+    \let\numchapentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\appentry = \shortchapentry
+    \let\unnchapentry = \shortunnchapentry
+    % We want a true roman here for the page numbers.
+    \secfonts
+    \let\rm=\shortcontrm \let\bf=\shortcontbf
+    \let\sl=\shortcontsl \let\tt=\shortconttt
+    \rm
+    \hyphenpenalty = 10000
+    \advance\baselineskip by 1pt % Open it up a little.
+    \def\numsecentry##1##2##3##4{}
+    \let\appsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\numsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\appsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \let\unnsubsubsecentry = \numsecentry
+    \openin 1 \tocreadfilename\space
+    \ifeof 1 \else
+      \readtocfile
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+    \vfill \eject
+    \contentsalignmacro % in case @setchapternewpage odd is in effect
+  \endgroup
+  \lastnegativepageno = \pageno
+  \global\pageno = \savepageno
 }
 \let\shortcontents = \summarycontents
 
-\ifpdf
-  \pdfcatalog{/PageMode /UseOutlines}%
-\fi
+% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
+% The arg is, e.g., `A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
+%
+\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
+  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
+  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
+  % But use \hss just in case.
+  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
+  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
+  %
+  % We'd like to right-justify chapter numbers, but that looks strange
+  % with appendix letters.  And right-justifying numbers and
+  % left-justifying letters looks strange when there is less than 10
+  % chapters.  Have to read the whole toc once to know how many chapters
+  % there are before deciding ...
+  \hbox to 1em{#1\hss}%
+}
 
 % These macros generate individual entries in the table of contents.
 % The first argument is the chapter or section name.
@@ -4318,58 +5562,46 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % The arguments in between are the chapter number, section number, ...
 
 % Chapters, in the main contents.
-\def\chapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#3}}
+\def\numchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
 %
 % Chapters, in the short toc.
 % See comments in \dochapentry re vbox and related settings.
-\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3{%
-  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}%
+\def\shortchapentry#1#2#3#4{%
+  \tocentry{\shortchaplabel{#2}\labelspace #1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}%
 }
 
 % Appendices, in the main contents.
-\def\appendixentry#1#2#3{%
-  \dochapentry{\appendixbox{\putwordAppendix{} #2}\labelspace#1}{#3}}
-%
-% Appendices, in the short toc.
-\let\shortappendixentry = \shortchapentry
-
-% Typeset the label for a chapter or appendix for the short contents.
-% The arg is, e.g., `Appendix A' for an appendix, or `3' for a chapter.
-% We could simplify the code here by writing out an \appendixentry
-% command in the toc file for appendices, instead of using \chapentry
-% for both, but it doesn't seem worth it.
+% Need the word Appendix, and a fixed-size box.
 %
-\newdimen\shortappendixwidth
+\def\appendixbox#1{%
+  % We use M since it's probably the widest letter.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\putwordAppendix{} M}%
+  \hbox to \wd0{\putwordAppendix{} #1\hss}}
 %
-\def\shortchaplabel#1{%
-  % This space should be enough, since a single number is .5em, and the
-  % widest letter (M) is 1em, at least in the Computer Modern fonts.
-  % But use \hss just in case.
-  % (This space doesn't include the extra space that gets added after
-  % the label; that gets put in by \shortchapentry above.)
-  \dimen0 = 1em
-  \hbox to \dimen0{#1\hss}%
-}
+\def\appentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{\appendixbox{#2}\labelspace#1}{#4}}
 
 % Unnumbered chapters.
-\def\unnumbchapentry#1#2#3{\dochapentry{#1}{#3}}
-\def\shortunnumberedentry#1#2#3{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#3\egroup}}
+\def\unnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\dochapentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\shortunnchapentry#1#2#3#4{\tocentry{#1}{\doshortpageno\bgroup#4\egroup}}
 
 % Sections.
-\def\secentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2.#3\labelspace#1}{#4}}
-\def\unnumbsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
+\def\numsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsecentry=\numsecentry
+\def\unnsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosecentry{#1}{#4}}
 
 % Subsections.
-\def\subsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#2.#3.#4\labelspace#1}{#5}}
-\def\unnumbsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#5}}
+\def\numsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsecentry=\numsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
 
 % And subsubsections.
-\def\subsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{%
-  \dosubsubsecentry{#2.#3.#4.#5\labelspace#1}{#6}}
-\def\unnumbsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4#5#6{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#6}}
+\def\numsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#2\labelspace#1}{#4}}
+\let\appsubsubsecentry=\numsubsubsecentry
+\def\unnsubsubsecentry#1#2#3#4{\dosubsubsecentry{#1}{#4}}
 
 % This parameter controls the indentation of the various levels.
-\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 3pc
+% Same as \defaultparindent.
+\newdimen\tocindent \tocindent = 15pt
 
 % Now for the actual typesetting. In all these, #1 is the text and #2 is the
 % page number.
@@ -4400,17 +5632,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \tocentry{#1}{\dopageno\bgroup#2\egroup}%
 \endgroup}
 
-% Final typesetting of a toc entry; we use the same \entry macro as for
-% the index entries, but we want to suppress hyphenation here.  (We
-% can't do that in the \entry macro, since index entries might consist
-% of hyphenated-identifiers-that-do-not-fit-on-a-line-and-nothing-else.)
-\def\tocentry#1#2{\begingroup
-  \vskip 0pt plus1pt % allow a little stretch for the sake of nice page breaks
-  % Do not use \turnoffactive in these arguments.  Since the toc is
-  % typeset in cmr, characters such as _ would come out wrong; we
-  % have to do the usual translation tricks.
-  \entry{#1}{#2}%
-\endgroup}
+% We use the same \entry macro as for the index entries.
+\let\tocentry = \entry
 
 % Space between chapter (or whatever) number and the title.
 \def\labelspace{\hskip1em \relax}
@@ -4420,8 +5643,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 \def\chapentryfonts{\secfonts \rm}
 \def\secentryfonts{\textfonts}
-\let\subsecentryfonts = \textfonts
-\let\subsubsecentryfonts = \textfonts
+\def\subsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
+\def\subsubsecentryfonts{\textfonts}
 
 
 \message{environments,}
@@ -4446,12 +5669,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 {\tentt \global\dimen0 = 3em}% Width of the box.
 \dimen2 = .55pt % Thickness of rules
 % The text. (`r' is open on the right, `e' somewhat less so on the left.)
-\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \tensf error\kern-1.5pt}
+\setbox0 = \hbox{\kern-.75pt \reducedsf error\kern-1.5pt}
 %
-\global\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
+\setbox\errorbox=\hbox to \dimen0{\hfil
    \hsize = \dimen0 \advance\hsize by -5.8pt % Space to left+right.
    \advance\hsize by -2\dimen2 % Rules.
-   \vbox{
+   \vbox{%
       \hrule height\dimen2
       \hbox{\vrule width\dimen2 \kern3pt          % Space to left of text.
          \vtop{\kern2.4pt \box0 \kern2.4pt}% Space above/below.
@@ -4465,14 +5688,13 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % One exception: @ is still an escape character, so that @end tex works.
 % But \@ or @@ will get a plain tex @ character.
 
-\def\tex{\begingroup
+\envdef\tex{%
   \catcode `\\=0 \catcode `\{=1 \catcode `\}=2
   \catcode `\$=3 \catcode `\&=4 \catcode `\#=6
   \catcode `\^=7 \catcode `\_=8 \catcode `\~=\active \let~=\tie
   \catcode `\%=14
   \catcode `\+=\other
   \catcode `\"=\other
-  \catcode `\==\other
   \catcode `\|=\other
   \catcode `\<=\other
   \catcode `\>=\other
@@ -4488,20 +5710,23 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \let\!=\ptexexclam
   \let\i=\ptexi
   \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
   \let\{=\ptexlbrace
   \let\+=\tabalign
   \let\}=\ptexrbrace
   \let\/=\ptexslash
   \let\*=\ptexstar
   \let\t=\ptext
+  \let\frenchspacing=\plainfrenchspacing
   %
   \def\endldots{\mathinner{\ldots\ldots\ldots\ldots}}%
   \def\enddots{\relax\ifmmode\endldots\else$\mathsurround=0pt \endldots\,$\fi}%
   \def\@{@}%
-\let\Etex=\endgroup}
+}
+% There is no need to define \Etex.
 
 % Define @lisp ... @end lisp.
-% @lisp does a \begingroup so it can rebind things,
+% @lisp environment forms a group so it can rebind things,
 % including the definition of @end lisp (which normally is erroneous).
 
 % Amount to narrow the margins by for @lisp.
@@ -4512,19 +5737,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % have any width.
 \def\lisppar{\null\endgraf}
 
-% Make each space character in the input produce a normal interword
-% space in the output.  Don't allow a line break at this space, as this
-% is used only in environments like @example, where each line of input
-% should produce a line of output anyway.
-%
-{\obeyspaces %
-\gdef\sepspaces{\obeyspaces\let =\tie}}
-
-% Define \obeyedspace to be our active space, whatever it is.  This is
-% for use in \parsearg.
-{\sepspaces%
-\global\let\obeyedspace= }
-
 % This space is always present above and below environments.
 \newskip\envskipamount \envskipamount = 0pt
 
@@ -4534,7 +5746,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % start of the next paragraph will insert \parskip.
 %
 \def\aboveenvbreak{{%
-  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz, q.v.
+  % =10000 instead of <10000 because of a special case in \itemzzz and
+  % \sectionheading, q.v.
   \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else
     \advance\envskipamount by \parskip
     \endgraf
@@ -4542,7 +5755,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
       \removelastskip
       % it's not a good place to break if the last penalty was \nobreak
       % or better ...
-      \ifnum\lastpenalty>10000 \else \penalty-50 \fi
+      \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000 \penalty-50 \fi
       \vskip\envskipamount
     \fi
   \fi
@@ -4550,7 +5763,8 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 
 \let\afterenvbreak = \aboveenvbreak
 
-% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins.
+% \nonarrowing is a flag.  If "set", @lisp etc don't narrow margins; it will
+% also clear it, so that its embedded environments do the narrowing again.
 \let\nonarrowing=\relax
 
 % @cartouche ... @end cartouche: draw rectangle w/rounded corners around
@@ -4574,52 +5788,52 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %
 \newskip\lskip\newskip\rskip
 
-\def\cartouche{%
-\par  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
-\begingroup
-        \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
-        \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt %we want these *outside*.
-        \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
-                          \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
-        \cartouter=\hsize
-        \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt % allow for 3pt kerns on either
-%                                    side, and for 6pt waste from
-%                                    each corner char, and rule thickness
-        \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
-        % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
-        \let\nonarrowing=\comment
-        \vbox\bgroup
-                \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
-                \carttop
-                \hbox\bgroup
-                        \hskip\lskip
-                        \vrule\kern3pt
-                        \vbox\bgroup
-                                \hsize=\cartinner
-                                \kern3pt
-                                \begingroup
-                                        \baselineskip=\normbskip
-                                        \lineskip=\normlskip
-                                        \parskip=\normpskip
-                                        \vskip -\parskip
+\envdef\cartouche{%
+  \ifhmode\par\fi  % can't be in the midst of a paragraph.
+  \startsavinginserts
+  \lskip=\leftskip \rskip=\rightskip
+  \leftskip=0pt\rightskip=0pt % we want these *outside*.
+  \cartinner=\hsize \advance\cartinner by-\lskip
+  \advance\cartinner by-\rskip
+  \cartouter=\hsize
+  \advance\cartouter by 18.4pt	% allow for 3pt kerns on either
+				% side, and for 6pt waste from
+				% each corner char, and rule thickness
+  \normbskip=\baselineskip \normpskip=\parskip \normlskip=\lineskip
+  % Flag to tell @lisp, etc., not to narrow margin.
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \vbox\bgroup
+      \baselineskip=0pt\parskip=0pt\lineskip=0pt
+      \carttop
+      \hbox\bgroup
+	  \hskip\lskip
+	  \vrule\kern3pt
+	  \vbox\bgroup
+	      \kern3pt
+	      \hsize=\cartinner
+	      \baselineskip=\normbskip
+	      \lineskip=\normlskip
+	      \parskip=\normpskip
+	      \vskip -\parskip
+	      \comment % For explanation, see the end of \def\group.
+}
 \def\Ecartouche{%
-                                \endgroup
-                                \kern3pt
-                        \egroup
-                        \kern3pt\vrule
-                        \hskip\rskip
-                \egroup
-                \cartbot
-        \egroup
-\endgroup
-}}
+              \ifhmode\par\fi
+	      \kern3pt
+	  \egroup
+	  \kern3pt\vrule
+	  \hskip\rskip
+      \egroup
+      \cartbot
+  \egroup
+  \checkinserts
+}
 
 
 % This macro is called at the beginning of all the @example variants,
 % inside a group.
 \def\nonfillstart{%
   \aboveenvbreak
-  \inENV % This group ends at the end of the body
   \hfuzz = 12pt % Don't be fussy
   \sepspaces % Make spaces be word-separators rather than space tokens.
   \let\par = \lisppar % don't ignore blank lines
@@ -4627,116 +5841,139 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \parskip = 0pt
   \parindent = 0pt
   \emergencystretch = 0pt % don't try to avoid overfull boxes
-  % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing
-  % at next level down.
   \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
     \advance \leftskip by \lispnarrowing
     \exdentamount=\lispnarrowing
-    \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
-    \let\nonarrowing=\relax
+  \else
+    \let\nonarrowing = \relax
+  \fi
+  \let\exdent=\nofillexdent
+}
+
+% If you want all examples etc. small: @set dispenvsize small.
+% If you want even small examples the full size: @set dispenvsize nosmall.
+% This affects the following displayed environments:
+%    @example, @display, @format, @lisp
+%
+\def\smallword{small}
+\def\nosmallword{nosmall}
+\let\SETdispenvsize\relax
+\def\setnormaldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\smallword
+    % end paragraph for sake of leading, in case document has no blank
+    % line.  This is redundant with what happens in \aboveenvbreak, but
+    % we need to do it before changing the fonts, and it's inconvenient
+    % to change the fonts afterward.
+    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
+  \fi
+}
+\def\setsmalldispenv{%
+  \ifx\SETdispenvsize\nosmallword
+  \else
+    \ifnum \lastpenalty=10000 \else \endgraf \fi
+    \smallexamplefonts \rm
   \fi
 }
 
-% Define the \E... control sequence only if we are inside the particular
-% environment, so the error checking in \end will work.
-%
-% To end an @example-like environment, we first end the paragraph (via
-% \afterenvbreak's vertical glue), and then the group.  That way we keep
-% the zero \parskip that the environments set -- \parskip glue will be
-% inserted at the beginning of the next paragraph in the document, after
-% the environment.
-%
-\def\nonfillfinish{\afterenvbreak\endgroup}
-
-% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font.
-\def\lisp{\begingroup
-  \nonfillstart
-  \let\Elisp = \nonfillfinish
-  \tt
-  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
-  \gobble       % eat return
+% We often define two environments, @foo and @smallfoo.
+% Let's do it by one command:
+\def\makedispenv #1#2{
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname#1\endcsname {\setnormaldispenv #2}
+  \expandafter\envdef\csname small#1\endcsname {\setsmalldispenv #2}
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
+  \expandafter\let\csname Esmall#1\endcsname \afterenvbreak
 }
 
-% @example: Same as @lisp.
-\def\example{\begingroup \def\Eexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\lisp}
+% Define two synonyms:
+\def\maketwodispenvs #1#2#3{
+  \makedispenv{#1}{#3}
+  \makedispenv{#2}{#3}
+}
 
+% @lisp: indented, narrowed, typewriter font; @example: same as @lisp.
+%
 % @smallexample and @smalllisp: use smaller fonts.
 % Originally contributed by Pavel@xerox.
-\def\smalllisp{\begingroup
-  \def\Esmalllisp{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \def\Esmallexample{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \smallexamplefonts
-  \lisp
-}
-\let\smallexample = \smalllisp
-
-
-% @display: same as @lisp except keep current font.
 %
-\def\display{\begingroup
+\maketwodispenvs {lisp}{example}{%
   \nonfillstart
-  \let\Edisplay = \nonfillfinish
-  \gobble
+  \tt\quoteexpand
+  \let\kbdfont = \kbdexamplefont % Allow @kbd to do something special.
+  \gobble       % eat return
 }
+% @display/@smalldisplay: same as @lisp except keep current font.
 %
-% @smalldisplay: @display plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smalldisplay{\begingroup
-  \def\Esmalldisplay{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \display
+\makedispenv {display}{%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
 }
 
-% @format: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
+% @format/@smallformat: same as @display except don't narrow margins.
 %
-\def\format{\begingroup
-  \let\nonarrowing = t
+\makedispenv{format}{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
   \nonfillstart
-  \let\Eformat = \nonfillfinish
   \gobble
 }
-%
-% @smallformat: @format plus smaller fonts.
-%
-\def\smallformat{\begingroup
-  \def\Esmallformat{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \smallexamplefonts \rm
-  \format
-}
 
-% @flushleft (same as @format).
-%
-\def\flushleft{\begingroup \def\Eflushleft{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}\format}
+% @flushleft: same as @format, but doesn't obey \SETdispenvsize.
+\envdef\flushleft{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
+  \gobble
+}
+\let\Eflushleft = \afterenvbreak
 
 % @flushright.
 %
-\def\flushright{\begingroup
-  \let\nonarrowing = t
+\envdef\flushright{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
   \nonfillstart
-  \let\Eflushright = \nonfillfinish
   \advance\leftskip by 0pt plus 1fill
   \gobble
 }
+\let\Eflushright = \afterenvbreak
 
 
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
-% and narrows the margins.
+% and narrows the margins.  We keep \parskip nonzero in general, since
+% we're doing normal filling.  So, when using \aboveenvbreak and
+% \afterenvbreak, temporarily make \parskip 0.
 %
-\def\quotation{%
-  \begingroup\inENV %This group ends at the end of the @quotation body
+\envdef\quotation{%
   {\parskip=0pt \aboveenvbreak}% because \aboveenvbreak inserts \parskip
   \parindent=0pt
-  % We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
-  % doing normal filling. So to avoid extra space below the environment...
-  \def\Equotation{\parskip = 0pt \nonfillfinish}%
   %
   % @cartouche defines \nonarrowing to inhibit narrowing at next level down.
   \ifx\nonarrowing\relax
     \advance\leftskip by \lispnarrowing
     \advance\rightskip by \lispnarrowing
     \exdentamount = \lispnarrowing
+  \else
     \let\nonarrowing = \relax
   \fi
+  \parsearg\quotationlabel
+}
+
+% We have retained a nonzero parskip for the environment, since we're
+% doing normal filling.
+%
+\def\Equotation{%
+  \par
+  \ifx\quotationauthor\undefined\else
+    % indent a bit.
+    \leftline{\kern 2\leftskip \sl ---\quotationauthor}%
+  \fi
+  {\parskip=0pt \afterenvbreak}%
+}
+
+% If we're given an argument, typeset it in bold with a colon after.
+\def\quotationlabel#1{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \ifx\temp\empty \else
+    {\bf #1: }%
+  \fi
 }
 
 
@@ -4758,7 +5995,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %
 % [Knuth] p. 380
 \def\uncatcodespecials{%
-  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=\other}\dospecials}
 %
 % [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
 % Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
@@ -4792,6 +6029,34 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
 %
 \def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+
+% Allow an option to not replace quotes with a regular directed right
+% quote/apostrophe (char 0x27), but instead use the undirected quote
+% from cmtt (char 0x0d).  The undirected quote is ugly, so don't make it
+% the default, but it works for pasting with more pdf viewers (at least
+% evince), the lilypond developers report.  xpdf does work with the
+% regular 0x27.  
+% 
+\def\codequoteright{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequoteundirected\endcsname\relax
+      '%
+    \else \char'15 \fi
+  \else \char'15 \fi
+}
+%
+% and a similar option for the left quote char vs. a grave accent.
+% Modern fonts display ASCII 0x60 as a grave accent, so some people like
+% the code environments to do likewise.
+% 
+\def\codequoteleft{%
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname SETtxicodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname SETcodequotebacktick\endcsname\relax
+      `%
+    \else \char'22 \fi
+  \else \char'22 \fi
+}
+%
 \begingroup
   \catcode`\^^I=\active
   \gdef\tabexpand{%
@@ -4804,13 +6069,25 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
       \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
     }%
   }
+  \catcode`\'=\active
+  \gdef\rquoteexpand{\catcode\rquoteChar=\active \def'{\codequoteright}}%
+  %
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \gdef\lquoteexpand{\catcode\lquoteChar=\active \def`{\codequoteleft}}%
+  %
+  \gdef\quoteexpand{\rquoteexpand \lquoteexpand}%
 \endgroup
+
+% start the verbatim environment.
 \def\setupverbatim{%
+  \let\nonarrowing = t%
+  \nonfillstart
   % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
   \tt
   \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
   \catcode`\`=\active
   \tabexpand
+  \quoteexpand
   % Respect line breaks,
   % print special symbols as themselves, and
   % make each space count
@@ -4827,7 +6104,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 %
 % [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
 \begingroup
-  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=\other\catcode`\}=\other
   \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
 \endgroup
 %
@@ -4844,13 +6121,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'.
 %
 % Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
-%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
-%% \begingroup
-%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
-%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
-%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
-%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
-%% |endgroup
 %
 \begingroup
   \catcode`\ =\active
@@ -4858,54 +6128,32 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   % ignore everything up to the first ^^M, that's the newline at the end
   % of the @verbatim input line itself.  Otherwise we get an extra blank
   % line in the output.
-  \gdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\end{verbatim}}%
+  \xdef\doverbatim#1^^M#2@end verbatim{#2\noexpand\end\gobble verbatim}%
+  % We really want {...\end verbatim} in the body of the macro, but
+  % without the active space; thus we have to use \xdef and \gobble.
 \endgroup
 %
-\def\verbatim{%
-  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
-  \begingroup
-    \nonfillstart
-    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+\envdef\verbatim{%
+    \setupverbatim\doverbatim
 }
+\let\Everbatim = \afterenvbreak
+
 
 % @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
 %
-% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
-\def\verbatiminclude{%
-  \begingroup
-    \catcode`\\=\other
-    \catcode`~=\other
-    \catcode`^=\other
-    \catcode`_=\other
-    \catcode`|=\other
-    \catcode`<=\other
-    \catcode`>=\other
-    \catcode`+=\other
-    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
-}
-\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
-  \begingroup
-    \nonfillstart
-    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-    \begingroup\setupverbatim
-}
+\def\verbatiminclude{\parseargusing\filenamecatcodes\doverbatiminclude}
 %
 \def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
-     % Restore active chars for included file.
-  \endgroup
-  \begingroup
-    \let\value=\expandablevalue
-    \def\thisfile{#1}%
-    \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
-  \endgroup
-  \nonfillfinish
-  \endgroup
+  {%
+    \makevalueexpandable
+    \setupverbatim
+    \input #1
+    \afterenvbreak
+  }%
 }
 
 % @copying ... @end copying.
-% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.  Many commands won't be
-% allowed in this context, but that's ok.
+% Save the text away for @insertcopying later.
 %
 % We save the uninterpreted tokens, rather than creating a box.
 % Saving the text in a box would be much easier, but then all the
@@ -4914,641 +6162,359 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % file; b) letting users define the frontmatter in as flexible order as
 % possible is very desirable.
 %
-\def\copying{\begingroup
-  % Define a command to swallow text until we reach `@end copying'.
-  % \ is the escape char in this texinfo.tex file, so it is the
-  % delimiter for the command; @ will be the escape char when we read
-  % it, but that doesn't matter.
-  \long\def\docopying##1\end copying{\gdef\copyingtext{##1}\enddocopying}%
-  %
-  % We must preserve ^^M's in the input file; see \insertcopying below.
-  \catcode`\^^M = \active
-  \docopying
-}
-
-% What we do to finish off the copying text.
-%
-\def\enddocopying{\endgroup\ignorespaces}
-
-% @insertcopying.  Here we must play games with ^^M's.  On the one hand,
-% we need them to delimit commands such as `@end quotation', so they
-% must be active.  On the other hand, we certainly don't want every
-% end-of-line to be a \par, as would happen with the normal active
-% definition of ^^M.  On the third hand, two ^^M's in a row should still
-% generate a \par.
-%
-% Our approach is to make ^^M insert a space and a penalty1 normally;
-% then it can also check if \lastpenalty=1.  If it does, then manually
-% do \par.
-%
-% This messes up the normal definitions of @c[omment], so we redefine
-% it.  Similarly for @ignore.  (These commands are used in the gcc
-% manual for man page generation.)
-%
-% Seems pretty fragile, most line-oriented commands will presumably
-% fail, but for the limited use of getting the copying text (which
-% should be quite simple) inserted, we can hope it's ok.
-%
-{\catcode`\^^M=\active %
-\gdef\insertcopying{\begingroup %
-  \parindent = 0pt  % looks wrong on title page
-  \def^^M{%
-    \ifnum \lastpenalty=1 %
-      \par %
-    \else %
-      \space \penalty 1 %
-    \fi %
-  }%
-  %
-  % Fix @c[omment] for catcode 13 ^^M's.
-  \def\c##1^^M{\ignorespaces}%
-  \let\comment = \c %
-  %
-  % Don't bother jumping through all the hoops that \doignore does, it
-  % would be very hard since the catcodes are already set.
-  \long\def\ignore##1\end ignore{\ignorespaces}%
-  %
-  \copyingtext %
-\endgroup}%
+\def\copying{\checkenv{}\begingroup\scanargctxt\docopying}
+\def\docopying#1@end copying{\endgroup\def\copyingtext{#1}}
+%
+\def\insertcopying{%
+  \begingroup
+    \parindent = 0pt  % paragraph indentation looks wrong on title page
+    \scanexp\copyingtext
+  \endgroup
 }
 
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.
 
-% Allow user to change definition object font (\df) internally
-\def\setdeffont#1 {\csname DEF#1\endcsname}
-
 \newskip\defbodyindent \defbodyindent=.4in
 \newskip\defargsindent \defargsindent=50pt
 \newskip\deflastargmargin \deflastargmargin=18pt
-
-\newcount\parencount
-
-% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
-%
-\def\activeparens{%
-  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
-  \catcode`\&=\active
-  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
-}
-
-% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
-\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
-
-{\activeparens % Now, smart parens don't turn on until &foo (see \amprm)
-
-% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
-% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
-% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
-\global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
-\global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
-
-\gdef\functionparens{\boldbrax\let&=\amprm\parencount=0 }
-\gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
-% This is used to turn on special parens
-% but make & act ordinary (given that it's active).
-\gdef\boldbraxnoamp{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb\let&=\ampnr}
-
-% Definitions of (, ) and & used in args for functions.
-% This is the definition of ( outside of all parentheses.
-\gdef\oprm#1 {{\rm\char`\(}#1 \bf \let(=\opnested
-  \global\advance\parencount by 1
-}
-%
-% This is the definition of ( when already inside a level of parens.
-\gdef\opnested{\char`\(\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-%
-\gdef\clrm{% Print a paren in roman if it is taking us back to depth of 0.
-  % also in that case restore the outer-level definition of (.
-  \ifnum \parencount=1 {\rm \char `\)}\sl \let(=\oprm \else \char `\) \fi
-  \global\advance \parencount by -1 }
-% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
-\gdef\amprm#1 {{\rm\&#1}\let(=\oprm \let)=\clrm\ }
-%
-\gdef\normalparens{\boldbrax\let&=\ampnr}
-} % End of definition inside \activeparens
-%% These parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than the
-%% contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ]
-\def\opnr{{\sf\char`\(}\global\advance\parencount by 1 }
-\def\clnr{{\sf\char`\)}\global\advance\parencount by -1 }
-\let\ampnr = \&
-\def\lbrb{{\bf\char`\[}}
-\def\rbrb{{\bf\char`\]}}
-
-% Active &'s sneak into the index arguments, so make sure it's defined.
-{
-  \catcode`& = \active
-  \global\let& = \ampnr
-}
-
-% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
-% #1 is the function name.
-% #2 is the type of definition, such as "Function".
-%
-\def\defname#1#2{%
-  % How we'll output the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
-  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
-  % just below it.
-  \ifempty{#2}%
-    \def\defnametype{}%
+\newcount\defunpenalty
+
+% Start the processing of @deffn:
+\def\startdefun{%
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty<10000
+    \medbreak
+    \defunpenalty=10003 % Will keep this @deffn together with the
+                        % following @def command, see below.
   \else
-    \def\defnametype{[\rm #2]}%
+    % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
+    % which is there to keep the function description together with its
+    % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we need to allow a
+    % break somewhere.  Check specifically for penalty 10002, inserted
+    % by \printdefunline, instead of 10000, since the sectioning
+    % commands also insert a nobreak penalty, and we don't want to allow
+    % a break between a section heading and a defun.
+    %
+    % As a minor refinement, we avoid "club" headers by signalling
+    % with penalty of 10003 after the very first @deffn in the
+    % sequence (see above), and penalty of 10002 after any following
+    % @def command.
+    \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty2000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+    %
+    % Similarly, after a section heading, do not allow a break.
+    % But do insert the glue.
+    \medskip  % preceded by discardable penalty, so not a breakpoint
   \fi
   %
-  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
-  \dimen2=\leftskip
-  \advance\dimen2 by -\defbodyindent
-  %
-  % Figure out values for the paragraph shape.
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\hskip \deflastargmargin{\defnametype}}%
-  \dimen0=\hsize \advance \dimen0 by -\wd0  % compute size for first line
-  \dimen1=\hsize \advance \dimen1 by -\defargsindent  % size for continuations
-  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen1
-  %
-  % Output arg 2 ("Function" or some such) but stuck inside a box of
-  % width 0 so it does not interfere with linebreaking.
-  \noindent
-  %
-  {% Adjust \hsize to exclude the ambient margins,
-   % so that \rightline will obey them.
-   \advance \hsize by -\dimen2
-   \dimen3 = 0pt  % was -1.25pc
-   \rlap{\rightline{\defnametype\kern\dimen3}}%
-  }%
-  %
-  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
-  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
-  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
-  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
-  {\df #1}\enskip        % output function name
-  % \defunargs will be called next to output the arguments, if any.
-}
-
-% Common pieces to start any @def...
-% #1 is the \E... control sequence to end the definition (which we define).
-% #2 is the \...x control sequence (which our caller defines).
-% #3 is the control sequence to process the header, such as \defunheader.
-%
-\def\parsebodycommon#1#2#3{%
-  \begingroup\inENV
-  % If there are two @def commands in a row, we'll have a \nobreak,
-  % which is there to keep the function description together with its
-  % header.  But if there's nothing but headers, we want to allow a
-  % break after all.  Check for penalty 10002 (inserted by
-  % \defargscommonending) instead of 10000, since the sectioning
-  % commands insert a \penalty10000, and we don't want to allow a break
-  % between a section heading and a defun.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty0 \fi
-  \medbreak
-  %
-  % Define the \E... end token that this defining construct specifies
-  % so that it will exit this group.
-  \def#1{\endgraf\endgroup\medbreak}%
-  %
   \parindent=0in
   \advance\leftskip by \defbodyindent
   \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
 }
 
-% Common part of the \...x definitions.
-%
-\def\defxbodycommon{%
-  % As with \parsebodycommon above, allow line break if we have multiple
-  % x headers in a row.  It's not a great place, though.
-  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10000 \penalty1000 \fi
+\def\dodefunx#1{%
+  % First, check whether we are in the right environment:
+  \checkenv#1%
   %
-  \begingroup\obeylines
+  % As above, allow line break if we have multiple x headers in a row.
+  % It's not a great place, though.
+  \ifnum\lastpenalty=10002 \penalty3000 \else \defunpenalty=10002 \fi
+  %
+  % And now, it's time to reuse the body of the original defun:
+  \expandafter\gobbledefun#1%
 }
+\def\gobbledefun#1\startdefun{}
 
-% Process body of @defun, @deffn, @defmac, etc.
+% \printdefunline \deffnheader{text}
 %
-\def\defparsebody#1#2#3{%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2{\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit#3}%
-  \catcode\equalChar=\active
-  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
-  \spacesplit#3%
+\def\printdefunline#1#2{%
+  \begingroup
+    % call \deffnheader:
+    #1#2 \endheader
+    % common ending:
+    \interlinepenalty = 10000
+    \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
+    \endgraf
+    \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
+    \penalty\defunpenalty  % signal to \startdefun and \dodefunx
+    % Some of the @defun-type tags do not enable magic parentheses,
+    % rendering the following check redundant.  But we don't optimize.
+    \checkparencounts
+  \endgroup
 }
 
-% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \parsebodycommon above).
-% #4, delimited by the space, is the class name.
-%
-\def\defmethparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
-  % The \empty here prevents misinterpretation of a construct such as
-  %   @deffn {whatever} {Enharmonic comma}
-  % See comments at \deftpparsebody, although in our case we don't have
-  % to remove the \empty afterwards, since it is empty.
-  \spacesplit{#3{#4}}\empty
-}
+\def\Edefun{\endgraf\medbreak}
 
-% Used for @deftypemethod and @deftypeivar.
-% #1, #2, #3 are the common arguments (see \defparsebody).
-% #4, delimited by a space, is the class name.
-% #5 is the method's return type.
+% \makedefun{deffn} creates \deffn, \deffnx and \Edeffn;
+% the only thing remainnig is to define \deffnheader.
 %
-\def\deftypemethparsebody#1#2#3#4 #5 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 ##2 {\defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##1}{##2}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
-  \spacesplit{#3{#4}{#5}}%
+\def\makedefun#1{%
+  \expandafter\let\csname E#1\endcsname = \Edefun
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\domakedefun
+    \makecsname{#1}\makecsname{#1x}\makecsname{#1header}}%
+  \temp
 }
 
-% Used for @deftypeop.  The change from \deftypemethparsebody is an
-% extra argument at the beginning which is the `category', instead of it
-% being the hardwired string `Method' or `Instance Variable'.  We have
-% to account for this both in the \...x definition and in parsing the
-% input at hand.  Thus also need a control sequence (passed as #5) for
-% the \E... definition to assign the category name to.
+% \domakedefun \deffn \deffnx \deffnheader
 %
-\def\deftypeopparsebody#1#2#3#4#5 #6 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 ##2 ##3 {\def#4{##1}%
-    \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}{##3}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
-  \spacesplit{#3{#5}{#6}}%
-}
-
-% For @defop.
-\def\defopparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-    \defxbodycommon \activeparens \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines\activeparens
-  \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
-}
-
-% These parsing functions are similar to the preceding ones
-% except that they do not make parens into active characters.
-% These are used for "variables" since they have no arguments.
+% Define \deffn and \deffnx, without parameters.
+% \deffnheader has to be defined explicitly.
 %
-\def\defvarparsebody #1#2#3{%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2{\defxbodycommon \spacesplit#3}%
-  \catcode\equalChar=\active
-  \begingroup\obeylines
-  \spacesplit#3%
-}
-
-% @defopvar.
-\def\defopvarparsebody #1#2#3#4#5 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 ##2 {\def#4{##1}%
-    \defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##2}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines
-  \spacesplit{#3{#5}}%
-}
-
-\def\defvrparsebody#1#2#3#4 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines
-  \spacesplit{#3{#4}}%
+\def\domakedefun#1#2#3{%
+  \envdef#1{%
+    \startdefun
+    \parseargusing\activeparens{\printdefunline#3}%
+  }%
+  \def#2{\dodefunx#1}%
+  \def#3%
 }
 
-% This loses on `@deftp {Data Type} {struct termios}' -- it thinks the
-% type is just `struct', because we lose the braces in `{struct
-% termios}' when \spacesplit reads its undelimited argument.  Sigh.
-% \let\deftpparsebody=\defvrparsebody
-%
-% So, to get around this, we put \empty in with the type name.  That
-% way, TeX won't find exactly `{...}' as an undelimited argument, and
-% won't strip off the braces.
-%
-\def\deftpparsebody #1#2#3#4 {%
-  \parsebodycommon{#1}{#2}{#3}%
-  \def#2##1 {\defxbodycommon \spacesplit{#3{##1}}}%
-  \begingroup\obeylines
-  \spacesplit{\parsetpheaderline{#3{#4}}}\empty
-}
-
-% Fine, but then we have to eventually remove the \empty *and* the
-% braces (if any).  That's what this does.
-%
-\def\removeemptybraces\empty#1\relax{#1}
+%%% Untyped functions:
 
-% After \spacesplit has done its work, this is called -- #1 is the final
-% thing to call, #2 the type name (which starts with \empty), and #3
-% (which might be empty) the arguments.
-%
-\def\parsetpheaderline#1#2#3{%
-  #1{\removeemptybraces#2\relax}{#3}%
-}%
+% @deffn category name args
+\makedefun{deffn}{\deffngeneral{}}
 
-% Split up #2 (the rest of the input line) at the first space token.
-% call #1 with two arguments:
-%  the first is all of #2 before the space token,
-%  the second is all of #2 after that space token.
-% If #2 contains no space token, all of it is passed as the first arg
-% and the second is passed as empty.
-%
-{\obeylines %
- \gdef\spacesplit#1#2^^M{\endgroup\spacesplitx{#1}#2 \relax\spacesplitx}%
- \long\gdef\spacesplitx#1#2 #3#4\spacesplitx{%
-   \ifx\relax #3%
-     #1{#2}{}%
-   \else %
-     #1{#2}{#3#4}%
-   \fi}%
-}
+% @deffn category class name args
+\makedefun{defop}#1 {\defopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
 
-% Define @defun.
+% \defopon {category on}class name args
+\def\defopon#1#2 {\deffngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
 
-% This is called to end the arguments processing for all the @def... commands.
+% \deffngeneral {subind}category name args
 %
-\def\defargscommonending{%
-  \interlinepenalty = 10000
-  \advance\rightskip by 0pt plus 1fil
-  \endgraf
-  \nobreak\vskip -\parskip
-  \penalty 10002  % signal to \parsebodycommon.
+\def\deffngeneral#1#2 #3 #4\endheader{%
+  % Remember that \dosubind{fn}{foo}{} is equivalent to \doind{fn}{foo}.
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{}{#3}\magicamp\defunargs{#4\unskip}%
 }
 
-% This expands the args and terminates the paragraph they comprise.
-%
-\def\defunargs#1{\functionparens \sl
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Set the font temporarily and use \font in case \setfont made \tensl a macro.
-{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=0}%
-#1%
-{\tensl\hyphenchar\font=45}%
-\ifnum\parencount=0 \else \errmessage{Unbalanced parentheses in @def}\fi%
-  \defargscommonending
-}
-
-\def\deftypefunargs #1{%
-% Expand, preventing hyphenation at `-' chars.
-% Note that groups don't affect changes in \hyphenchar.
-% Use \boldbraxnoamp, not \functionparens, so that & is not special.
-\boldbraxnoamp
-\tclose{#1}% avoid \code because of side effects on active chars
-  \defargscommonending
-}
+%%% Typed functions:
 
-% Do complete processing of one @defun or @defunx line already parsed.
+% @deftypefn category type name args
+\makedefun{deftypefn}{\deftypefngeneral{}}
 
-% @deffn Command forward-char nchars
+% @deftypeop category class type name args
+\makedefun{deftypeop}#1 {\deftypeopon{#1\ \putwordon}}
 
-\def\deffn{\defmethparsebody\Edeffn\deffnx\deffnheader}
+% \deftypeopon {category on}class type name args
+\def\deftypeopon#1#2 {\deftypefngeneral{\putwordon\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
 
-\def\deffnheader #1#2#3{\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defunargs{#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+% \deftypefngeneral {subind}category type name args
+%
+\def\deftypefngeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
 }
 
-% @defun == @deffn Function
-
-\def\defun{\defparsebody\Edefun\defunx\defunheader}
+%%% Typed variables:
 
-\def\defunheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDeffunc}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
+% @deftypevr category type var args
+\makedefun{deftypevr}{\deftypecvgeneral{}}
 
-% @deftypefun int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
+% @deftypecv category class type var args
+\makedefun{deftypecv}#1 {\deftypecvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
 
-\def\deftypefun{\defparsebody\Edeftypefun\deftypefunx\deftypefunheader}
+% \deftypecvof {category of}class type var args
+\def\deftypecvof#1#2 {\deftypecvgeneral{\putwordof\ \code{#2}}{#1\ \code{#2}} }
 
-% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefunheader #1#2{\deftypefunheaderx{#1}#2 \relax}
-% #1 is the data type, #2 the name, #3 the args.
-\def\deftypefunheaderx #1#2 #3\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#2}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypefun}%
-\deftypefunargs {#3}\endgroup %
-\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+% \deftypecvgeneral {subind}category type var args
+%
+\def\deftypecvgeneral#1#2 #3 #4 #5\endheader{%
+  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#4}}{#1}%
+  \defname{#2}{#3}{#4}\defunargs{#5\unskip}%
 }
 
-% @deftypefn {Library Function} int foobar (int @var{foo}, float @var{bar})
-
-\def\deftypefn{\defmethparsebody\Edeftypefn\deftypefnx\deftypefnheader}
-
-% \defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$
-% puts #1 in @code, followed by a space, but does nothing if #1 is null.
-\def\defheaderxcond#1#2$.${\ifx#1\relax\else\code{#1#2} \fi}
+%%% Untyped variables:
 
-% #1 is the classification.  #2 is the data type.  #3 is the name and args.
-\def\deftypefnheader #1#2#3{\deftypefnheaderx{#1}{#2}#3 \relax}
-% #1 is the classification, #2 the data type, #3 the name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypefnheaderx #1#2#3 #4\relax{%
-\doind {fn}{\code{#3}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup
-\normalparens % notably, turn off `&' magic, which prevents
-%               at least some C++ text from working
-\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}%
-\deftypefunargs {#4}\endgroup %
-\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
+% @defvr category var args
+\makedefun{defvr}#1 {\deftypevrheader{#1} {} }
 
-% @defmac == @deffn Macro
+% @defcv category class var args
+\makedefun{defcv}#1 {\defcvof{#1\ \putwordof}}
 
-\def\defmac{\defparsebody\Edefmac\defmacx\defmacheader}
+% \defcvof {category of}class var args
+\def\defcvof#1#2 {\deftypecvof{#1}#2 {} }
 
-\def\defmacheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefmac}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
+%%% Type:
+% @deftp category name args
+\makedefun{deftp}#1 #2 #3\endheader{%
+  \doind{tp}{\code{#2}}%
+  \defname{#1}{}{#2}\defunargs{#3\unskip}%
 }
 
-% @defspec == @deffn Special Form
+% Remaining @defun-like shortcuts:
+\makedefun{defun}{\deffnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defmac}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefmac} }
+\makedefun{defspec}{\deffnheader{\putwordDefspec} }
+\makedefun{deftypefun}{\deftypefnheader{\putwordDeffunc} }
+\makedefun{defvar}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defopt}{\defvrheader{\putwordDefopt} }
+\makedefun{deftypevar}{\deftypevrheader{\putwordDefvar} }
+\makedefun{defmethod}{\defopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{deftypemethod}{\deftypeopon\putwordMethodon}
+\makedefun{defivar}{\defcvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
+\makedefun{deftypeivar}{\deftypecvof\putwordInstanceVariableof}
 
-\def\defspec{\defparsebody\Edefspec\defspecx\defspecheader}
-
-\def\defspecheader #1#2{\doind {fn}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in function index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefspec}%
-\defunargs {#2}\endgroup %
-\catcode\equalChar=\other % Turn off change made in \defparsebody
-}
-
-% @defop CATEGORY CLASS OPERATION ARG...
+% \defname, which formats the name of the @def (not the args).
+% #1 is the category, such as "Function".
+% #2 is the return type, if any.
+% #3 is the function name.
 %
-\def\defop #1 {\def\defoptype{#1}%
-\defopparsebody\Edefop\defopx\defopheader\defoptype}
+% We are followed by (but not passed) the arguments, if any.
 %
-\def\defopheader#1#2#3{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% function index entry
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{#2}{\defoptype\ \putwordon\ #1}%
-    \defunargs{#3}%
-  \endgroup
+\def\defname#1#2#3{%
+  % Get the values of \leftskip and \rightskip as they were outside the @def...
+  \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+  %
+  % How we'll format the type name.  Putting it in brackets helps
+  % distinguish it from the body text that may end up on the next line
+  % just below it.
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\kern\deflastargmargin \ifx\temp\empty\else [\rm\temp]\fi}
+  %
+  % Figure out line sizes for the paragraph shape.
+  % The first line needs space for \box0; but if \rightskip is nonzero,
+  % we need only space for the part of \box0 which exceeds it:
+  \dimen0=\hsize  \advance\dimen0 by -\wd0  \advance\dimen0 by \rightskip
+  % The continuations:
+  \dimen2=\hsize  \advance\dimen2 by -\defargsindent
+  % (plain.tex says that \dimen1 should be used only as global.)
+  \parshape 2 0in \dimen0 \defargsindent \dimen2
+  %
+  % Put the type name to the right margin.
+  \noindent
+  \hbox to 0pt{%
+    \hfil\box0 \kern-\hsize
+    % \hsize has to be shortened this way:
+    \kern\leftskip
+    % Intentionally do not respect \rightskip, since we need the space.
+  }%
+  %
+  % Allow all lines to be underfull without complaint:
+  \tolerance=10000 \hbadness=10000
+  \exdentamount=\defbodyindent
+  {%
+    % defun fonts. We use typewriter by default (used to be bold) because:
+    % . we're printing identifiers, they should be in tt in principle.
+    % . in languages with many accents, such as Czech or French, it's
+    %   common to leave accents off identifiers.  The result looks ok in
+    %   tt, but exceedingly strange in rm.
+    % . we don't want -- and --- to be treated as ligatures.
+    % . this still does not fix the ?` and !` ligatures, but so far no
+    %   one has made identifiers using them :).
+    \df \tt
+    \def\temp{#2}% return value type
+    \ifx\temp\empty\else \tclose{\temp} \fi
+    #3% output function name
+  }%
+  {\rm\enskip}% hskip 0.5 em of \tenrm
+  %
+  \boldbrax
+  % arguments will be output next, if any.
 }
 
-% @deftypeop CATEGORY CLASS TYPE OPERATION ARG...
-%
-\def\deftypeop #1 {\def\deftypeopcategory{#1}%
-  \deftypeopparsebody\Edeftypeop\deftypeopx\deftypeopheader
-                       \deftypeopcategory}
+% Print arguments in slanted roman (not ttsl), inconsistently with using
+% tt for the name.  This is because literal text is sometimes needed in
+% the argument list (groff manual), and ttsl and tt are not very
+% distinguishable.  Prevent hyphenation at `-' chars.
 %
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the operation name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypeopheader#1#2#3#4{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
-            {\deftypeopcategory\ \putwordon\ \code{#1}}%
-    \deftypefunargs{#4}%
-  \endgroup
+\def\defunargs#1{%
+  % use sl by default (not ttsl),
+  % tt for the names.
+  \df \sl \hyphenchar\font=0
+  %
+  % On the other hand, if an argument has two dashes (for instance), we
+  % want a way to get ttsl.  Let's try @var for that.
+  \let\var=\ttslanted
+  #1%
+  \sl\hyphenchar\font=45
 }
 
-% @deftypemethod CLASS TYPE METHOD ARG...
-%
-\def\deftypemethod{%
-  \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypemethod\deftypemethodx\deftypemethodheader}
+% We want ()&[] to print specially on the defun line.
 %
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the method name, #4 the args.
-\def\deftypemethodheader#1#2#3#4{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#3}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
-    \deftypefunargs{#4}%
-  \endgroup
+\def\activeparens{%
+  \catcode`\(=\active \catcode`\)=\active
+  \catcode`\[=\active \catcode`\]=\active
+  \catcode`\&=\active
 }
 
-% @deftypeivar CLASS TYPE VARNAME
-%
-\def\deftypeivar{%
-  \deftypemethparsebody\Edeftypeivar\deftypeivarx\deftypeivarheader}
-%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the data type, #3 the variable name.
-\def\deftypeivarheader#1#2#3{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#3}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in variable index
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}
-            {\putwordInstanceVariableof\ \code{#1}}%
-    \defvarargs{#3}%
-  \endgroup
-}
+% Make control sequences which act like normal parenthesis chars.
+\let\lparen = ( \let\rparen = )
 
-% @defmethod == @defop Method
-%
-\def\defmethod{\defmethparsebody\Edefmethod\defmethodx\defmethodheader}
-%
-% #1 is the class name, #2 the method name, #3 the args.
-\def\defmethodheader#1#2#3{%
-  \dosubind{fn}{\code{#2}}{\putwordon\ \code{#1}}% entry in function index
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{#2}{\putwordMethodon\ \code{#1}}%
-    \defunargs{#3}%
-  \endgroup
-}
+% Be sure that we always have a definition for `(', etc.  For example,
+% if the fn name has parens in it, \boldbrax will not be in effect yet,
+% so TeX would otherwise complain about undefined control sequence.
+{
+  \activeparens
+  \global\let(=\lparen \global\let)=\rparen
+  \global\let[=\lbrack \global\let]=\rbrack
+  \global\let& = \&
 
-% @defcv {Class Option} foo-class foo-flag
+  \gdef\boldbrax{\let(=\opnr\let)=\clnr\let[=\lbrb\let]=\rbrb}
+  \gdef\magicamp{\let&=\amprm}
+}
 
-\def\defcv #1 {\def\defcvtype{#1}%
-\defopvarparsebody\Edefcv\defcvx\defcvarheader\defcvtype}
+\newcount\parencount
 
-\def\defcvarheader #1#2#3{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% variable index entry
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{#2}{\defcvtype\ \putwordof\ #1}%
-    \defvarargs{#3}%
-  \endgroup
+% If we encounter &foo, then turn on ()-hacking afterwards
+\newif\ifampseen
+\def\amprm#1 {\ampseentrue{\bf\&#1 }}
+
+\def\parenfont{%
+  \ifampseen
+    % At the first level, print parens in roman,
+    % otherwise use the default font.
+    \ifnum \parencount=1 \rm \fi
+  \else
+    % The \sf parens (in \boldbrax) actually are a little bolder than
+    % the contained text.  This is especially needed for [ and ] .
+    \sf
+  \fi
 }
-
-% @defivar CLASS VARNAME == @defcv {Instance Variable} CLASS VARNAME
-%
-\def\defivar{\defvrparsebody\Edefivar\defivarx\defivarheader}
-%
-\def\defivarheader#1#2#3{%
-  \dosubind{vr}{\code{#2}}{\putwordof\ \code{#1}}% entry in var index
-  \begingroup
-    \defname{#2}{\putwordInstanceVariableof\ #1}%
-    \defvarargs{#3}%
-  \endgroup
+\def\infirstlevel#1{%
+  \ifampseen
+    \ifnum\parencount=1
+      #1%
+    \fi
+  \fi
 }
+\def\bfafterword#1 {#1 \bf}
 
-% @defvar
-% First, define the processing that is wanted for arguments of @defvar.
-% This is actually simple: just print them in roman.
-% This must expand the args and terminate the paragraph they make up
-\def\defvarargs #1{\normalparens #1%
-  \defargscommonending
+\def\opnr{%
+  \global\advance\parencount by 1
+  {\parenfont(}%
+  \infirstlevel \bfafterword
 }
-
-% @defvr Counter foo-count
-
-\def\defvr{\defvrparsebody\Edefvr\defvrx\defvrheader}
-
-\def\defvrheader #1#2#3{\doind {vr}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\defvarargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% @defvar == @defvr Variable
-
-\def\defvar{\defvarparsebody\Edefvar\defvarx\defvarheader}
-
-\def\defvarheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefvar}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\def\clnr{%
+  {\parenfont)}%
+  \infirstlevel \sl
+  \global\advance\parencount by -1
 }
 
-% @defopt == @defvr {User Option}
-
-\def\defopt{\defvarparsebody\Edefopt\defoptx\defoptheader}
-
-\def\defoptheader #1#2{\doind {vr}{\code{#1}}% Make entry in var index
-\begingroup\defname {#1}{\putwordDefopt}%
-\defvarargs {#2}\endgroup %
+\newcount\brackcount
+\def\lbrb{%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by 1
+  {\bf[}%
+}
+\def\rbrb{%
+  {\bf]}%
+  \global\advance\brackcount by -1
 }
 
-% @deftypevar int foobar
-
-\def\deftypevar{\defvarparsebody\Edeftypevar\deftypevarx\deftypevarheader}
-
-% #1 is the data type.  #2 is the name, perhaps followed by text that
-% is actually part of the data type, which should not be put into the index.
-\def\deftypevarheader #1#2{%
-\dovarind#2 \relax% Make entry in variables index
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#1\relax$.$#2}{\putwordDeftypevar}%
-  \defargscommonending
-\endgroup}
-\def\dovarind#1 #2\relax{\doind{vr}{\code{#1}}}
-
-% @deftypevr {Global Flag} int enable
-
-\def\deftypevr{\defvrparsebody\Edeftypevr\deftypevrx\deftypevrheader}
-
-\def\deftypevrheader #1#2#3{\dovarind#3 \relax%
-\begingroup\defname {\defheaderxcond#2\relax$.$#3}{#1}
-  \defargscommonending
-\endgroup}
-
-% Now define @deftp
-% Args are printed in bold, a slight difference from @defvar.
-
-\def\deftpargs #1{\bf \defvarargs{#1}}
-
-% @deftp Class window height width ...
-
-\def\deftp{\deftpparsebody\Edeftp\deftpx\deftpheader}
-
-\def\deftpheader #1#2#3{\doind {tp}{\code{#2}}%
-\begingroup\defname {#2}{#1}\deftpargs{#3}\endgroup}
-
-% These definitions are used if you use @defunx (etc.)
-% anywhere other than immediately after a @defun or @defunx.
-%
-\def\defcvx#1 {\errmessage{@defcvx in invalid context}}
-\def\deffnx#1 {\errmessage{@deffnx in invalid context}}
-\def\defivarx#1 {\errmessage{@defivarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmacx#1 {\errmessage{@defmacx in invalid context}}
-\def\defmethodx#1 {\errmessage{@defmethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\defoptx #1 {\errmessage{@defoptx in invalid context}}
-\def\defopx#1 {\errmessage{@defopx in invalid context}}
-\def\defspecx#1 {\errmessage{@defspecx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftpx#1 {\errmessage{@deftpx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefnx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefnx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypefunx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypefunx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeivarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeivarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypemethodx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypemethodx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypeopx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypeopx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevarx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevarx in invalid context}}
-\def\deftypevrx#1 {\errmessage{@deftypevrx in invalid context}}
-\def\defunx#1 {\errmessage{@defunx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvarx#1 {\errmessage{@defvarx in invalid context}}
-\def\defvrx#1 {\errmessage{@defvrx in invalid context}}
+\def\checkparencounts{%
+  \ifnum\parencount=0 \else \badparencount \fi
+  \ifnum\brackcount=0 \else \badbrackcount \fi
+}
+% these should not use \errmessage; the glibc manual, at least, actually
+% has such constructs (when documenting function pointers).
+\def\badparencount{%
+  \message{Warning: unbalanced parentheses in @def...}%
+  \global\parencount=0
+}
+\def\badbrackcount{%
+  \message{Warning: unbalanced square brackets in @def...}%
+  \global\brackcount=0
+}
 
 
 \message{macros,}
@@ -5557,42 +6523,68 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % To do this right we need a feature of e-TeX, \scantokens,
 % which we arrange to emulate with a temporary file in ordinary TeX.
 \ifx\eTeXversion\undefined
- \newwrite\macscribble
- \def\scanmacro#1{%
-   \begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-   % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-   \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
-   % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
-   \toks0={#1\endinput}%
-   \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
-   \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
-   \immediate\closeout\macscribble
-   \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
-   \input \jobname.tmp
-   \endgroup
-}
-\else
-\def\scanmacro#1{%
-\begingroup \newlinechar`\^^M
-% Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
-\catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\other \escapechar=`\@
-\let\xeatspaces\eatspaces\scantokens{#1\endinput}\endgroup}
+  \newwrite\macscribble
+  \def\scantokens#1{%
+    \toks0={#1}%
+    \immediate\openout\macscribble=\jobname.tmp
+    \immediate\write\macscribble{\the\toks0}%
+    \immediate\closeout\macscribble
+    \input \jobname.tmp
+  }
 \fi
 
+\def\scanmacro#1{%
+  \begingroup
+    \newlinechar`\^^M
+    \let\xeatspaces\eatspaces
+    % Undo catcode changes of \startcontents and \doprintindex
+    % When called from @insertcopying or (short)caption, we need active
+    % backslash to get it printed correctly.  Previously, we had
+    % \catcode`\\=\other instead.  We'll see whether a problem appears
+    % with macro expansion.				--kasal, 19aug04
+    \catcode`\@=0 \catcode`\\=\active \escapechar=`\@
+    % ... and \example
+    \spaceisspace
+    %
+    % Append \endinput to make sure that TeX does not see the ending newline.
+    % I've verified that it is necessary both for e-TeX and for ordinary TeX
+    %							--kasal, 29nov03
+    \scantokens{#1\endinput}%
+  \endgroup
+}
+
+\def\scanexp#1{%
+  \edef\temp{\noexpand\scanmacro{#1}}%
+  \temp
+}
+
 \newcount\paramno   % Count of parameters
 \newtoks\macname    % Macro name
 \newif\ifrecursive  % Is it recursive?
-\def\macrolist{}    % List of all defined macros in the form
-                    % \do\macro1\do\macro2...
+
+% List of all defined macros in the form
+%    \definedummyword\macro1\definedummyword\macro2...
+% Currently is also contains all @aliases; the list can be split
+% if there is a need.
+\def\macrolist{}
+
+% Add the macro to \macrolist
+\def\addtomacrolist#1{\expandafter \addtomacrolistxxx \csname#1\endcsname}
+\def\addtomacrolistxxx#1{%
+     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\definedummyword#1}%
+     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0}%
+}
 
 % Utility routines.
-% Thisdoes \let #1 = #2, except with \csnames.
+% This does \let #1 = #2, with \csnames; that is,
+%   \let \csname#1\endcsname = \csname#2\endcsname
+% (except of course we have to play expansion games).
+% 
 \def\cslet#1#2{%
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\expandafter\let
-\expandafter\expandafter
-\csname#1\endcsname
-\csname#2\endcsname}
+  \expandafter\let
+  \csname#1\expandafter\endcsname
+  \csname#2\endcsname
+}
 
 % Trim leading and trailing spaces off a string.
 % Concepts from aro-bend problem 15 (see CTAN).
@@ -5615,34 +6607,45 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % all characters are catcode 10, 11 or 12, except \ which is active
 % (as in normal texinfo). It is necessary to change the definition of \.
 
+% Non-ASCII encodings make 8-bit characters active, so un-activate
+% them to avoid their expansion.  Must do this non-globally, to
+% confine the change to the current group.
+
 % It's necessary to have hard CRs when the macro is executed. This is
 % done by  making ^^M (\endlinechar) catcode 12 when reading the macro
 % body, and then making it the \newlinechar in \scanmacro.
 
-\def\macrobodyctxt{%
-  \catcode`\~=\other
+\def\scanctxt{%
+  \catcode`\"=\other
+  \catcode`\+=\other
+  \catcode`\<=\other
+  \catcode`\>=\other
+  \catcode`\@=\other
   \catcode`\^=\other
   \catcode`\_=\other
   \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
+  \catcode`\~=\other
+  \ifx\declaredencoding\ascii \else \setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal\other \fi
+}
+
+\def\scanargctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  \catcode`\^^M=\other
+}
+
+\def\macrobodyctxt{%
+  \scanctxt
   \catcode`\{=\other
   \catcode`\}=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
   \catcode`\^^M=\other
-  \usembodybackslash}
+  \usembodybackslash
+}
 
 \def\macroargctxt{%
-  \catcode`\~=\other
-  \catcode`\^=\other
-  \catcode`\_=\other
-  \catcode`\|=\other
-  \catcode`\<=\other
-  \catcode`\>=\other
-  \catcode`\+=\other
-  \catcode`\@=\other
-  \catcode`\\=\other}
+  \scanctxt
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+}
 
 % \mbodybackslash is the definition of \ in @macro bodies.
 % It maps \foo\ => \csname macarg.foo\endcsname => #N
@@ -5673,25 +6676,21 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
      \else \errmessage{Macro name \the\macname\space already defined}\fi
      \global\cslet{macsave.\the\macname}{\the\macname}%
      \global\expandafter\let\csname ismacro.\the\macname\endcsname=1%
-     % Add the macroname to \macrolist
-     \toks0 = \expandafter{\macrolist\do}%
-     \xdef\macrolist{\the\toks0
-       \expandafter\noexpand\csname\the\macname\endcsname}%
+     \addtomacrolist{\the\macname}%
   \fi
   \begingroup \macrobodyctxt
   \ifrecursive \expandafter\parsermacbody
   \else \expandafter\parsemacbody
   \fi}
 
-\def\unmacro{\parsearg\dounmacro}
-\def\dounmacro#1{%
+\parseargdef\unmacro{%
   \if1\csname ismacro.#1\endcsname
     \global\cslet{#1}{macsave.#1}%
     \global\expandafter\let \csname ismacro.#1\endcsname=0%
     % Remove the macro name from \macrolist:
     \begingroup
       \expandafter\let\csname#1\endcsname \relax
-      \let\do\unmacrodo
+      \let\definedummyword\unmacrodo
       \xdef\macrolist{\macrolist}%
     \endgroup
   \else
@@ -5703,10 +6702,10 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % macro definitions that have been changed to \relax.
 %
 \def\unmacrodo#1{%
-  \ifx#1\relax
+  \ifx #1\relax
     % remove this
   \else
-    \noexpand\do \noexpand #1%
+    \noexpand\definedummyword \noexpand#1%
   \fi
 }
 
@@ -5819,34 +6818,31 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % {.  If so it reads up to the closing }, if not, it reads the whole
 % line.  Whatever was read is then fed to the next control sequence
 % as an argument (by \parsebrace or \parsearg)
-\def\braceorline#1{\let\next=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
+\def\braceorline#1{\let\macnamexxx=#1\futurelet\nchar\braceorlinexxx}
 \def\braceorlinexxx{%
   \ifx\nchar\bgroup\else
     \expandafter\parsearg
-  \fi \next}
-
-% We mant to disable all macros during \shipout so that they are not
-% expanded by \write.
-\def\turnoffmacros{\begingroup \def\do##1{\let\noexpand##1=\relax}%
-  \edef\next{\macrolist}\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+  \fi \macnamexxx}
 
 
 % @alias.
 % We need some trickery to remove the optional spaces around the equal
 % sign.  Just make them active and then expand them all to nothing.
-\def\alias{\begingroup\obeyspaces\parsearg\aliasxxx}
+\def\alias{\parseargusing\obeyspaces\aliasxxx}
 \def\aliasxxx #1{\aliasyyy#1\relax}
-\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{\ignoreactivespaces
-\edef\next{\global\let\expandafter\noexpand\csname#1\endcsname=%
-           \expandafter\noexpand\csname#2\endcsname}%
-\expandafter\endgroup\next}
+\def\aliasyyy #1=#2\relax{%
+  {%
+    \expandafter\let\obeyedspace=\empty
+    \addtomacrolist{#1}%
+    \xdef\next{\global\let\makecsname{#1}=\makecsname{#2}}%
+  }%
+  \next
+}
 
 
 \message{cross references,}
-% @xref etc.
 
 \newwrite\auxfile
-
 \newif\ifhavexrefs    % True if xref values are known.
 \newif\ifwarnedxrefs  % True if we warned once that they aren't known.
 
@@ -5855,64 +6851,68 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\inforefzzz #1,#2,#3,#4**{\putwordSee{} \putwordInfo{} \putwordfile{} \file{\ignorespaces #3{}},
   node \samp{\ignorespaces#1{}}}
 
-% @node's job is to define \lastnode.
-\def\node{\ENVcheck\parsearg\nodezzz}
-\def\nodezzz#1{\nodexxx #1,\finishnodeparse}
-\def\nodexxx#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+% @node's only job in TeX is to define \lastnode, which is used in
+% cross-references.  The @node line might or might not have commas, and
+% might or might not have spaces before the first comma, like:
+% @node foo , bar , ...
+% We don't want such trailing spaces in the node name.
+%
+\parseargdef\node{\checkenv{}\donode #1 ,\finishnodeparse}
+%
+% also remove a trailing comma, in case of something like this:
+% @node Help-Cross,  ,  , Cross-refs
+\def\donode#1 ,#2\finishnodeparse{\dodonode #1,\finishnodeparse}
+\def\dodonode#1,#2\finishnodeparse{\gdef\lastnode{#1}}
+
 \let\nwnode=\node
-\let\lastnode=\relax
-
-% The sectioning commands (@chapter, etc.) call these.
-\def\donoderef{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
-      {Ysectionnumberandtype}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
-  \fi
-}
-\def\unnumbnoderef{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}{Ynothing}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
-  \fi
-}
-\def\appendixnoderef{%
-  \ifx\lastnode\relax\else
-    \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\setref{\lastnode}%
-      {Yappendixletterandtype}%
-    \global\let\lastnode=\relax
+\let\lastnode=\empty
+
+% Write a cross-reference definition for the current node.  #1 is the
+% type (Ynumbered, Yappendix, Ynothing).
+%
+\def\donoderef#1{%
+  \ifx\lastnode\empty\else
+    \setref{\lastnode}{#1}%
+    \global\let\lastnode=\empty
   \fi
 }
 
-
 % @anchor{NAME} -- define xref target at arbitrary point.
 %
 \newcount\savesfregister
-\gdef\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
-\gdef\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
-\gdef\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
+%
+\def\savesf{\relax \ifhmode \savesfregister=\spacefactor \fi}
+\def\restoresf{\relax \ifhmode \spacefactor=\savesfregister \fi}
+\def\anchor#1{\savesf \setref{#1}{Ynothing}\restoresf \ignorespaces}
 
 % \setref{NAME}{SNT} defines a cross-reference point NAME (a node or an
-% anchor), namely NAME-title (the corresponding @chapter/etc. name),
-% NAME-pg (the page number), and NAME-snt (section number and type).
-% Called from \foonoderef.
-%
-% We have to set \indexdummies so commands such as @code in a section
-% title aren't expanded.  It would be nicer not to expand the titles in
-% the first place, but there's so many layers that that is hard to do.
-%
-% Likewise, use \turnoffactive so that punctuation chars such as underscore
-% and backslash work in node names.
-%
-\def\setref#1#2{{%
-  \atdummies
+% anchor), which consists of three parts:
+% 1) NAME-title - the current sectioning name taken from \lastsection,
+%                 or the anchor name.
+% 2) NAME-snt   - section number and type, passed as the SNT arg, or
+%                 empty for anchors.
+% 3) NAME-pg    - the page number.
+%
+% This is called from \donoderef, \anchor, and \dofloat.  In the case of
+% floats, there is an additional part, which is not written here:
+% 4) NAME-lof   - the text as it should appear in a @listoffloats.
+%
+\def\setref#1#2{%
   \pdfmkdest{#1}%
-  %
-  \turnoffactive
-  \dosetq{#1-title}{Ytitle}%
-  \dosetq{#1-pg}{Ypagenumber}%
-  \dosetq{#1-snt}{#2}%
-}}
+  \iflinks
+    {%
+      \atdummies  % preserve commands, but don't expand them
+      \edef\writexrdef##1##2{%
+	\write\auxfile{@xrdef{#1-% #1 of \setref, expanded by the \edef
+	  ##1}{##2}}% these are parameters of \writexrdef
+      }%
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\lastsection}%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{title}{\the\toks0 }%
+      \immediate \writexrdef{snt}{\csname #2\endcsname}% \Ynumbered etc.
+      \safewhatsit{\writexrdef{pg}{\folio}}% will be written later, during \shipout
+    }%
+  \fi
+}
 
 % @xref, @pxref, and @ref generate cross-references.  For \xrefX, #1 is
 % the node name, #2 the name of the Info cross-reference, #3 the printed
@@ -5925,105 +6925,126 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 \def\xrefX[#1,#2,#3,#4,#5,#6]{\begingroup
   \unsepspaces
   \def\printedmanual{\ignorespaces #5}%
-  \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #3}%
-  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual}%
-  \setbox0=\hbox{\printednodename}%
+  \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #3}%
+  \setbox1=\hbox{\printedmanual\unskip}%
+  \setbox0=\hbox{\printedrefname\unskip}%
   \ifdim \wd0 = 0pt
     % No printed node name was explicitly given.
     \expandafter\ifx\csname SETxref-automatic-section-title\endcsname\relax
       % Use the node name inside the square brackets.
-      \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+      \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
     \else
       % Use the actual chapter/section title appear inside
       % the square brackets.  Use the real section title if we have it.
       \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
         % It is in another manual, so we don't have it.
-        \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+        \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
       \else
         \ifhavexrefs
           % We know the real title if we have the xref values.
-          \def\printednodename{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
+          \def\printedrefname{\refx{#1-title}{}}%
         \else
           % Otherwise just copy the Info node name.
-          \def\printednodename{\ignorespaces #1}%
+          \def\printedrefname{\ignorespaces #1}%
         \fi%
       \fi
     \fi
   \fi
   %
-  % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
-  % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
-  % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
-  % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
-  % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
-  % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+  % Make link in pdf output.
   \ifpdf
     \leavevmode
     \getfilename{#4}%
-    {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
+    {\indexnofonts
+     \turnoffactive
+     % See comments at \activebackslashdouble.
+     {\activebackslashdouble \xdef\pdfxrefdest{#1}%
+      \backslashparens\pdfxrefdest}%
+     %
      \ifnum\filenamelength>0
        \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{#1}%
+         goto file{\the\filename.pdf} name{\pdfxrefdest}%
      \else
        \startlink attr{/Border [0 0 0]}%
-         goto name{#1}%
+         goto name{\pdfmkpgn{\pdfxrefdest}}%
      \fi
     }%
-    \linkcolor
+    \setcolor{\linkcolor}%
   \fi
   %
-  \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
-    \putwordsection{} ``\printednodename'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
-  \else
-    % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
-    % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
-    % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
-    % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
-    % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
-    {\turnoffactive \otherbackslash
-     % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
-     % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
-     \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
-     \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
-    }%
-    % output the `[mynode]' via a macro.
-    \xrefprintnodename\printednodename
+  % Float references are printed completely differently: "Figure 1.2"
+  % instead of "[somenode], p.3".  We distinguish them by the
+  % LABEL-title being set to a magic string.
+  {%
+    % Have to otherify everything special to allow the \csname to
+    % include an _ in the xref name, etc.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\Xthisreftitle
+      \csname XR#1-title\endcsname
+  }%
+  \iffloat\Xthisreftitle
+    % If the user specified the print name (third arg) to the ref,
+    % print it instead of our usual "Figure 1.2".
+    \ifdim\wd0 = 0pt
+      \refx{#1-snt}{}%
+    \else
+      \printedrefname
+    \fi
     %
-    % But we always want a comma and a space:
-    ,\space
+    % if the user also gave the printed manual name (fifth arg), append
+    % "in MANUALNAME".
+    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+      \space \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    % node/anchor (non-float) references.
     %
-    % output the `page 3'.
-    \turnoffactive \otherbackslash \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+    % If we use \unhbox0 and \unhbox1 to print the node names, TeX does not
+    % insert empty discretionaries after hyphens, which means that it will
+    % not find a line break at a hyphen in a node names.  Since some manuals
+    % are best written with fairly long node names, containing hyphens, this
+    % is a loss.  Therefore, we give the text of the node name again, so it
+    % is as if TeX is seeing it for the first time.
+    \ifdim \wd1 > 0pt
+      \putwordSection{} ``\printedrefname'' \putwordin{} \cite{\printedmanual}%
+    \else
+      % _ (for example) has to be the character _ for the purposes of the
+      % control sequence corresponding to the node, but it has to expand
+      % into the usual \leavevmode...\vrule stuff for purposes of
+      % printing. So we \turnoffactive for the \refx-snt, back on for the
+      % printing, back off for the \refx-pg.
+      {\turnoffactive
+       % Only output a following space if the -snt ref is nonempty; for
+       % @unnumbered and @anchor, it won't be.
+       \setbox2 = \hbox{\ignorespaces \refx{#1-snt}{}}%
+       \ifdim \wd2 > 0pt \refx{#1-snt}\space\fi
+      }%
+      % output the `[mynode]' via a macro so it can be overridden.
+      \xrefprintnodename\printedrefname
+      %
+      % But we always want a comma and a space:
+      ,\space
+      %
+      % output the `page 3'.
+      \turnoffactive \putwordpage\tie\refx{#1-pg}{}%
+    \fi
   \fi
   \endlink
 \endgroup}
 
 % This macro is called from \xrefX for the `[nodename]' part of xref
 % output.  It's a separate macro only so it can be changed more easily,
-% since not square brackets don't work in some documents.  Particularly
+% since square brackets don't work well in some documents.  Particularly
 % one that Bob is working on :).
 %
 \def\xrefprintnodename#1{[#1]}
 
-% \dosetq is called from \setref to do the actual \write (\iflinks).
+% Things referred to by \setref.
 %
-\def\dosetq#1#2{%
-  {\let\folio=0%
-   \edef\next{\write\auxfile{\internalsetq{#1}{#2}}}%
-   \iflinks \next \fi
-  }%
-}
-
-% \internalsetq{foo}{page} expands into
-%   CHARACTERS @xrdef{foo}{...expansion of \page...}
-\def\internalsetq#1#2{@xrdef{#1}{\csname #2\endcsname}}
-
-% Things to be expanded by \internalsetq.
-%
-\def\Ypagenumber{\folio}
-\def\Ytitle{\thissection}
 \def\Ynothing{}
-\def\Ysectionnumberandtype{%
+\def\Yomitfromtoc{}
+\def\Ynumbered{%
   \ifnum\secno=0
     \putwordChapter@tie \the\chapno
   \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
@@ -6034,8 +7055,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
     \putwordSection@tie \the\chapno.\the\secno.\the\subsecno.\the\subsubsecno
   \fi\fi\fi
 }
-
-\def\Yappendixletterandtype{%
+\def\Yappendix{%
   \ifnum\secno=0
      \putwordAppendix@tie @char\the\appendixno{}%
   \else \ifnum\subsecno=0
@@ -6048,15 +7068,6 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \fi\fi\fi
 }
 
-% Use TeX 3.0's \inputlineno to get the line number, for better error
-% messages, but if we're using an old version of TeX, don't do anything.
-%
-\ifx\inputlineno\thisisundefined
-  \let\linenumber = \empty % Pre-3.0.
-\else
-  \def\linenumber{\the\inputlineno:\space}
-\fi
-
 % Define \refx{NAME}{SUFFIX} to reference a cross-reference string named NAME.
 % If its value is nonempty, SUFFIX is output afterward.
 %
@@ -6065,7 +7076,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
     \indexnofonts
     \otherbackslash
     \expandafter\global\expandafter\let\expandafter\thisrefX
-      \csname X#1\endcsname
+      \csname XR#1\endcsname
   }%
   \ifx\thisrefX\relax
     % If not defined, say something at least.
@@ -6087,12 +7098,54 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   #2% Output the suffix in any case.
 }
 
-% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.
+% This is the macro invoked by entries in the aux file.  Usually it's
+% just a \def (we prepend XR to the control sequence name to avoid
+% collisions).  But if this is a float type, we have more work to do.
 %
-\def\xrdef#1{\expandafter\gdef\csname X#1\endcsname}
+\def\xrdef#1#2{%
+  {% The node name might contain 8-bit characters, which in our current
+   % implementation are changed to commands like @'e.  Don't let these
+   % mess up the control sequence name.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \xdef\safexrefname{#1}%
+  }%
+  %
+  \expandafter\gdef\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname{#2}% remember this xref
+  %
+  % Was that xref control sequence that we just defined for a float?
+  \expandafter\iffloat\csname XR\safexrefname\endcsname
+    % it was a float, and we have the (safe) float type in \iffloattype.
+    \expandafter\let\expandafter\floatlist
+      \csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname
+    %
+    % Is this the first time we've seen this float type?
+    \expandafter\ifx\floatlist\relax
+      \toks0 = {\do}% yes, so just \do
+    \else
+      % had it before, so preserve previous elements in list.
+      \toks0 = \expandafter{\floatlist\do}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Remember this xref in the control sequence \floatlistFLOATTYPE,
+    % for later use in \listoffloats.
+    \expandafter\xdef\csname floatlist\iffloattype\endcsname{\the\toks0
+      {\safexrefname}}%
+  \fi
+}
 
 % Read the last existing aux file, if any.  No error if none exists.
-\def\readauxfile{\begingroup
+%
+\def\tryauxfile{%
+  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
+  \ifeof 1 \else
+    \readdatafile{aux}%
+    \global\havexrefstrue
+  \fi
+  \closein 1
+}
+
+\def\setupdatafile{%
   \catcode`\^^@=\other
   \catcode`\^^A=\other
   \catcode`\^^B=\other
@@ -6150,41 +7203,40 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \catcode`\%=\other
   \catcode`+=\other % avoid \+ for paranoia even though we've turned it off
   %
-  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters
+  % This is to support \ in node names and titles, since the \
+  % characters end up in a \csname.  It's easier than
+  % leaving it active and making its active definition an actual \
+  % character.  What I don't understand is why it works in the *value*
+  % of the xrdef.  Seems like it should be a catcode12 \, and that
+  % should not typeset properly.  But it works, so I'm moving on for
+  % now.  --karl, 15jan04.
+  \catcode`\\=\other
+  %
+  % Make the characters 128-255 be printing characters.
   {%
-    \count 1=128
+    \count1=128
     \def\loop{%
-      \catcode\count 1=\other
-      \advance\count 1 by 1
-      \ifnum \count 1<256 \loop \fi
+      \catcode\count1=\other
+      \advance\count1 by 1
+      \ifnum \count1<256 \loop \fi
     }%
   }%
   %
-  % Turn off \ as an escape so we do not lose on
-  % entries which were dumped with control sequences in their names.
-  % For example, @xrdef{$\leq $-fun}{page ...} made by @defun ^^
-  % Reference to such entries still does not work the way one would wish,
-  % but at least they do not bomb out when the aux file is read in.
-  \catcode`\\=\other
-  %
-  % @ is our escape character in .aux files.
+  % @ is our escape character in .aux files, and we need braces.
   \catcode`\{=1
   \catcode`\}=2
   \catcode`\@=0
-  %
-  \openin 1 \jobname.aux
-  \ifeof 1 \else
-    \closein 1
-    \input \jobname.aux
-    \global\havexrefstrue
-    \global\warnedobstrue
-  \fi
-  % Open the new aux file.  TeX will close it automatically at exit.
-  \openout\auxfile=\jobname.aux
+}
+
+\def\readdatafile#1{%
+\begingroup
+  \setupdatafile
+  \input\jobname.#1
 \endgroup}
 
 
-% Footnotes.
+\message{insertions,}
+% including footnotes.
 
 \newcount \footnoteno
 
@@ -6198,13 +7250,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % @footnotestyle is meaningful for info output only.
 \let\footnotestyle=\comment
 
-\let\ptexfootnote=\footnote
-
 {\catcode `\@=11
 %
 % Auto-number footnotes.  Otherwise like plain.
 \gdef\footnote{%
   \let\indent=\ptexindent
+  \let\noindent=\ptexnoindent
   \global\advance\footnoteno by \@ne
   \edef\thisfootno{$^{\the\footnoteno}$}%
   %
@@ -6222,17 +7273,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % Don't bother with the trickery in plain.tex to not require the
 % footnote text as a parameter.  Our footnotes don't need to be so general.
 %
-% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset and anything else that uses
-% \parseargline fail inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
+% Oh yes, they do; otherwise, @ifset (and anything else that uses
+% \parseargline) fails inside footnotes because the tokens are fixed when
 % the footnote is read.  --karl, 16nov96.
 %
-% The start of the footnote looks usually like this:
-\gdef\startfootins{\insert\footins\bgroup}
-%
-% ... but this macro is redefined inside @multitable.
-%
 \gdef\dofootnote{%
-  \startfootins
+  \insert\footins\bgroup
   % We want to typeset this text as a normal paragraph, even if the
   % footnote reference occurs in (for example) a display environment.
   % So reset some parameters.
@@ -6268,40 +7314,66 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 }%end \catcode `\@=11
 
-% @| inserts a changebar to the left of the current line.  It should
-% surround any changed text.  This approach does *not* work if the
-% change spans more than two lines of output.  To handle that, we would
-% have adopt a much more difficult approach (putting marks into the main
-% vertical list for the beginning and end of each change).
+% In case a @footnote appears in a vbox, save the footnote text and create
+% the real \insert just after the vbox finished.  Otherwise, the insertion
+% would be lost.
+% Similarily, if a @footnote appears inside an alignment, save the footnote
+% text to a box and make the \insert when a row of the table is finished.
+% And the same can be done for other insert classes.  --kasal, 16nov03.
+
+% Replace the \insert primitive by a cheating macro.
+% Deeper inside, just make sure that the saved insertions are not spilled
+% out prematurely.
 %
-\def\|{%
-  % \vadjust can only be used in horizontal mode.
-  \leavevmode
-  %
-  % Append this vertical mode material after the current line in the output.
-  \vadjust{%
-    % We want to insert a rule with the height and depth of the current
-    % leading; that is exactly what \strutbox is supposed to record.
-    \vskip-\baselineskip
-    %
-    % \vadjust-items are inserted at the left edge of the type.  So
-    % the \llap here moves out into the left-hand margin.
-    \llap{%
-      %
-      % For a thicker or thinner bar, change the `1pt'.
-      \vrule height\baselineskip width1pt
-      %
-      % This is the space between the bar and the text.
-      \hskip 12pt
-    }%
-  }%
+\def\startsavinginserts{%
+  \ifx \insert\ptexinsert
+    \let\insert\saveinsert
+  \else
+    \let\checkinserts\relax
+  \fi
 }
 
-% For a final copy, take out the rectangles
-% that mark overfull boxes (in case you have decided
-% that the text looks ok even though it passes the margin).
+% This \insert replacement works for both \insert\footins{foo} and
+% \insert\footins\bgroup foo\egroup, but it doesn't work for \insert27{foo}.
 %
-\def\finalout{\overfullrule=0pt}
+\def\saveinsert#1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\savetobox \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \afterassignment\next
+  % swallow the left brace
+  \let\temp =
+}
+\def\makeSAVEname#1{\makecsname{SAVE\expandafter\gobble\string#1}}
+\def\savetobox#1{\global\setbox#1 = \vbox\bgroup \unvbox#1}
+
+\def\checksaveins#1{\ifvoid#1\else \placesaveins#1\fi}
+
+\def\placesaveins#1{%
+  \ptexinsert \csname\expandafter\gobblesave\string#1\endcsname
+    {\box#1}%
+}
+
+% eat @SAVE -- beware, all of them have catcode \other:
+{
+  \def\dospecials{\do S\do A\do V\do E} \uncatcodespecials  %  ;-)
+  \gdef\gobblesave @SAVE{}
+}
+
+% initialization:
+\def\newsaveins #1{%
+  \edef\next{\noexpand\newsaveinsX \makeSAVEname#1}%
+  \next
+}
+\def\newsaveinsX #1{%
+  \csname newbox\endcsname #1%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter\checkinserts\expandafter{\checkinserts
+    \checksaveins #1}%
+}
+
+% initialize:
+\let\checkinserts\empty
+\newsaveins\footins
+\newsaveins\margin
+
 
 % @image.  We use the macros from epsf.tex to support this.
 % If epsf.tex is not installed and @image is used, we complain.
@@ -6311,12 +7383,12 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 % undone and the next image would fail.
 \openin 1 = epsf.tex
 \ifeof 1 \else
-  \closein 1
   % Do not bother showing banner with epsf.tex v2.7k (available in
   % doc/epsf.tex and on ctan).
   \def\epsfannounce{\toks0 = }%
   \input epsf.tex
 \fi
+\closein 1
 %
 % We will only complain once about lack of epsf.tex.
 \newif\ifwarnednoepsf
@@ -6355,7 +7427,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
     % above and below.
     \nobreak\vskip\parskip
     \nobreak
-    \line\bgroup\hss
+    \line\bgroup
   \fi
   %
   % Output the image.
@@ -6368,45 +7440,1140 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
     \epsfbox{#1.eps}%
   \fi
   %
-  \ifimagevmode \hss \egroup \bigbreak \fi  % space after the image
+  \ifimagevmode \egroup \bigbreak \fi  % space after the image
 \endgroup}
 
 
+% @float FLOATTYPE,LABEL,LOC ... @end float for displayed figures, tables,
+% etc.  We don't actually implement floating yet, we always include the
+% float "here".  But it seemed the best name for the future.
+%
+\envparseargdef\float{\eatcommaspace\eatcommaspace\dofloat#1, , ,\finish}
+
+% There may be a space before second and/or third parameter; delete it.
+\def\eatcommaspace#1, {#1,}
+
+% #1 is the optional FLOATTYPE, the text label for this float, typically
+% "Figure", "Table", "Example", etc.  Can't contain commas.  If omitted,
+% this float will not be numbered and cannot be referred to.
+%
+% #2 is the optional xref label.  Also must be present for the float to
+% be referable.
+%
+% #3 is the optional positioning argument; for now, it is ignored.  It
+% will somehow specify the positions allowed to float to (here, top, bottom).
+%
+% We keep a separate counter for each FLOATTYPE, which we reset at each
+% chapter-level command.
+\let\resetallfloatnos=\empty
+%
+\def\dofloat#1,#2,#3,#4\finish{%
+  \let\thiscaption=\empty
+  \let\thisshortcaption=\empty
+  %
+  % don't lose footnotes inside @float.
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start float, we have to issue warning whenever an
+  % insert appears inside a float which could possibly float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \startsavinginserts
+  %
+  % We can't be used inside a paragraph.
+  \par
+  %
+  \vtop\bgroup
+    \def\floattype{#1}%
+    \def\floatlabel{#2}%
+    \def\floatloc{#3}% we do nothing with this yet.
+    %
+    \ifx\floattype\empty
+      \let\safefloattype=\empty
+    \else
+      {%
+        % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+        % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+        \indexnofonts
+        \turnoffactive
+        \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If label is given but no type, we handle that as the empty type.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % We want each FLOATTYPE to be numbered separately (Figure 1,
+      % Table 1, Figure 2, ...).  (And if no label, no number.)
+      %
+      \expandafter\getfloatno\csname\safefloattype floatno\endcsname
+      \global\advance\floatno by 1
+      %
+      {%
+        % This magic value for \lastsection is output by \setref as the
+        % XREFLABEL-title value.  \xrefX uses it to distinguish float
+        % labels (which have a completely different output format) from
+        % node and anchor labels.  And \xrdef uses it to construct the
+        % lists of floats.
+        %
+        \edef\lastsection{\floatmagic=\safefloattype}%
+        \setref{\floatlabel}{Yfloat}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % start with \parskip glue, I guess.
+    \vskip\parskip
+    %
+    % Don't suppress indentation if a float happens to start a section.
+    \restorefirstparagraphindent
+}
+
+% we have these possibilities:
+% @float Foo,lbl & @caption{Cap}: Foo 1.1: Cap
+% @float Foo,lbl & no caption:    Foo 1.1
+% @float Foo & @caption{Cap}:     Foo: Cap
+% @float Foo & no caption:        Foo
+% @float ,lbl & Caption{Cap}:     1.1: Cap
+% @float ,lbl & no caption:       1.1
+% @float & @caption{Cap}:         Cap
+% @float & no caption:
+%
+\def\Efloat{%
+    \let\floatident = \empty
+    %
+    % In all cases, if we have a float type, it comes first.
+    \ifx\floattype\empty \else \def\floatident{\floattype}\fi
+    %
+    % If we have an xref label, the number comes next.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      \ifx\floattype\empty \else % if also had float type, need tie first.
+        \appendtomacro\floatident{\tie}%
+      \fi
+      % the number.
+      \appendtomacro\floatident{\chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % Start the printed caption with what we've constructed in
+    % \floatident, but keep it separate; we need \floatident again.
+    \let\captionline = \floatident
+    %
+    \ifx\thiscaption\empty \else
+      \ifx\floatident\empty \else
+	\appendtomacro\captionline{: }% had ident, so need a colon between
+      \fi
+      %
+      % caption text.
+      \appendtomacro\captionline{\scanexp\thiscaption}%
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If we have anything to print, print it, with space before.
+    % Eventually this needs to become an \insert.
+    \ifx\captionline\empty \else
+      \vskip.5\parskip
+      \captionline
+      %
+      % Space below caption.
+      \vskip\parskip
+    \fi
+    %
+    % If have an xref label, write the list of floats info.  Do this
+    % after the caption, to avoid chance of it being a breakpoint.
+    \ifx\floatlabel\empty \else
+      % Write the text that goes in the lof to the aux file as
+      % \floatlabel-lof.  Besides \floatident, we include the short
+      % caption if specified, else the full caption if specified, else nothing.
+      {%
+        \atdummies
+        %
+        % since we read the caption text in the macro world, where ^^M
+        % is turned into a normal character, we have to scan it back, so
+        % we don't write the literal three characters "^^M" into the aux file.
+	\scanexp{%
+	  \xdef\noexpand\gtemp{%
+	    \ifx\thisshortcaption\empty
+	      \thiscaption
+	    \else
+	      \thisshortcaption
+	    \fi
+	  }%
+	}%
+        \immediate\write\auxfile{@xrdef{\floatlabel-lof}{\floatident
+	  \ifx\gtemp\empty \else : \gtemp \fi}}%
+      }%
+    \fi
+  \egroup  % end of \vtop
+  %
+  % place the captured inserts
+  %
+  % BEWARE: when the floats start floating, we have to issue warning
+  % whenever an insert appears inside a float which could possibly
+  % float. --kasal, 26may04
+  %
+  \checkinserts
+}
+
+% Append the tokens #2 to the definition of macro #1, not expanding either.
+%
+\def\appendtomacro#1#2{%
+  \expandafter\def\expandafter#1\expandafter{#1#2}%
+}
+
+% @caption, @shortcaption
+%
+\def\caption{\docaption\thiscaption}
+\def\shortcaption{\docaption\thisshortcaption}
+\def\docaption{\checkenv\float \bgroup\scanargctxt\defcaption}
+\def\defcaption#1#2{\egroup \def#1{#2}}
+
+% The parameter is the control sequence identifying the counter we are
+% going to use.  Create it if it doesn't exist and assign it to \floatno.
+\def\getfloatno#1{%
+  \ifx#1\relax
+      % Haven't seen this figure type before.
+      \csname newcount\endcsname #1%
+      %
+      % Remember to reset this floatno at the next chap.
+      \expandafter\gdef\expandafter\resetallfloatnos
+        \expandafter{\resetallfloatnos #1=0 }%
+  \fi
+  \let\floatno#1%
+}
+
+% \setref calls this to get the XREFLABEL-snt value.  We want an @xref
+% to the FLOATLABEL to expand to "Figure 3.1".  We call \setref when we
+% first read the @float command.
+%
+\def\Yfloat{\floattype@tie \chaplevelprefix\the\floatno}%
+
+% Magic string used for the XREFLABEL-title value, so \xrefX can
+% distinguish floats from other xref types.
+\def\floatmagic{!!float!!}
+
+% #1 is the control sequence we are passed; we expand into a conditional
+% which is true if #1 represents a float ref.  That is, the magic
+% \lastsection value which we \setref above.
+%
+\def\iffloat#1{\expandafter\doiffloat#1==\finish}
+%
+% #1 is (maybe) the \floatmagic string.  If so, #2 will be the
+% (safe) float type for this float.  We set \iffloattype to #2.
+%
+\def\doiffloat#1=#2=#3\finish{%
+  \def\temp{#1}%
+  \def\iffloattype{#2}%
+  \ifx\temp\floatmagic
+}
+
+% @listoffloats FLOATTYPE - print a list of floats like a table of contents.
+%
+\parseargdef\listoffloats{%
+  \def\floattype{#1}% floattype
+  {%
+    % the floattype might have accents or other special characters,
+    % but we need to use it in a control sequence name.
+    \indexnofonts
+    \turnoffactive
+    \xdef\safefloattype{\floattype}%
+  }%
+  %
+  % \xrdef saves the floats as a \do-list in \floatlistSAFEFLOATTYPE.
+  \expandafter\ifx\csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname \relax
+    \ifhavexrefs
+      % if the user said @listoffloats foo but never @float foo.
+      \message{\linenumber No `\safefloattype' floats to list.}%
+    \fi
+  \else
+    \begingroup
+      \leftskip=\tocindent  % indent these entries like a toc
+      \let\do=\listoffloatsdo
+      \csname floatlist\safefloattype\endcsname
+    \endgroup
+  \fi
+}
+
+% This is called on each entry in a list of floats.  We're passed the
+% xref label, in the form LABEL-title, which is how we save it in the
+% aux file.  We strip off the -title and look up \XRLABEL-lof, which
+% has the text we're supposed to typeset here.
+%
+% Figures without xref labels will not be included in the list (since
+% they won't appear in the aux file).
+%
+\def\listoffloatsdo#1{\listoffloatsdoentry#1\finish}
+\def\listoffloatsdoentry#1-title\finish{{%
+  % Can't fully expand XR#1-lof because it can contain anything.  Just
+  % pass the control sequence.  On the other hand, XR#1-pg is just the
+  % page number, and we want to fully expand that so we can get a link
+  % in pdf output.
+  \toksA = \expandafter{\csname XR#1-lof\endcsname}%
+  %
+  % use the same \entry macro we use to generate the TOC and index.
+  \edef\writeentry{\noexpand\entry{\the\toksA}{\csname XR#1-pg\endcsname}}%
+  \writeentry
+}}
+
+
 \message{localization,}
-% and i18n.
 
 % @documentlanguage is usually given very early, just after
 % @setfilename.  If done too late, it may not override everything
-% properly.  Single argument is the language abbreviation.
-% It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file here.
+% properly.  Single argument is the language (de) or locale (de_DE)
+% abbreviation.  It would be nice if we could set up a hyphenation file.
 %
-\def\documentlanguage{\parsearg\dodocumentlanguage}
-\def\dodocumentlanguage#1{%
+{
+  \catcode`\_ = \active
+  \globaldefs=1
+\parseargdef\documentlanguage{\begingroup
+  \let_=\normalunderscore  % normal _ character for filenames
   \tex % read txi-??.tex file in plain TeX.
-  % Read the file if it exists.
+    % Read the file by the name they passed if it exists.
+    \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
+    \ifeof 1
+      \documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore{#1_\finish}%
+    \else
+      \input txi-#1.tex
+    \fi
+    \closein 1
+  \endgroup
+\endgroup}
+}
+%
+% If they passed de_DE, and txi-de_DE.tex doesn't exist,
+% try txi-de.tex.
+% 
+\def\documentlanguagetrywithoutunderscore#1_#2\finish{%
   \openin 1 txi-#1.tex
-  \ifeof1
+  \ifeof 1
     \errhelp = \nolanghelp
     \errmessage{Cannot read language file txi-#1.tex}%
-    \let\temp = \relax
   \else
-    \def\temp{\input txi-#1.tex }%
+    \input txi-#1.tex
   \fi
-  \temp
-  \endgroup
+  \closein 1
 }
+%
 \newhelp\nolanghelp{The given language definition file cannot be found or
 is empty.  Maybe you need to install it?  In the current directory
 should work if nowhere else does.}
 
+% Set the catcode of characters 128 through 255 to the specified number.
+%
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcode#1{%
+   \count255=128
+   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+      \global\catcode\count255=#1\relax
+      \advance\count255 by 1
+   \repeat
+}
+
+\def\setnonasciicharscatcodenonglobal#1{%
+   \count255=128
+   \loop\ifnum\count255<256
+      \catcode\count255=#1\relax
+      \advance\count255 by 1
+   \repeat
+}
+
+% @documentencoding sets the definition of non-ASCII characters
+% according to the specified encoding.
+%
+\parseargdef\documentencoding{%
+  % Encoding being declared for the document.
+  \def\declaredencoding{\csname #1.enc\endcsname}%
+  %
+  % Supported encodings: names converted to tokens in order to be able
+  % to compare them with \ifx.
+  \def\ascii{\csname US-ASCII.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\latnine{\csname ISO-8859-15.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\latone{\csname ISO-8859-1.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\lattwo{\csname ISO-8859-2.enc\endcsname}%
+  \def\utfeight{\csname UTF-8.enc\endcsname}%
+  %
+  \ifx \declaredencoding \ascii
+     \asciichardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \lattwo
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \lattwochardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latone 
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \latonechardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \latnine
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \latninechardefs
+  %
+  \else \ifx \declaredencoding \utfeight
+     \setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+     \utfeightchardefs
+  %
+  \else 
+    \message{Unknown document encoding #1, ignoring.}%
+  %
+  \fi % utfeight
+  \fi % latnine
+  \fi % latone
+  \fi % lattwo
+  \fi % ascii
+}
+
+% A message to be logged when using a character that isn't available
+% the default font encoding (OT1).
+% 
+\def\missingcharmsg#1{\message{Character missing in OT1 encoding: #1.}}
+
+% Take account of \c (plain) vs. \, (Texinfo) difference.
+\def\cedilla#1{\ifx\c\ptexc\c{#1}\else\,{#1}\fi}
+
+% First, make active non-ASCII characters in order for them to be
+% correctly categorized when TeX reads the replacement text of
+% macros containing the character definitions.
+\setnonasciicharscatcode\active
+%
+% Latin1 (ISO-8859-1) character definitions.
+\def\latonechardefs{%
+  \gdef^^a0{~} 
+  \gdef^^a1{\exclamdown}
+  \gdef^^a2{\missingcharmsg{CENT SIGN}} 
+  \gdef^^a3{{\pounds}}
+  \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+  \gdef^^a5{\missingcharmsg{YEN SIGN}}
+  \gdef^^a6{\missingcharmsg{BROKEN BAR}} 
+  \gdef^^a7{\S}
+  \gdef^^a8{\"{}} 
+  \gdef^^a9{\copyright} 
+  \gdef^^aa{\ordf}
+  \gdef^^ab{\missingcharmsg{LEFT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}} 
+  \gdef^^ac{$\lnot$}
+  \gdef^^ad{\-} 
+  \gdef^^ae{\registeredsymbol} 
+  \gdef^^af{\={}}
+  %
+  \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
+  \gdef^^b1{$\pm$}
+  \gdef^^b2{$^2$}
+  \gdef^^b3{$^3$}
+  \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
+  \gdef^^b5{$\mu$}
+  \gdef^^b6{\P}
+  %
+  \gdef^^b7{$^.$}
+  \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+  \gdef^^b9{$^1$}
+  \gdef^^ba{\ordm}
+  %
+  \gdef^^bb{\missingcharmsg{RIGHT-POINTING DOUBLE ANGLE QUOTATION MARK}}
+  \gdef^^bc{$1\over4$}
+  \gdef^^bd{$1\over2$}
+  \gdef^^be{$3\over4$}
+  \gdef^^bf{\questiondown}
+  %
+  \gdef^^c0{\`A}
+  \gdef^^c1{\'A}
+  \gdef^^c2{\^A}
+  \gdef^^c3{\~A}
+  \gdef^^c4{\"A}
+  \gdef^^c5{\ringaccent A} 
+  \gdef^^c6{\AE}
+  \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
+  \gdef^^c8{\`E}
+  \gdef^^c9{\'E}
+  \gdef^^ca{\^E}
+  \gdef^^cb{\"E}
+  \gdef^^cc{\`I}
+  \gdef^^cd{\'I}
+  \gdef^^ce{\^I}
+  \gdef^^cf{\"I}
+  %
+  \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER ETH}}
+  \gdef^^d1{\~N}
+  \gdef^^d2{\`O}
+  \gdef^^d3{\'O}
+  \gdef^^d4{\^O}
+  \gdef^^d5{\~O}
+  \gdef^^d6{\"O}
+  \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdef^^d8{\O}
+  \gdef^^d9{\`U}
+  \gdef^^da{\'U}
+  \gdef^^db{\^U}
+  \gdef^^dc{\"U}
+  \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
+  \gdef^^de{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER THORN}}
+  \gdef^^df{\ss}
+  %
+  \gdef^^e0{\`a}
+  \gdef^^e1{\'a}
+  \gdef^^e2{\^a}
+  \gdef^^e3{\~a}
+  \gdef^^e4{\"a}
+  \gdef^^e5{\ringaccent a}
+  \gdef^^e6{\ae}
+  \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
+  \gdef^^e8{\`e}
+  \gdef^^e9{\'e}
+  \gdef^^ea{\^e}
+  \gdef^^eb{\"e}
+  \gdef^^ec{\`{\dotless i}}
+  \gdef^^ed{\'{\dotless i}}
+  \gdef^^ee{\^{\dotless i}}
+  \gdef^^ef{\"{\dotless i}}
+  %
+  \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER ETH}}
+  \gdef^^f1{\~n}
+  \gdef^^f2{\`o}
+  \gdef^^f3{\'o}
+  \gdef^^f4{\^o}
+  \gdef^^f5{\~o}
+  \gdef^^f6{\"o}
+  \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdef^^f8{\o}
+  \gdef^^f9{\`u}
+  \gdef^^fa{\'u}
+  \gdef^^fb{\^u}
+  \gdef^^fc{\"u}
+  \gdef^^fd{\'y}
+  \gdef^^fe{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER THORN}}
+  \gdef^^ff{\"y}
+}
+
+% Latin9 (ISO-8859-15) encoding character definitions.
+\def\latninechardefs{%
+  % Encoding is almost identical to Latin1.
+  \latonechardefs
+  %
+  \gdef^^a4{\euro}
+  \gdef^^a6{\v S}
+  \gdef^^a8{\v s}
+  \gdef^^b4{\v Z}
+  \gdef^^b8{\v z}
+  \gdef^^bc{\OE}
+  \gdef^^bd{\oe}
+  \gdef^^be{\"Y}
+}
+
+% Latin2 (ISO-8859-2) character definitions.
+\def\lattwochardefs{%
+  \gdef^^a0{~}
+  \gdef^^a1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
+  \gdef^^a2{\u{}}
+  \gdef^^a3{\L}
+  \gdef^^a4{\missingcharmsg{CURRENCY SIGN}}
+  \gdef^^a5{\v L}
+  \gdef^^a6{\'S}
+  \gdef^^a7{\S}
+  \gdef^^a8{\"{}}
+  \gdef^^a9{\v S}
+  \gdef^^aa{\cedilla S}
+  \gdef^^ab{\v T}
+  \gdef^^ac{\'Z}
+  \gdef^^ad{\-}
+  \gdef^^ae{\v Z}
+  \gdef^^af{\dotaccent Z}
+  %
+  \gdef^^b0{\textdegree}
+  \gdef^^b1{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER A WITH OGONEK}}
+  \gdef^^b2{\missingcharmsg{OGONEK}}
+  \gdef^^b3{\l}
+  \gdef^^b4{\'{}}
+  \gdef^^b5{\v l}
+  \gdef^^b6{\'s}
+  \gdef^^b7{\v{}}
+  \gdef^^b8{\cedilla\ }
+  \gdef^^b9{\v s}
+  \gdef^^ba{\cedilla s}
+  \gdef^^bb{\v t}
+  \gdef^^bc{\'z}
+  \gdef^^bd{\H{}}
+  \gdef^^be{\v z}
+  \gdef^^bf{\dotaccent z}
+  %
+  \gdef^^c0{\'R}
+  \gdef^^c1{\'A}
+  \gdef^^c2{\^A}
+  \gdef^^c3{\u A}
+  \gdef^^c4{\"A}
+  \gdef^^c5{\'L}
+  \gdef^^c6{\'C}
+  \gdef^^c7{\cedilla C}
+  \gdef^^c8{\v C}
+  \gdef^^c9{\'E}
+  \gdef^^ca{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
+  \gdef^^cb{\"E}
+  \gdef^^cc{\v E}
+  \gdef^^cd{\'I}
+  \gdef^^ce{\^I}
+  \gdef^^cf{\v D}
+  %
+  \gdef^^d0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN CAPITAL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
+  \gdef^^d1{\'N}
+  \gdef^^d2{\v N}
+  \gdef^^d3{\'O}
+  \gdef^^d4{\^O}
+  \gdef^^d5{\H O}
+  \gdef^^d6{\"O}
+  \gdef^^d7{$\times$}
+  \gdef^^d8{\v R}
+  \gdef^^d9{\ringaccent U} 
+  \gdef^^da{\'U}
+  \gdef^^db{\H U}
+  \gdef^^dc{\"U}
+  \gdef^^dd{\'Y}
+  \gdef^^de{\cedilla T}
+  \gdef^^df{\ss}
+  %
+  \gdef^^e0{\'r}
+  \gdef^^e1{\'a}
+  \gdef^^e2{\^a}
+  \gdef^^e3{\u a}
+  \gdef^^e4{\"a}
+  \gdef^^e5{\'l}
+  \gdef^^e6{\'c}
+  \gdef^^e7{\cedilla c}
+  \gdef^^e8{\v c}
+  \gdef^^e9{\'e}
+  \gdef^^ea{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER E WITH OGONEK}}
+  \gdef^^eb{\"e}
+  \gdef^^ec{\v e}
+  \gdef^^ed{\'\i}
+  \gdef^^ee{\^\i}
+  \gdef^^ef{\v d}
+  %
+  \gdef^^f0{\missingcharmsg{LATIN SMALL LETTER D WITH STROKE}}
+  \gdef^^f1{\'n}
+  \gdef^^f2{\v n}
+  \gdef^^f3{\'o}
+  \gdef^^f4{\^o}
+  \gdef^^f5{\H o}
+  \gdef^^f6{\"o}
+  \gdef^^f7{$\div$}
+  \gdef^^f8{\v r}
+  \gdef^^f9{\ringaccent u}
+  \gdef^^fa{\'u}
+  \gdef^^fb{\H u}
+  \gdef^^fc{\"u}
+  \gdef^^fd{\'y}
+  \gdef^^fe{\cedilla t}
+  \gdef^^ff{\dotaccent{}}
+}
+
+% UTF-8 character definitions.
+% 
+% This code to support UTF-8 is based on LaTeX's utf8.def, with some
+% changes for Texinfo conventions.  It is included here under the GPL by
+% permission from Frank Mittelbach and the LaTeX team.
+% 
+\newcount\countUTFx
+\newcount\countUTFy
+\newcount\countUTFz
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiTwoOctets#1#2{\expandafter
+   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiThreeOctets#1#2#3{\expandafter
+   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\endcsname}
+%
+\gdef\UTFviiiFourOctets#1#2#3#4{\expandafter
+   \UTFviiiDefined\csname u8:#1\string #2\string #3\string #4\endcsname}
+
+\gdef\UTFviiiDefined#1{%
+  \ifx #1\relax
+    \message{\linenumber Unicode char \string #1 not defined for Texinfo}%
+  \else
+    \expandafter #1%
+  \fi
+}
+
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\~13
+  \catcode`\"12
+
+  \def\UTFviiiLoop{%
+    \global\catcode\countUTFx\active
+    \uccode`\~\countUTFx
+    \uppercase\expandafter{\UTFviiiTmp}%
+    \advance\countUTFx by 1
+    \ifnum\countUTFx < \countUTFy
+      \expandafter\UTFviiiLoop
+    \fi}
+
+  \countUTFx = "C2
+  \countUTFy = "E0
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiTwoOctets\string~}}
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+
+  \countUTFx = "E0
+  \countUTFy = "F0
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiThreeOctets\string~}}
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+
+  \countUTFx = "F0
+  \countUTFy = "F4
+  \def\UTFviiiTmp{%
+    \xdef~{\noexpand\UTFviiiFourOctets\string~}}
+  \UTFviiiLoop
+\endgroup
 
-% @documentencoding should change something in TeX eventually, most
-% likely, but for now just recognize it.
-\let\documentencoding = \comment
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\"=12
+  \catcode`\<=12
+  \catcode`\.=12
+  \catcode`\,=12
+  \catcode`\;=12
+  \catcode`\!=12
+  \catcode`\~=13
+
+  \gdef\DeclareUnicodeCharacter#1#2{%
+    \countUTFz = "#1\relax
+    \wlog{\space\space defining Unicode char U+#1 (decimal \the\countUTFz)}%
+    \begingroup
+      \parseXMLCharref
+      \def\UTFviiiTwoOctets##1##2{%
+        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\endcsname}%
+      \def\UTFviiiThreeOctets##1##2##3{%
+        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\endcsname}%
+      \def\UTFviiiFourOctets##1##2##3##4{%
+        \csname u8:##1\string ##2\string ##3\string ##4\endcsname}%
+      \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+       \expandafter\expandafter\expandafter
+       \gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2}%
+    \endgroup}
 
+  \gdef\parseXMLCharref{%
+    \ifnum\countUTFz < "A0\relax
+      \errhelp = \EMsimple
+      \errmessage{Cannot define Unicode char value < 00A0}%
+    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "800\relax
+      \parseUTFviiiA,%
+      \parseUTFviiiB C\UTFviiiTwoOctets.,%
+    \else\ifnum\countUTFz < "10000\relax
+      \parseUTFviiiA;%
+      \parseUTFviiiA,%
+      \parseUTFviiiB E\UTFviiiThreeOctets.{,;}%
+    \else
+      \parseUTFviiiA;%
+      \parseUTFviiiA,%
+      \parseUTFviiiA!%
+      \parseUTFviiiB F\UTFviiiFourOctets.{!,;}%
+    \fi\fi\fi
+  }
+
+  \gdef\parseUTFviiiA#1{%
+    \countUTFx = \countUTFz
+    \divide\countUTFz by 64
+    \countUTFy = \countUTFz
+    \multiply\countUTFz by 64
+    \advance\countUTFx by -\countUTFz
+    \advance\countUTFx by 128
+    \uccode `#1\countUTFx
+    \countUTFz = \countUTFy}
+
+  \gdef\parseUTFviiiB#1#2#3#4{%
+    \advance\countUTFz by "#10\relax
+    \uccode `#3\countUTFz
+    \uppercase{\gdef\UTFviiiTmp{#2#3#4}}}
+\endgroup
+
+\def\utfeightchardefs{%
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A0}{\tie}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A1}{\exclamdown}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A3}{\pounds}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A8}{\"{ }}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00A9}{\copyright}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AA}{\ordf}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AB}{\guillemetleft}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AD}{\-}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AE}{\registeredsymbol}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00AF}{\={ }}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B0}{\ringaccent{ }}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B4}{\'{ }}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00B8}{\cedilla{ }}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BA}{\ordm}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BB}{\guillemetright}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00BF}{\questiondown}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C0}{\`A}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C1}{\'A}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C2}{\^A}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C3}{\~A}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C4}{\"A}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C5}{\AA}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C6}{\AE}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C7}{\cedilla{C}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C8}{\`E}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00C9}{\'E}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CA}{\^E}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CB}{\"E}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CC}{\`I}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CD}{\'I}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CE}{\^I}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00CF}{\"I}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D1}{\~N}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D2}{\`O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D3}{\'O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D4}{\^O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D5}{\~O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D6}{\"O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D8}{\O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00D9}{\`U}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DA}{\'U}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DB}{\^U}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DC}{\"U}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DD}{\'Y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00DF}{\ss}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E0}{\`a}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E1}{\'a}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E2}{\^a}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E3}{\~a}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E4}{\"a}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E5}{\aa}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E6}{\ae}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E7}{\cedilla{c}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E8}{\`e}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00E9}{\'e}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EA}{\^e}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EB}{\"e}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EC}{\`{\dotless{i}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00ED}{\'{\dotless{i}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EE}{\^{\dotless{i}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00EF}{\"{\dotless{i}}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F1}{\~n}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F2}{\`o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F3}{\'o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F4}{\^o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F5}{\~o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F6}{\"o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F8}{\o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00F9}{\`u}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FA}{\'u}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FB}{\^u}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FC}{\"u}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FD}{\'y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{00FF}{\"y}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0100}{\=A}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0101}{\=a}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0102}{\u{A}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0103}{\u{a}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0106}{\'C}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0107}{\'c}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0108}{\^C}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0109}{\^c}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010A}{\dotaccent{C}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010B}{\dotaccent{c}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010C}{\v{C}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010D}{\v{c}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{010E}{\v{D}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0112}{\=E}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0113}{\=e}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0114}{\u{E}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0115}{\u{e}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0116}{\dotaccent{E}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0117}{\dotaccent{e}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011A}{\v{E}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011B}{\v{e}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011C}{\^G}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011D}{\^g}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011E}{\u{G}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{011F}{\u{g}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0120}{\dotaccent{G}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0121}{\dotaccent{g}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0124}{\^H}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0125}{\^h}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0128}{\~I}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0129}{\~{\dotless{i}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012A}{\=I}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012B}{\={\dotless{i}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012C}{\u{I}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{012D}{\u{\dotless{i}}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0130}{\dotaccent{I}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0131}{\dotless{i}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0132}{IJ}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0133}{ij}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0134}{\^J}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0135}{\^{\dotless{j}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0139}{\'L}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{013A}{\'l}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0141}{\L}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0142}{\l}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0143}{\'N}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0144}{\'n}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0147}{\v{N}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0148}{\v{n}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014C}{\=O}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014D}{\=o}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014E}{\u{O}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{014F}{\u{o}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0150}{\H{O}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0151}{\H{o}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0152}{\OE}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0153}{\oe}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0154}{\'R}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0155}{\'r}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0158}{\v{R}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0159}{\v{r}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015A}{\'S}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015B}{\'s}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015C}{\^S}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015D}{\^s}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015E}{\cedilla{S}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{015F}{\cedilla{s}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0160}{\v{S}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0161}{\v{s}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0162}{\cedilla{t}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0163}{\cedilla{T}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0164}{\v{T}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0168}{\~U}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0169}{\~u}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016A}{\=U}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016B}{\=u}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016C}{\u{U}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016D}{\u{u}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016E}{\ringaccent{U}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{016F}{\ringaccent{u}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0170}{\H{U}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0171}{\H{u}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0174}{\^W}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0175}{\^w}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0176}{\^Y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0177}{\^y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0178}{\"Y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0179}{\'Z}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017A}{\'z}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017B}{\dotaccent{Z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017C}{\dotaccent{z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017D}{\v{Z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{017E}{\v{z}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C4}{D\v{Z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C5}{D\v{z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C6}{d\v{z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C7}{LJ}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C8}{Lj}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01C9}{lj}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CA}{NJ}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CB}{Nj}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CC}{nj}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CD}{\v{A}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CE}{\v{a}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01CF}{\v{I}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D0}{\v{\dotless{i}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D1}{\v{O}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D2}{\v{o}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D3}{\v{U}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01D4}{\v{u}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E2}{\={\AE}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E3}{\={\ae}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E6}{\v{G}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E7}{\v{g}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E8}{\v{K}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01E9}{\v{k}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F0}{\v{\dotless{j}}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F1}{DZ}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F2}{Dz}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F3}{dz}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F4}{\'G}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F5}{\'g}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F8}{\`N}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01F9}{\`n}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FC}{\'{\AE}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FD}{\'{\ae}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FE}{\'{\O}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{01FF}{\'{\o}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021E}{\v{H}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{021F}{\v{h}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0226}{\dotaccent{A}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0227}{\dotaccent{a}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0228}{\cedilla{E}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0229}{\cedilla{e}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022E}{\dotaccent{O}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{022F}{\dotaccent{o}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0232}{\=Y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0233}{\=y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{0237}{\dotless{j}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E02}{\dotaccent{B}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E03}{\dotaccent{b}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E04}{\udotaccent{B}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E05}{\udotaccent{b}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E06}{\ubaraccent{B}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E07}{\ubaraccent{b}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0A}{\dotaccent{D}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0B}{\dotaccent{d}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0C}{\udotaccent{D}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0D}{\udotaccent{d}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0E}{\ubaraccent{D}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E0F}{\ubaraccent{d}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1E}{\dotaccent{F}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E1F}{\dotaccent{f}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E20}{\=G}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E21}{\=g}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E22}{\dotaccent{H}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E23}{\dotaccent{h}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E24}{\udotaccent{H}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E25}{\udotaccent{h}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E26}{\"H}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E27}{\"h}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E30}{\'K}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E31}{\'k}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E32}{\udotaccent{K}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E33}{\udotaccent{k}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E34}{\ubaraccent{K}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E35}{\ubaraccent{k}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E36}{\udotaccent{L}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E37}{\udotaccent{l}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3A}{\ubaraccent{L}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3B}{\ubaraccent{l}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3E}{\'M}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E3F}{\'m}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E40}{\dotaccent{M}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E41}{\dotaccent{m}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E42}{\udotaccent{M}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E43}{\udotaccent{m}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E44}{\dotaccent{N}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E45}{\dotaccent{n}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E46}{\udotaccent{N}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E47}{\udotaccent{n}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E48}{\ubaraccent{N}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E49}{\ubaraccent{n}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E54}{\'P}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E55}{\'p}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E56}{\dotaccent{P}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E57}{\dotaccent{p}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E58}{\dotaccent{R}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E59}{\dotaccent{r}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5A}{\udotaccent{R}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5B}{\udotaccent{r}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5E}{\ubaraccent{R}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E5F}{\ubaraccent{r}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E60}{\dotaccent{S}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E61}{\dotaccent{s}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E62}{\udotaccent{S}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E63}{\udotaccent{s}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6A}{\dotaccent{T}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6B}{\dotaccent{t}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6C}{\udotaccent{T}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6D}{\udotaccent{t}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6E}{\ubaraccent{T}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E6F}{\ubaraccent{t}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7C}{\~V}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7D}{\~v}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7E}{\udotaccent{V}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E7F}{\udotaccent{v}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E80}{\`W}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E81}{\`w}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E82}{\'W}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E83}{\'w}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E84}{\"W}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E85}{\"w}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E86}{\dotaccent{W}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E87}{\dotaccent{w}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E88}{\udotaccent{W}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E89}{\udotaccent{w}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8A}{\dotaccent{X}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8B}{\dotaccent{x}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8C}{\"X}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8D}{\"x}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8E}{\dotaccent{Y}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E8F}{\dotaccent{y}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E90}{\^Z}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E91}{\^z}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E92}{\udotaccent{Z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E93}{\udotaccent{z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E94}{\ubaraccent{Z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E95}{\ubaraccent{z}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E96}{\ubaraccent{h}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E97}{\"t}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E98}{\ringaccent{w}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1E99}{\ringaccent{y}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA0}{\udotaccent{A}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EA1}{\udotaccent{a}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB8}{\udotaccent{E}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EB9}{\udotaccent{e}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBC}{\~E}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EBD}{\~e}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECA}{\udotaccent{I}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECB}{\udotaccent{i}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECC}{\udotaccent{O}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1ECD}{\udotaccent{o}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE4}{\udotaccent{U}}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EE5}{\udotaccent{u}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF2}{\`Y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF3}{\`y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF4}{\udotaccent{Y}}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF8}{\~Y}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{1EF9}{\~y}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2013}{--}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2014}{---}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2018}{\quoteleft}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2019}{\quoteright}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201A}{\quotesinglbase}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201C}{\quotedblleft}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201D}{\quotedblright}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{201E}{\quotedblbase}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2022}{\bullet}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2026}{\dots}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2039}{\guilsinglleft}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{203A}{\guilsinglright}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{20AC}{\euro}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2192}{\expansion}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{21D2}{\result}
+
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2212}{\minus}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2217}{\point}
+  \DeclareUnicodeCharacter{2261}{\equiv}
+}% end of \utfeightchardefs
+
+
+% US-ASCII character definitions.
+\def\asciichardefs{% nothing need be done
+   \relax
+}
+
+% Make non-ASCII characters printable again for compatibility with
+% existing Texinfo documents that may use them, even without declaring a
+% document encoding.
+%
+\setnonasciicharscatcode \other
+
+
+\message{formatting,}
 
-% Page size parameters.
-%
 \newdimen\defaultparindent \defaultparindent = 15pt
 
 \chapheadingskip = 15pt plus 4pt minus 2pt
@@ -6419,7 +8586,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % Don't be so finicky about underfull hboxes, either.
 \hbadness = 2000
 
-% Following George Bush, just get rid of widows and orphans.
+% Following George Bush, get rid of widows and orphans.
 \widowpenalty=10000
 \clubpenalty=10000
 
@@ -6437,9 +8604,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \fi
 }
 
-% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth; 3) voffset;
-% 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip; 7) physical page height; 8)
-% physical page width.
+% Parameters in order: 1) textheight; 2) textwidth;
+% 3) voffset; 4) hoffset; 5) binding offset; 6) topskip;
+% 7) physical page height; 8) physical page width.
 %
 % We also call \setleading{\textleading}, so the caller should define
 % \textleading.  The caller should also set \parskip.
@@ -6466,6 +8633,10 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \ifpdf
     \pdfpageheight #7\relax
     \pdfpagewidth #8\relax
+    % if we don't reset these, they will remain at "1 true in" of
+    % whatever layout pdftex was dumped with.
+    \pdfhorigin = 1 true in
+    \pdfvorigin = 1 true in
   \fi
   %
   \setleading{\textleading}
@@ -6480,19 +8651,19 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \textleading = 13.2pt
   %
   % If page is nothing but text, make it come out even.
-  \internalpagesizes{46\baselineskip}{6in}%
+  \internalpagesizes{607.2pt}{6in}% that's 46 lines
                     {\voffset}{.25in}%
                     {\bindingoffset}{36pt}%
                     {11in}{8.5in}%
 }}
 
-% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.5 (or so) format.
+% Use @smallbook to reset parameters for 7x9.25 trim size.
 \def\smallbook{{\globaldefs = 1
   \parskip = 2pt plus 1pt
   \textleading = 12pt
   %
   \internalpagesizes{7.5in}{5in}%
-                    {\voffset}{.25in}%
+                    {-.2in}{0in}%
                     {\bindingoffset}{16pt}%
                     {9.25in}{7in}%
   %
@@ -6503,6 +8674,24 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \defbodyindent = .5cm
 }}
 
+% Use @smallerbook to reset parameters for 6x9 trim size.
+% (Just testing, parameters still in flux.)
+\def\smallerbook{{\globaldefs = 1
+  \parskip = 1.5pt plus 1pt
+  \textleading = 12pt
+  %
+  \internalpagesizes{7.4in}{4.8in}%
+                    {-.2in}{-.4in}%
+                    {0pt}{14pt}%
+                    {9in}{6in}%
+  %
+  \lispnarrowing = 0.25in
+  \tolerance = 700
+  \hfuzz = 1pt
+  \contentsrightmargin = 0pt
+  \defbodyindent = .4cm
+}}
+
 % Use @afourpaper to print on European A4 paper.
 \def\afourpaper{{\globaldefs = 1
   \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
@@ -6518,7 +8707,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   % \global\normaloffset = -6mm
   % \global\bindingoffset = 10mm
   % @end tex
-  \internalpagesizes{51\baselineskip}{160mm}
+  \internalpagesizes{673.2pt}{160mm}% that's 51 lines
                     {\voffset}{\hoffset}%
                     {\bindingoffset}{44pt}%
                     {297mm}{210mm}%
@@ -6575,8 +8764,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 % Perhaps we should allow setting the margins, \topskip, \parskip,
 % and/or leading, also. Or perhaps we should compute them somehow.
 %
-\def\pagesizes{\parsearg\pagesizesxxx}
-\def\pagesizesxxx#1{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
+\parseargdef\pagesizes{\pagesizesyyy #1,,\finish}
 \def\pagesizesyyy#1,#2,#3\finish{{%
   \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}\ifdim\wd0 > 0pt \hsize=#2\relax \fi
   \globaldefs = 1
@@ -6584,7 +8772,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   \parskip = 3pt plus 2pt minus 1pt
   \setleading{\textleading}%
   %
-  \dimen0 = #1
+  \dimen0 = #1\relax
   \advance\dimen0 by \voffset
   %
   \dimen2 = \hsize
@@ -6623,8 +8811,8 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 \def\normalplus{+}
 \def\normaldollar{$}%$ font-lock fix
 
-% This macro is used to make a character print one way in ttfont
-% where it can probably just be output, and another way in other fonts,
+% This macro is used to make a character print one way in \tt
+% (where it can probably be output as-is), and another way in other fonts,
 % where something hairier probably needs to be done.
 %
 % #1 is what to print if we are indeed using \tt; #2 is what to print
@@ -6656,6 +8844,7 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 
 \catcode`\_=\active
 \def_{\ifusingtt\normalunderscore\_}
+\let\realunder=_
 % Subroutine for the previous macro.
 \def\_{\leavevmode \kern.07em \vbox{\hrule width.3em height.1ex}\kern .07em }
 
@@ -6672,46 +8861,49 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 \catcode`\$=\active
 \def${\ifusingit{{\sl\$}}\normaldollar}%$ font-lock fix
 
-% Set up an active definition for =, but don't enable it most of the time.
-{\catcode`\==\active
-\global\def={{\tt \char 61}}}
-
-\catcode`+=\active
-\catcode`\_=\active
-
 % If a .fmt file is being used, characters that might appear in a file
 % name cannot be active until we have parsed the command line.
 % So turn them off again, and have \everyjob (or @setfilename) turn them on.
 % \otherifyactive is called near the end of this file.
 \def\otherifyactive{\catcode`+=\other \catcode`\_=\other}
 
+% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters even after
+% parsing them.
+\def\turnoffactive{%
+  \normalturnoffactive
+  \otherbackslash
+}
+
 \catcode`\@=0
 
-% \rawbackslashxx outputs one backslash character in current font,
+% \backslashcurfont outputs one backslash character in current font,
 % as in \char`\\.
-\global\chardef\rawbackslashxx=`\\
-
-% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \rawbackslashxx.
-% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
-% catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\active
- @gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@rawbackslashxx}
- @gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
-}
+\global\chardef\backslashcurfont=`\\
+\global\let\rawbackslashxx=\backslashcurfont  % let existing .??s files work
 
-% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other.
-{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\}}
-
-% \normalbackslash outputs one backslash in fixed width font.
-\def\normalbackslash{{\tt\rawbackslashxx}}
+% \realbackslash is an actual character `\' with catcode other, and
+% \doublebackslash is two of them (for the pdf outlines).
+{\catcode`\\=\other @gdef@realbackslash{\} @gdef@doublebackslash{\\}}
 
+% In texinfo, backslash is an active character; it prints the backslash
+% in fixed width font.
 \catcode`\\=\active
+@def@normalbackslash{{@tt@backslashcurfont}}
+% On startup, @fixbackslash assigns:
+%  @let \ = @normalbackslash
+
+% \rawbackslash defines an active \ to do \backslashcurfont.
+% \otherbackslash defines an active \ to be a literal `\' character with
+% catcode other.
+@gdef@rawbackslash{@let\=@backslashcurfont}
+@gdef@otherbackslash{@let\=@realbackslash}
 
-% Used sometimes to turn off (effectively) the active characters
-% even after parsing them.
-@def@turnoffactive{%
+% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
+% the literal character `\'.
+% 
+@def@normalturnoffactive{%
+  @let\=@normalbackslash
   @let"=@normaldoublequote
-  @let\=@realbackslash
   @let~=@normaltilde
   @let^=@normalcaret
   @let_=@normalunderscore
@@ -6720,14 +8912,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
   @let>=@normalgreater
   @let+=@normalplus
   @let$=@normaldollar %$ font-lock fix
+  @unsepspaces
 }
 
-% Same as @turnoffactive except outputs \ as {\tt\char`\\} instead of
-% the literal character `\'.  (Thus, \ is not expandable when this is in
-% effect.)
-%
-@def@normalturnoffactive{@turnoffactive @let\=@normalbackslash}
-
 % Make _ and + \other characters, temporarily.
 % This is canceled by @fixbackslash.
 @otherifyactive
@@ -6740,9 +8927,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 @global@let\ = @eatinput
 
 % On the other hand, perhaps the file did not have a `\input texinfo'. Then
-% the first `\{ in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
+% the first `\' in the file would cause an error. This macro tries to fix
 % that, assuming it is called before the first `\' could plausibly occur.
-% Also back turn on active characters that might appear in the input
+% Also turn back on active characters that might appear in the input
 % file name, in case not using a pre-dumped format.
 %
 @gdef@fixbackslash{%
@@ -6759,10 +8946,6 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 @catcode`@# = @other
 @catcode`@% = @other
 
-@c Set initial fonts.
-@textfonts
-@rm
-
 
 @c Local variables:
 @c eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
@@ -6771,3 +8954,9 @@ should work if nowhere else does.}
 @c time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
 @c time-stamp-end: "}"
 @c End:
+
+@c vim:sw=2:
+
+@ignore
+   arch-tag: e1b36e32-c96e-4135-a41a-0b2efa2ea115
+@end ignore
diff --git a/gpgme/gpgme.h b/gpgme/gpgme.h
index 569752fd..728f5e88 100644
--- a/gpgme/gpgme.h
+++ b/gpgme/gpgme.h
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ extern "C" {
    AM_PATH_GPGME macro) check that this header matches the installed
    library.  Warning: Do not edit the next line.  configure will do
    that for you!  */
-#define GPGME_VERSION "1.1.7-svn1315"
+#define GPGME_VERSION "1.1.7-svn1326"
 
 
 
diff --git a/install-sh b/install-sh
index 6ce63b9f..a5897de6 100755
--- a/install-sh
+++ b/install-sh
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 #!/bin/sh
-#
 # install - install a program, script, or datafile
-#
+
+scriptversion=2006-12-25.00
+
 # This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
 # later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
 # following copyright and license.
@@ -38,257 +39,481 @@
 # when there is no Makefile.
 #
 # This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
-# from scratch.  It can only install one file at a time, a restriction
-# shared with many OS's install programs.
+# from scratch.
 
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
 
 # set DOITPROG to echo to test this script
 
 # Don't use :- since 4.3BSD and earlier shells don't like it.
-doit="${DOITPROG-}"
-
-
-# put in absolute paths if you don't have them in your path; or use env. vars.
-
-mvprog="${MVPROG-mv}"
-cpprog="${CPPROG-cp}"
-chmodprog="${CHMODPROG-chmod}"
-chownprog="${CHOWNPROG-chown}"
-chgrpprog="${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}"
-stripprog="${STRIPPROG-strip}"
-rmprog="${RMPROG-rm}"
-mkdirprog="${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}"
-
-transformbasename=""
-transform_arg=""
-instcmd="$mvprog"
-chmodcmd="$chmodprog 0755"
-chowncmd=""
-chgrpcmd=""
-stripcmd=""
-rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
-mvcmd="$mvprog"
-src=""
-dst=""
-dir_arg=""
-
-while [ x"$1" != x ]; do
-    case $1 in
-	-c) instcmd=$cpprog
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-d) dir_arg=true
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-m) chmodcmd="$chmodprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
-	    shift
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-s) stripcmd=$stripprog
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-t=*) transformarg=`echo $1 | sed 's/-t=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	-b=*) transformbasename=`echo $1 | sed 's/-b=//'`
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-
-	*)  if [ x"$src" = x ]
-	    then
-		src=$1
-	    else
-		# this colon is to work around a 386BSD /bin/sh bug
-		:
-		dst=$1
-	    fi
-	    shift
-	    continue;;
-    esac
-done
-
-if [ x"$src" = x ]
-then
-	echo "$0: no input file specified" >&2
-	exit 1
+doit=${DOITPROG-}
+if test -z "$doit"; then
+  doit_exec=exec
 else
-	:
+  doit_exec=$doit
 fi
 
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]; then
-	dst=$src
-	src=""
-
-	if [ -d "$dst" ]; then
-		instcmd=:
-		chmodcmd=""
-	else
-		instcmd=$mkdirprog
-	fi
-else
-
-# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$instcmd $src $dsttmp" command
-# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
-# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
-
-	if [ -f "$src" ] || [ -d "$src" ]
-	then
-		:
-	else
-		echo "$0: $src does not exist" >&2
-		exit 1
-	fi
-
-	if [ x"$dst" = x ]
-	then
-		echo "$0: no destination specified" >&2
-		exit 1
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-
-# If destination is a directory, append the input filename; if your system
-# does not like double slashes in filenames, you may need to add some logic
+# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
+# or use environment vars.
+
+chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
+chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
+chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
+cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
+cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
+mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
+mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
+rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
+stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
+
+posix_glob='?'
+initialize_posix_glob='
+  test "$posix_glob" != "?" || {
+    if (set -f) 2>/dev/null; then
+      posix_glob=
+    else
+      posix_glob=:
+    fi
+  }
+'
+
+posix_mkdir=
+
+# Desired mode of installed file.
+mode=0755
+
+chgrpcmd=
+chmodcmd=$chmodprog
+chowncmd=
+mvcmd=$mvprog
+rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
+stripcmd=
 
-	if [ -d "$dst" ]
-	then
-		dst=$dst/`basename "$src"`
-	else
-		:
-	fi
-fi
+src=
+dst=
+dir_arg=
+dst_arg=
 
-## this sed command emulates the dirname command
-dstdir=`echo "$dst" | sed -e 's,[^/]*$,,;s,/$,,;s,^$,.,'`
+copy_on_change=false
+no_target_directory=
 
-# Make sure that the destination directory exists.
-#  this part is taken from Noah Friedman's mkinstalldirs script
+usage="\
+Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
+   or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
 
-# Skip lots of stat calls in the usual case.
-if [ ! -d "$dstdir" ]; then
-defaultIFS='
-	'
-IFS="${IFS-$defaultIFS}"
+In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
+In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
+In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
 
-oIFS=$IFS
-# Some sh's can't handle IFS=/ for some reason.
-IFS='%'
-set - `echo "$dstdir" | sed -e 's@/@%@g' -e 's@^%@/@'`
-IFS=$oIFS
+Options:
+     --help     display this help and exit.
+     --version  display version info and exit.
 
-pathcomp=''
+  -c            (ignored)
+  -C            install only if different (preserve the last data modification time)
+  -d            create directories instead of installing files.
+  -g GROUP      $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
+  -m MODE       $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
+  -o USER       $chownprog installed files to USER.
+  -s            $stripprog installed files.
+  -t DIRECTORY  install into DIRECTORY.
+  -T            report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
 
-while [ $# -ne 0 ] ; do
-	pathcomp=$pathcomp$1
-	shift
+Environment variables override the default commands:
+  CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
+  RMPROG STRIPPROG
+"
 
-	if [ ! -d "$pathcomp" ] ;
-        then
-		$mkdirprog "$pathcomp"
-	else
-		:
-	fi
+while test $# -ne 0; do
+  case $1 in
+    -c) ;;
 
-	pathcomp=$pathcomp/
-done
-fi
+    -C) copy_on_change=true;;
 
-if [ x"$dir_arg" != x ]
-then
-	$doit $instcmd "$dst" &&
+    -d) dir_arg=true;;
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dst"; else : ; fi
-else
+    -g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
+	shift;;
 
-# If we're going to rename the final executable, determine the name now.
+    --help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
 
-	if [ x"$transformarg" = x ]
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
-	else
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst" $transformbasename |
-			sed $transformarg`$transformbasename
-	fi
+    -m) mode=$2
+	case $mode in
+	  *' '* | *'	'* | *'
+'*	  | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
+	    echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
+	    exit 1;;
+	esac
+	shift;;
 
-# don't allow the sed command to completely eliminate the filename
+    -o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
+	shift;;
 
-	if [ x"$dstfile" = x ]
-	then
-		dstfile=`basename "$dst"`
-	else
-		:
-	fi
+    -s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
 
-# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    -t) dst_arg=$2
+	shift;;
 
-	dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
-	rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+    -T) no_target_directory=true;;
 
-# Trap to clean up temp files at exit.
+    --version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
 
-	trap 'status=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $status' 0
-	trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+    --)	shift
+	break;;
 
-# Move or copy the file name to the temp name
+    -*)	echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
+	exit 1;;
 
-	$doit $instcmd "$src" "$dsttmp" &&
+    *)  break;;
+  esac
+  shift
+done
 
-# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits
+if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
+  # When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
+  # When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
+  # Otherwise, the last argument is the destination.  Remove it from $@.
+  for arg
+  do
+    if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
+      # $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
+      set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
+      shift # fnord
+    fi
+    shift # arg
+    dst_arg=$arg
+  done
+fi
 
-# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
-# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
-# errors from the above "$doit $instcmd $src $dsttmp" command.
+if test $# -eq 0; then
+  if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+    echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # It's OK to call `install-sh -d' without argument.
+  # This can happen when creating conditional directories.
+  exit 0
+fi
 
-	if [ x"$chowncmd" != x ]; then $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chgrpcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$stripcmd" != x ]; then $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
-	if [ x"$chmodcmd" != x ]; then $doit $chmodcmd "$dsttmp"; else :;fi &&
+if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
+  trap '(exit $?); exit' 1 2 13 15
+
+  # Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
+  # However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
+  case $mode in
+    # Optimize common cases.
+    *644) cp_umask=133;;
+    *755) cp_umask=22;;
+
+    *[0-7])
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw='% 200'
+      fi
+      cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
+    *)
+      if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
+	u_plus_rw=
+      else
+	u_plus_rw=,u+rw
+      fi
+      cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
+  esac
+fi
 
-# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.  We try this
-# two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some systems and the destination
-# file might be busy for other reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup
-# might fail but the new file should still install successfully.
+for src
+do
+  # Protect names starting with `-'.
+  case $src in
+    -*) src=./$src;;
+  esac
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    dst=$src
+    dstdir=$dst
+    test -d "$dstdir"
+    dstdir_status=$?
+  else
+
+    # Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
+    # might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
+    # if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
+    if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
+      echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
+      echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
+      exit 1
+    fi
+
+    dst=$dst_arg
+    # Protect names starting with `-'.
+    case $dst in
+      -*) dst=./$dst;;
+    esac
 
-{
-	if [ -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" ]
-	then
-		$doit $rmcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" 2>/dev/null ||
-		$doit $mvcmd -f "$dstdir/$dstfile" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null ||
-		{
-		  echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dstdir/$dstfile" >&2
-		  (exit 1); exit
-		}
+    # If destination is a directory, append the input filename; won't work
+    # if double slashes aren't ignored.
+    if test -d "$dst"; then
+      if test -n "$no_target_directory"; then
+	echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
+	exit 1
+      fi
+      dstdir=$dst
+      dst=$dstdir/`basename "$src"`
+      dstdir_status=0
+    else
+      # Prefer dirname, but fall back on a substitute if dirname fails.
+      dstdir=`
+	(dirname "$dst") 2>/dev/null ||
+	expr X"$dst" : 'X\(.*[^/]\)//*[^/][^/]*/*$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)[^/]' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(//\)$' \| \
+	     X"$dst" : 'X\(/\)' \| . 2>/dev/null ||
+	echo X"$dst" |
+	    sed '/^X\(.*[^/]\)\/\/*[^/][^/]*\/*$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)[^/].*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\/\)$/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 /^X\(\/\).*/{
+		   s//\1/
+		   q
+		 }
+		 s/.*/./; q'
+      `
+
+      test -d "$dstdir"
+      dstdir_status=$?
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  obsolete_mkdir_used=false
+
+  if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
+    case $posix_mkdir in
+      '')
+	# Create intermediate dirs using mode 755 as modified by the umask.
+	# This is like FreeBSD 'install' as of 1997-10-28.
+	umask=`umask`
+	case $stripcmd.$umask in
+	  # Optimize common cases.
+	  *[2367][2367]) mkdir_umask=$umask;;
+	  .*0[02][02] | .[02][02] | .[02]) mkdir_umask=22;;
+
+	  *[0-7])
+	    mkdir_umask=`expr $umask + 22 \
+	      - $umask % 100 % 40 + $umask % 20 \
+	      - $umask % 10 % 4 + $umask % 2
+	    `;;
+	  *) mkdir_umask=$umask,go-w;;
+	esac
+
+	# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
+	# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
+	if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+	  mkdir_mode=-m$mode
 	else
-		:
+	  mkdir_mode=
 	fi
-} &&
 
-# Now rename the file to the real destination.
-
-	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dstdir/$dstfile"
-
-fi &&
+	posix_mkdir=false
+	case $umask in
+	  *[123567][0-7][0-7])
+	    # POSIX mkdir -p sets u+wx bits regardless of umask, which
+	    # is incompatible with FreeBSD 'install' when (umask & 300) != 0.
+	    ;;
+	  *)
+	    tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
+	    trap 'ret=$?; rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null; exit $ret' 0
+
+	    if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
+		exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/d") >/dev/null 2>&1
+	    then
+	      if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
+		   # Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
+		   # HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
+		   # other-writeable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
+		   # FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
+		   ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		   case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
+		     d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
+		     d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
+		     *) false;;
+		   esac &&
+		   $mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$tmpdir" && {
+		     ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$tmpdir"`
+		     test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
+		   }
+		 }
+	      then posix_mkdir=:
+	      fi
+	      rmdir "$tmpdir/d" "$tmpdir"
+	    else
+	      # Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
+	      rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- 2>/dev/null
+	    fi
+	    trap '' 0;;
+	esac;;
+    esac
 
-# The final little trick to "correctly" pass the exit status to the exit trap.
+    if
+      $posix_mkdir && (
+	umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
+      )
+    then :
+    else
+
+      # The umask is ridiculous, or mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
+      # or it failed possibly due to a race condition.  Create the
+      # directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
+
+      case $dstdir in
+	/*) prefix='/';;
+	-*) prefix='./';;
+	*)  prefix='';;
+      esac
+
+      eval "$initialize_posix_glob"
+
+      oIFS=$IFS
+      IFS=/
+      $posix_glob set -f
+      set fnord $dstdir
+      shift
+      $posix_glob set +f
+      IFS=$oIFS
+
+      prefixes=
+
+      for d
+      do
+	test -z "$d" && continue
+
+	prefix=$prefix$d
+	if test -d "$prefix"; then
+	  prefixes=
+	else
+	  if $posix_mkdir; then
+	    (umask=$mkdir_umask &&
+	     $doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
+	    # Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	    test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
+	  else
+	    case $prefix in
+	      *\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
+	      *) qprefix=$prefix;;
+	    esac
+	    prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
+	  fi
+	fi
+	prefix=$prefix/
+      done
+
+      if test -n "$prefixes"; then
+	# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
+	(umask $mkdir_umask &&
+	 eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
+	  test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
+	obsolete_mkdir_used=true
+      fi
+    fi
+  fi
+
+  if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
+    { test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
+      test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
+  else
+
+    # Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
+    dsttmp=$dstdir/_inst.$$_
+    rmtmp=$dstdir/_rm.$$_
+
+    # Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
+    trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
+
+    # Copy the file name to the temp name.
+    (umask $cp_umask && $doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
+
+    # and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
+    #
+    # If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing.  If we want to
+    # ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
+    # errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
+    #
+    { test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
+    { test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
+
+    # If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
+    if $copy_on_change &&
+       old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst"	2>/dev/null` &&
+       new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp"	2>/dev/null` &&
+
+       eval "$initialize_posix_glob" &&
+       $posix_glob set -f &&
+       set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
+       $posix_glob set +f &&
+
+       test "$old" = "$new" &&
+       $cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
+    then
+      rm -f "$dsttmp"
+    else
+      # Rename the file to the real destination.
+      $doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+
+      # The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
+      # to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
+      # support -f.
+      {
+	# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
+	# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
+	# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
+	# reasons.  In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
+	# file should still install successfully.
+	{
+	  test ! -f "$dst" ||
+	  $doit $rmcmd -f "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
+	  { $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
+	    { $doit $rmcmd -f "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
+	  } ||
+	  { echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
+	    (exit 1); exit 1
+	  }
+	} &&
+
+	# Now rename the file to the real destination.
+	$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
+      }
+    fi || exit 1
+
+    trap '' 0
+  fi
+done
 
-{
-	(exit 0); exit
-}
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/missing b/missing
index 6a37006e..1c8ff704 100755
--- a/missing
+++ b/missing
@@ -1,6 +1,10 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # Common stub for a few missing GNU programs while installing.
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+scriptversion=2006-05-10.23
+
+# Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006
+#   Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # Originally by Fran,cois Pinard <[email protected]>, 1996.
 
 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -15,8 +19,8 @@
 
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
+# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
+# 02110-1301, USA.
 
 # As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
 # distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
@@ -29,6 +33,8 @@ if test $# -eq 0; then
 fi
 
 run=:
+sed_output='s/.* --output[ =]\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
+sed_minuso='s/.* -o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'
 
 # In the cases where this matters, `missing' is being run in the
 # srcdir already.
@@ -38,18 +44,24 @@ else
   configure_ac=configure.in
 fi
 
-case "$1" in
+msg="missing on your system"
+
+case $1 in
 --run)
   # Try to run requested program, and just exit if it succeeds.
   run=
   shift
   "$@" && exit 0
+  # Exit code 63 means version mismatch.  This often happens
+  # when the user try to use an ancient version of a tool on
+  # a file that requires a minimum version.  In this case we
+  # we should proceed has if the program had been absent, or
+  # if --run hadn't been passed.
+  if test $? = 63; then
+    run=:
+    msg="probably too old"
+  fi
   ;;
-esac
-
-# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
-# try to emulate it.
-case "$1" in
 
   -h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
     echo "\
@@ -67,6 +79,7 @@ Supported PROGRAM values:
   aclocal      touch file \`aclocal.m4'
   autoconf     touch file \`configure'
   autoheader   touch file \`config.h.in'
+  autom4te     touch the output file, or create a stub one
   automake     touch all \`Makefile.in' files
   bison        create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
   flex         create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
@@ -74,11 +87,15 @@ Supported PROGRAM values:
   lex          create \`lex.yy.c', if possible, from existing .c
   makeinfo     touch the output file
   tar          try tar, gnutar, gtar, then tar without non-portable flags
-  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]"
+  yacc         create \`y.tab.[ch]', if possible, from existing .[ch]
+
+Send bug reports to <[email protected]>."
+    exit $?
     ;;
 
   -v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
-    echo "missing 0.4 - GNU automake"
+    echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
+    exit $?
     ;;
 
   -*)
@@ -87,14 +104,44 @@ Supported PROGRAM values:
     exit 1
     ;;
 
-  aclocal*)
+esac
+
+# Now exit if we have it, but it failed.  Also exit now if we
+# don't have it and --version was passed (most likely to detect
+# the program).
+case $1 in
+  lex|yacc)
+    # Not GNU programs, they don't have --version.
+    ;;
+
+  tar)
+    if test -n "$run"; then
+       echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
+       exit 1
+    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+       exit 1
+    fi
+    ;;
+
+  *)
     if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
        # We have it, but it failed.
        exit 1
+    elif test "x$2" = "x--version" || test "x$2" = "x--help"; then
+       # Could not run --version or --help.  This is probably someone
+       # running `$TOOL --version' or `$TOOL --help' to check whether
+       # $TOOL exists and not knowing $TOOL uses missing.
+       exit 1
     fi
+    ;;
+esac
 
+# If it does not exist, or fails to run (possibly an outdated version),
+# try to emulate it.
+case $1 in
+  aclocal*)
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
          to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.  Grab them from
          any GNU archive site."
@@ -102,13 +149,8 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     ;;
 
   autoconf)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want to install the
          \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them from any GNU
          archive site."
@@ -116,13 +158,8 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     ;;
 
   autoheader)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified \`acconfig.h' or \`${configure_ac}'.  You might want
          to install the \`Autoconf' and \`GNU m4' packages.  Grab them
          from any GNU archive site."
@@ -130,7 +167,7 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     test -z "$files" && files="config.h"
     touch_files=
     for f in $files; do
-      case "$f" in
+      case $f in
       *:*) touch_files="$touch_files "`echo "$f" |
 				       sed -e 's/^[^:]*://' -e 's/:.*//'`;;
       *) touch_files="$touch_files $f.in";;
@@ -140,13 +177,8 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     ;;
 
   automake*)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified \`Makefile.am', \`acinclude.m4' or \`${configure_ac}'.
          You might want to install the \`Automake' and \`Perl' packages.
          Grab them from any GNU archive site."
@@ -156,20 +188,15 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     ;;
 
   autom4te)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
-         system.  You might have modified some files without having the
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, but is $msg.
+         You might have modified some files without having the
          proper tools for further handling them.
-         You can get \`$1Help2man' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
+         You can get \`$1' as part of \`Autoconf' from any GNU
          archive site."
 
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output[ =]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o[ ]*\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
     if test -f "$file"; then
 	touch $file
     else
@@ -185,74 +212,67 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
 
   bison|yacc)
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified a \`.y' file.  You may need the \`Bison' package
          in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
          \`Bison' from any GNU archive site."
     rm -f y.tab.c y.tab.h
-    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+    if test $# -ne 1; then
         eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
-	case "$LASTARG" in
+	case $LASTARG in
 	*.y)
 	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/c/'`
-	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
 	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.c
 	    fi
 	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/y$/h/'`
-	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
 	         cp "$SRCFILE" y.tab.h
 	    fi
 	  ;;
 	esac
     fi
-    if [ ! -f y.tab.h ]; then
+    if test ! -f y.tab.h; then
 	echo >y.tab.h
     fi
-    if [ ! -f y.tab.c ]; then
+    if test ! -f y.tab.c; then
 	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >y.tab.c
     fi
     ;;
 
   lex|flex)
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified a \`.l' file.  You may need the \`Flex' package
          in order for those modifications to take effect.  You can get
          \`Flex' from any GNU archive site."
     rm -f lex.yy.c
-    if [ $# -ne 1 ]; then
+    if test $# -ne 1; then
         eval LASTARG="\${$#}"
-	case "$LASTARG" in
+	case $LASTARG in
 	*.l)
 	    SRCFILE=`echo "$LASTARG" | sed 's/l$/c/'`
-	    if [ -f "$SRCFILE" ]; then
+	    if test -f "$SRCFILE"; then
 	         cp "$SRCFILE" lex.yy.c
 	    fi
 	  ;;
 	esac
     fi
-    if [ ! -f lex.yy.c ]; then
+    if test ! -f lex.yy.c; then
 	echo 'main() { return 0; }' >lex.yy.c
     fi
     ;;
 
   help2man)
-    if test -z "$run" && ($1 --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have it, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
 	 you modified a dependency of a manual page.  You may need the
 	 \`Help2man' package in order for those modifications to take
 	 effect.  You can get \`Help2man' from any GNU archive site."
 
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    if test -z "$file"; then
-	file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*--output=\([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
-    fi
-    if [ -f "$file" ]; then
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
+    if test -f "$file"; then
 	touch $file
     else
 	test -z "$file" || exec >$file
@@ -262,32 +282,36 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     ;;
 
   makeinfo)
-    if test -z "$run" && (makeinfo --version) > /dev/null 2>&1; then
-       # We have makeinfo, but it failed.
-       exit 1
-    fi
-
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
+WARNING: \`$1' is $msg.  You should only need it if
          you modified a \`.texi' or \`.texinfo' file, or any other file
          indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual.  The spurious
          call might also be the consequence of using a buggy \`make' (AIX,
          DU, IRIX).  You might want to install the \`Texinfo' package or
          the \`GNU make' package.  Grab either from any GNU archive site."
-    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n 's/.*-o \([^ ]*\).*/\1/p'`
+    # The file to touch is that specified with -o ...
+    file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_output"`
+    test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$*" | sed -n "$sed_minuso"`
     if test -z "$file"; then
-      file=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
-      file=`sed -n '/^@setfilename/ { s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/; p; q; }' $file`
+      # ... or it is the one specified with @setfilename ...
+      infile=`echo "$*" | sed 's/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/'`
+      file=`sed -n '
+	/^@setfilename/{
+	  s/.* \([^ ]*\) *$/\1/
+	  p
+	  q
+	}' $infile`
+      # ... or it is derived from the source name (dir/f.texi becomes f.info)
+      test -z "$file" && file=`echo "$infile" | sed 's,.*/,,;s,.[^.]*$,,'`.info
     fi
+    # If the file does not exist, the user really needs makeinfo;
+    # let's fail without touching anything.
+    test -f $file || exit 1
     touch $file
     ;;
 
   tar)
     shift
-    if test -n "$run"; then
-      echo 1>&2 "ERROR: \`tar' requires --run"
-      exit 1
-    fi
 
     # We have already tried tar in the generic part.
     # Look for gnutar/gtar before invocation to avoid ugly error
@@ -300,13 +324,13 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is missing on your system.  You should only need it if
     fi
     firstarg="$1"
     if shift; then
-	case "$firstarg" in
+	case $firstarg in
 	*o*)
 	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/o//`
 	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
 	    ;;
 	esac
-	case "$firstarg" in
+	case $firstarg in
 	*h*)
 	    firstarg=`echo "$firstarg" | sed s/h//`
 	    tar "$firstarg" "$@" && exit 0
@@ -323,10 +347,10 @@ WARNING: I can't seem to be able to run \`tar' with the given arguments.
 
   *)
     echo 1>&2 "\
-WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
-         system.  You might have modified some files without having the
+WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and is $msg.
+         You might have modified some files without having the
          proper tools for further handling them.  Check the \`README' file,
-         it often tells you about the needed prerequirements for installing
+         it often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing
          this package.  You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in case
          some other package would contain this missing \`$1' program."
     exit 1
@@ -334,3 +358,10 @@ WARNING: \`$1' is needed, and you do not seem to have it handy on your
 esac
 
 exit 0
+
+# Local variables:
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
+# End:
diff --git a/mkinstalldirs b/mkinstalldirs
index d2d5f21b..ef7e16fd 100755
--- a/mkinstalldirs
+++ b/mkinstalldirs
@@ -1,21 +1,36 @@
 #! /bin/sh
 # mkinstalldirs --- make directory hierarchy
-# Author: Noah Friedman <[email protected]>
+
+scriptversion=2006-05-11.19
+
+# Original author: Noah Friedman <[email protected]>
 # Created: 1993-05-16
-# Public domain
+# Public domain.
+#
+# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
+# bugs to <[email protected]> or send patches to
+# <[email protected]>.
 
+nl='
+'
+IFS=" ""	$nl"
 errstatus=0
-dirmode=""
+dirmode=
 
 usage="\
-Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [-m mode] dir ..."
+Usage: mkinstalldirs [-h] [--help] [--version] [-m MODE] DIR ...
+
+Create each directory DIR (with mode MODE, if specified), including all
+leading file name components.
+
+Report bugs to <[email protected]>."
 
 # process command line arguments
 while test $# -gt 0 ; do
   case $1 in
     -h | --help | --h*)         # -h for help
-      echo "$usage" 1>&2
-      exit 0
+      echo "$usage"
+      exit $?
       ;;
     -m)                         # -m PERM arg
       shift
@@ -23,6 +38,10 @@ while test $# -gt 0 ; do
       dirmode=$1
       shift
       ;;
+    --version)
+      echo "$0 $scriptversion"
+      exit $?
+      ;;
     --)                         # stop option processing
       shift
       break
@@ -50,30 +69,58 @@ case $# in
   0) exit 0 ;;
 esac
 
+# Solaris 8's mkdir -p isn't thread-safe.  If you mkdir -p a/b and
+# mkdir -p a/c at the same time, both will detect that a is missing,
+# one will create a, then the other will try to create a and die with
+# a "File exists" error.  This is a problem when calling mkinstalldirs
+# from a parallel make.  We use --version in the probe to restrict
+# ourselves to GNU mkdir, which is thread-safe.
 case $dirmode in
   '')
-    if mkdir -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
+    if mkdir -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 && test ! -d ./--version; then
       echo "mkdir -p -- $*"
       exec mkdir -p -- "$@"
+    else
+      # On NextStep and OpenStep, the `mkdir' command does not
+      # recognize any option.  It will interpret all options as
+      # directories to create, and then abort because `.' already
+      # exists.
+      test -d ./-p && rmdir ./-p
+      test -d ./--version && rmdir ./--version
     fi
     ;;
   *)
-    if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- . 2>/dev/null; then
+    if mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p --version . >/dev/null 2>&1 &&
+       test ! -d ./--version; then
       echo "mkdir -m $dirmode -p -- $*"
       exec mkdir -m "$dirmode" -p -- "$@"
+    else
+      # Clean up after NextStep and OpenStep mkdir.
+      for d in ./-m ./-p ./--version "./$dirmode";
+      do
+        test -d $d && rmdir $d
+      done
     fi
     ;;
 esac
 
 for file
 do
-  set fnord `echo ":$file" | sed -ne 's/^:\//#/;s/^://;s/\// /g;s/^#/\//;p'`
+  case $file in
+    /*) pathcomp=/ ;;
+    *)  pathcomp= ;;
+  esac
+  oIFS=$IFS
+  IFS=/
+  set fnord $file
   shift
+  IFS=$oIFS
 
-  pathcomp=
   for d
   do
-    pathcomp="$pathcomp$d"
+    test "x$d" = x && continue
+
+    pathcomp=$pathcomp$d
     case $pathcomp in
       -*) pathcomp=./$pathcomp ;;
     esac
@@ -84,21 +131,21 @@ do
       mkdir "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
 
       if test ! -d "$pathcomp"; then
-  	errstatus=$lasterr
+	errstatus=$lasterr
       else
-  	if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
+	if test ! -z "$dirmode"; then
 	  echo "chmod $dirmode $pathcomp"
-    	  lasterr=""
-  	  chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
+	  lasterr=
+	  chmod "$dirmode" "$pathcomp" || lasterr=$?
 
-  	  if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
-  	    errstatus=$lasterr
-  	  fi
-  	fi
+	  if test ! -z "$lasterr"; then
+	    errstatus=$lasterr
+	  fi
+	fi
       fi
     fi
 
-    pathcomp="$pathcomp/"
+    pathcomp=$pathcomp/
   done
 done
 
@@ -107,5 +154,8 @@ exit $errstatus
 # Local Variables:
 # mode: shell-script
 # sh-indentation: 2
+# eval: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
+# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
+# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
+# time-stamp-end: "$"
 # End:
-# mkinstalldirs ends here